Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Chemicals / Univar Solutions

Univar Solutions

unvr · NYSE Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker unvr
Exchange NYSE
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Chemicals
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · Univar Solutions
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2016
Annual
Report

COMMERCIAL  
GREATNESS

OPERATIONAL  
EXCELLENCE

ONE UNIVAR

Igniting Sustainable Growth

2016 Annual Report
2016 Annual Report

Who We Are

Our Vision
To be the world leader  
in chemical distribution  
products and related services 
where the best people want 
to work, benefiting all  
stakeholders.

Guiding Principles
We value relationships, earning customers for life, 
treating suppliers as long-term partners and  
dealing with each other with candor and respect.

We succeed through performance, focusing  
on superior execution, product breadth,  
optimized logistics and productivity.

We thrive on profitable growth, seeking new  
markets and new opportunities, continuously 
innovating to be the customer's distributor  
of choice.

And because we are Univar,  
we do everything safely  
and with integrity.

Our Commitment  
to Safety
Univar is committed through clear and  
visible leadership to make health, safety,  
security and the environment top priorities 
in our planning for all existing and new  
operations, products, processes and  
facilities. It is our responsibility to provide 
safe working conditions, protect the  
environment and challenge ourselves to 
continually improve in all aspects  
of Environmental, Health  
and Safety (EH&S).

2016 Annual Report
2016 Annual Report

Strategic Priorities

Commercial Greatness
We seek to increase the value we provide our customers and supplier  
partners by improving our customers’ experience and driving additional  
growth for our supplier partners. We will continue to develop a highly skilled  
salesforce with aligned rewards and recognition to drive double-digit growth 
through new customer acquisitions, specialty product mix enrichment and 
expanded authorizations. 

Operational Excellence
We are committed to continuously improving our operating performance  
and lowering our costs per transaction. We will propel delivery performance  
by consistently using effective processes, optimizing assets and employing  
best-in-class technology to safely, reliably and cost-effectively achieve and  
surpass customer expectations.

One Univar
We are committed to developing a healthy, high-performance culture through  
the selection, development and recognition of engaged employees who create  
an environment where the best people want to work and build value for our  
customers, suppliers and shareholders. We will leverage the brightest and best 
ideas and practices across our company in pursuit of organizational optimization.

2016 Annual Report
2016 Annual Report

To Our Shareholders,

This past year has been pivotal for Univar as we completed 
our first full year as a public company. It is a privilege to have 
stepped into the role of chairman and chief executive officer. 
My time as a Univar board member enabled me to jump-start 
my progress with the company and its leadership team. I am 
excited about our plans, which we believe will consistently  
deliver superior profitability growth.

We start with a 
broad foundation  
in our business:

A strong safety culture that is at the core of everything we do;

The broadest product and service offerings in the industry;

A robust supplier partner base that represents the best brands in the world;

On-time delivery rates that are among the industry’s best;

Tremendous global scale; and

Conscientious and dedicated employees who are committed to our  
vision and strategy.

We are the number one chemical distributor in North America and hold the number two position in Europe,  
allowing us to leverage our expertise across our global network to provide value to our customers and supplier 
partners. We are in an industry whose fundamentals support noteworthy growth based on expanding supplier 
needs for a consolidated distribution model and rising demands from customers for our broad line of products 
and services. There is great opportunity for us to capitalize on these trends. 

|  2  | 

2016 Annual Report
2016 Annual Report

In 2016, we took steps to get on track to deliver sustainable profitability growth over an intermediate  
and long-term period. We reinforced our management team by bringing our EMEA President David Jukes  
to lead and position our USA segment for profitable growth, and promoted Nick Powell to lead our  
EMEA business as he continues to oversee our APAC operations. We also recruited Eric Foster as our chief 
information officer to accelerate our digitization strategy. We began the process of changing our culture and 
mindset to focus on sustainable profitability growth and established our key strategic priorities of Commercial 
Greatness, Operational Excellence and One Univar, all while improving our safety metrics year-over-year.

Despite sluggish demand from global industrial markets, unfavorable foreign currency exchange rates and oil 
and gas headwinds, our EBITDA outside the United States grew by double digits and our consolidated EBITDA 
margins expanded. Following six quarters of year-over-year consolidated EBITDA declines, we are pleased that 
we turned the corner and achieved EBITDA growth in the fourth quarter. We generated strong free cash flow 
and lowered our debt levels and leverage ratio while completing two acquisitions — Bodine Services of the 
Midwest, which broadens our service capabilities in our ChemCare waste management business, and NexusAg, 
a micronutrients distributor to the agriculture industry in Canada. As we began taking action, the stock market 
took notice. Univar shares reached an all-time high of $28.87 on December 29, appreciating 67 percent during 
the year and outperforming the S&P 500 by more than sixfold.

We are just beginning our transformation and, though we are making great strides, we have much work and  
opportunity ahead of us. Our three strategic priorities — Commercial Greatness, Operational Excellence and 
One Univar — position us to increase our market share and capitalize on industry outsourcing trends, creating 
value for our customers, supplier partners, employees and our shareholders.

“

Following six quarters of year-over-year consolidated EBITDA  
declines, we are pleased that we turned the corner and  
achieved EBITDA growth in the fourth quarter.

”

Commercial Greatness
Our company must improve our commercial execution in order to succeed and grow in the marketplace.  
In today’s economy, with tight customer budgets, we must demonstrate to our customers the value we 
create for them through our comprehensive suite of products and services and our dedication to deliver 
market expertise using a value-based selling approach. We are investing in improved training and tools for 
our sales representatives to make sure they are well equipped and skilled. To cultivate a common language,  
a solutions provider approach, effective coaching and consistently high expectations, we introduced  
a rigorous salesforce training program. Our focus on better accountability and rigor with our sales  
management team also led us to put in place new controls and management processes. On January 1, 2017, 
we adjusted our USA sales incentive structure to reward extraordinary customer service and new business 
development that drives profitable growth in a way that aligns our sales representatives with our  
customers and the new convictions of our organization. We are committed to being at the forefront  
in our hiring, training and compensation practices for our salesforce to foster best-in-class execution. 

As we improve our commercial execution and support our customers’ and supplier partners’ goals,  
we will become more valuable to them and, in turn, will earn more of their business. 

|  3  | 

2016 Annual Report
2016 Annual Report

Operational Excellence
We are working to build a culture where discipline and rigor are a way of life. Improving our operating 
performance and finding efficiencies to lower our cost per transaction are at the core of our Operational 
Excellence initiatives. We are embedding Lean Six Sigma methodology across our organization to improve 
the productivity of our operations. We are embarking on many opportunities to simplify and automate our 
processes. We are pursuing innovation and deploying technology tools that will lower our transaction costs, 
improve our customer experience and drive e-commerce opportunities. In addition, we are undertaking 
projects to increase the efficiency of our warehouses, terminals, tank farms and logistics, optimize our  
footprint and improve our net working capital. In short, we are galvanizing a seamless way to conduct  
business with and within Univar. 

Our on-time delivery rates, already one of the best in the industry, improved during the course of the  
year, exceeding 96 percent on a global basis. Our leading safety performance also advanced, showing a  
year-over-year improvement of nearly 30 percent in our total case incident rate. These key differentiators 
are instrumental to bestowing value to our customers and supplier partners. 

One Univar
One Univar unites us in our guiding principles to value our relationships with our customers, supplier  
partners and one another; succeed through exceptional performance; thrive on profitability growth  
through new markets and opportunities; and do so safely and with integrity. We are developing a healthy, 
high-performance culture through the selection, recognition and development of engaged employees to 
create an environment where the best people want to work. That environment is one in which we leverage 
our know-how, best practices and scale to create consistency and maximize global effectiveness. Achieving  
Commercial Greatness and Operational Excellence is made possibly only by highly motivated employees 
who create purpose for each other, our customers, supplier partners and shareholders.

Look Ahead
Our unwavering pursuit of accomplishments in line with our three strategic priorities represents a powerful 
transformation formula for near and long-term growth. We have a treasure trove of opportunities that will 
enable our success. This will take some time, but we are going about this the right way to build a strong  
foundation that is consistent and sustainable. We will execute our strategy within our current economic  
framework, using our strong, stable cash flow to reinvest for growth, but remain asset-lite, reduce debt and 
deliver admirable returns. We look forward to the excitement and satisfaction that will come from executing 
our strategies and creating value for our customers, suppliers, employees and shareholders.

Before concluding, I would like to recognize several new board members — Daniel P. Doheny, Edward J. 
Mooney, Stephen W. Shapiro and Robert L. Wood. These individuals bolster our already strong and  
experienced board. I am deeply grateful for the wisdom and insights each member of our board extends  
to Univar and me.

My gratitude also goes out to our passionate Univar employees and management team for their commitment 
to the execution of our strategy. I thank our shareholders for their confidence in our path forward.  
As One Univar, we are adamantly pursuing Commercial Greatness and Operational Excellence  
and, in turn, igniting sustainable growth.

Stephen D. Newlin 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 
March 2017

|  4  | 

2016 Annual Report
2016 Annual Report

Competitive Advantage

We derive strength and competitive advantage in  
many ways, including from our scale, broad product  
offering, high service level, long-standing relationships  
with supplier partners and our industry-leading safety record.

Scale
We operate one of the most extensive chemical distribution networks in the world, comprised  
of more than 600 distribution facilities, approximately 90 million gallons of chemical storage tank  
capacity with hundreds of tractors, railcars, tankers and trailers operating daily through our facilities. 

Product Breadth and Market Reach
We offer a wide range of chemical products and services across nearly all end-use markets. 

Service
Globally, we provide our customers with one-to-three day order lead times and greater than  
96 percent on-time delivery from our nearby facilities. 

To complement our extensive product portfolio, we offer to our customers several specialized,  
value-added services, such as our unique distribution business focused on the marketing and sale  
of specialty and fine chemicals (ChemPoint.com), automated tank monitoring and refill of less than 
truckload quantities (MiniBulk), chemical waste management (ChemCare), technical support and  
specialty product blending and formulation, particularly in agriculture. 

Long-Standing Supplier Partner and Customer Relationships
We have developed strong, long-term relationships, many spanning several decades, with the world's 
premier global chemical producers and distribute products to more than 100,000 customer locations 
around the globe, from small- and medium-sized businesses to global industrial customers.

Safety and Regulatory Compliance 
Our commitment to safety, strong safety record and compliance with federal, state and local  
environmental regulatory requirements is an increasingly important consideration for suppliers and 
customers when choosing a chemical distributor. In 2016, we continued to make safety progress, 
achieving an industry-leading total case incident rate of 0.69.

|  5  | 

2016 Annual Report
2016 Annual Report

Compelling Value Proposition

Univar Benefits Our Customers

Safe, responsible handling,  
warehousing and transportation

Security  
of supply

Broad portfolio  
of branded products

Short-order lead times/ 
reduced safety stock

Wide array of  
value-added services

Technical expertise and 
product support 

Simplified sourcing and lower  
total cost of ownership

|  6  | 

Univar Benefits Our Supplier Partners

Safe, responsible handling, 
warehousing and transportation 

Expanding 
market reach 

Small order size repackaging  
and transaction processing

Value-based 
selling

Improving  
sales execution

Business  
intelligence

Safely reducing complexity and costs  
and driving market penetration and growth

2016 Annual Report
2016 Annual Report

|  7  | 

2016 Annual Report
2016 Annual Report

2016 Year in Review

Adjusted EBITDA Margin

Gross Margin

6.7%

7.0%

6.2%

8%

7%

6%

5%

21.4%

20.0%

22%

21%

20%

19%

18%

17%

18.6%

2014

2015

2016

2014

2015

2016

Cash Provided by Operating Activities
in millions (USD)

Net Debt
in millions (USD)

$449.6

$356.0

$500

$400

$300

$200

$100

$126.3

$3,697.8

$4,000

$3,500

$3,000

$2,500

$2,000

$2,996.4

$2,642.9

2014

2015

2016

2014

2015

2016

Interest Expense, Net
in millions (USD)

Net Sales
in millions (USD)

$250.6

$207.0

$159.9

$10,373.9

$8,981.8

$8,073.7

$11,000

$10,000

$9,000

$8,000

$7,000

$6,000

2014

2015

2016

2014

2015

2016

$300

$250

$200

$150

$100

$50

|  8  | 

2016 Annual Report
2016 Annual Report

We Strengthened
our management team  
and enhanced our  
board membership

We Established 
and made progress against  
our key strategic priorities —  
Commercial Greatness,  
Operational Excellence  
and One Univar

We Completed
 acquisitions — Bodine  
Services and NexusAg 
— and reduced  
our debt

Stock Performance 

Percent Returns

(cid:132) Univar     (cid:132) S&P 500     (cid:132) Peers

28.37
(cid:170)

2016 Univar Stock +67%, 
S&P 500 +12%

180%

160%

140%

120%

100%

80%

60%

40%

$17.01
(cid:170)

Jan

Feb March April May

June

July

Aug

Sept Oct Nov

Dec

Total Case Incident Rate (TCIR)

2016 Was a Record Year

96%

On-time Delivery Rate*
*Globally, as requested

2.5

2

1.5

1

0.5

0

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

|  9  | 

ual epo t
2016 Annual Report
0 6

At a Glance

Our Reach

(cid:132) Univar Locations and Sales
(cid:132) Univar Sales

|  10  | 

ual epo t
2016 Annual Report
0 6

No. 1

Market Position 
in North America

No. 2

Market Position  
in Europe

more than

8,700

Employees

employees in

32

Countries

more than150

Countries with Customer 
Delivery Locations

more than600

Distribution Facilities

$8.1 Billion

Global Sales

|  11  | 
|  11  | 

2016 Annual Report
2016 Annual Report

Our Services and Commercial Brands

COLOUR
Part of the Univar Network

DALTRIX

|  12  | 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 __________________________________________________________
Form 10-K
  __________________________________________________________

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 
or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission File Number 001-37443
 _________________________________________________________ 
Univar Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
  __________________________________________________________

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

3075 Highland Parkway, Suite 200 Downers Grove, Illinois

(Address of principal executive offices)

26-1251958

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

60515

(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (331) 777-6000
 __________________________________________________________ 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Common Stock ($0.01 par value)

Name of each exchange on which registered

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  

    No  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  

    No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to 
such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  

    No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File 
required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for 
such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  

    No  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained 
herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in 
Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting 
company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes 

    No 

Aggregate market value of common stock held by non-affiliates of registrant on June 30, 2016: $770.5 million (see Item 12, under Part III 
hereof), based on a closing price of registrant’s Common Stock of $18.91 per share.

At February 10, 2017, 139,846,144 shares of the registrant’s common stock, $0.01 par value, were outstanding.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Certain portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held May 4, 2017 and to be filed within 120 
days after the registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 (hereinafter referred to as “Proxy Statement”) are incorporated by reference into 
Part III.

Univar Inc.

Form 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Business

Risk Factors

Unresolved Staff Comments

Properties

Legal Proceedings

Mine Safety Disclosures

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and 
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Selected Financial Data

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results 
of Operations

Part I

Item 1.

Item 1A.

Item 1B.

Item 2.

Item 3.

Item 4.

Part II

Item 5.

Item 6.

Item 7.

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Item 8.

Item 9.

Item 9A.

Item 9B.

Part III

Item 10.

Item 11.

Item 12.

Item 13.

Item 14.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and 
Financial Disclosure

Controls and Procedures

Other information

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Executive Compensation

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and 
Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Part IV

Item 15.

Exhibits

Signatures

Page

5

24

45

46

46

46

47

48

51

78

81

142

142

143

143

143

144
144

144

145

151

2

 
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

Unless the context otherwise indicates or requires, as used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, (i) the terms 
“we,” “our,” “us,” “Univar” and the “Company,” refer to Univar Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, and 
(ii) the term “issuer” refers to Univar Inc. exclusive of its subsidiaries.

Our fiscal year ends on December 31, and references to “fiscal” when used in reference to any twelve month 

period ended December 31, refer to our fiscal years ended December 31.

The term “GAAP” refers to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 ____________________________________ 

Forward-looking statements and information

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private 
Securities litigation Reform Act of 1995. Some of the forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of 
forward-looking terms such as “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “seeks,” “intends,” “plans,” 
“estimates,” “anticipates” or other comparable terms. These forward-looking statements include all matters that 
are not historical facts. They appear in a number of places throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K and include 
statements regarding our intentions, beliefs or current expectations concerning, among other things, our results of 
operations, financial condition, macro-economic conditions, liquidity, prospects, business trends, currency trends, 
competition, markets, growth strategies and the industries in which we operate and including, without limitation, 
statements relating to our estimated or anticipated financial performance or results. Forward-looking statements 
are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties, many of which may be beyond our control. We caution 
you  that  forward-looking  statements  are  not  guarantees  of  future  performance  and  that  our  actual  results  of 
operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the industries in which we operate may differ 
materially from those made in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K. In addition, even if our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development 
of the industries in which we operate are consistent with the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K, those results or developments may not be indicative of results, conditions or developments 
in subsequent periods. A number of important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those 
contained in or implied by the forward-looking statements, including those reflected in forward-looking statements 
relating to our operations and business and the risks and uncertainties discussed in “Risk Factors.” Factors that 
could cause actual results to differ from those reflected in forward-looking statements relating to our operations 
and business include:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

general economic conditions, particularly fluctuations in industrial production and the demands of 
our customers;

disruptions in the supply of chemicals we distribute or our customers' or producers' operations;

termination or change of contracts or relationships with customers or producers on short notice;

the price and availability of chemicals, or a decline in the demand for chemicals;

our ability to pass through cost increases to our customers;

our ability to meet customer demand for a product;

trends in oil and gas prices;

our ability to execute strategic investments, including pursuing acquisitions and/or dispositions, and 
successfully integrating and operating acquired companies;

challenges  associated  with  international  operations,  including  securing  producers  and  personnel, 
import/export  requirements,  compliance  with  foreign  laws  and  international  business  laws  and 
changes in economic or political conditions;

• 

our ability to effectively implement our strategies or achieve our business goals;

3

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

exposure to interest rate and currency fluctuations;

competitive pressures in the chemical distribution industry;

consolidation of our competitors;

our ability to implement and efficiently operate the systems needed to manage our operations;

the risks associated with security threats, including cybersecurity threats;

increases in transportation costs and changes in our relationship with third party carriers;

the risks associated with hazardous materials and related activities;

accidents, safety failures, environmental damage, product quality issues, major or systemic delivery 
failures involving our distribution network or the products we carry or adverse health effects or other 
harm related to the materials we blend, manage, handle, store, sell or transport;

evolving laws and regulations relating to hydraulic fracturing and risks associated with chemicals 
used in hydraulic fracturing;

losses due to potential product liability claims and recalls and asbestos claims;

compliance  with  extensive  environmental,  health  and  safety  laws,  including  laws  relating  to  our 
environmental services businesses and the investigation and remediation of contamination, that could 
require material expenditures or changes in our operations;

general regulatory and tax requirements;

operational risks for which we may not be adequately insured;

ongoing litigation and other legal and regulatory actions and risks, including asbestos claims;

potential impairment of goodwill;

inability to generate sufficient working capital;

loss of key personnel;

labor disruptions and other costs associated with the unionized portion of our workforce;

negative developments affecting our pension plans and multi-employer pensions;

the impact of labeling regulations; and

our substantial indebtedness and the restrictions imposed by our debt instruments and indenture.

All forward-looking statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are qualified by these cautionary 
statements. These forward-looking statements are made only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K 
and we do not undertake any obligation, other than as may be required by law, to update or revise any forward-
looking or cautionary statements to reflect changes in assumptions, the occurrence of events, unanticipated or 
otherwise and changes in future operating results over time or otherwise.

Comparisons of results between current and prior periods are not intended to express any future trends, or 

indications of future performance, unless expressed as such, and should only be viewed as historical data.

4

PART I

ITEM 1. 

BUSINESS

Our Company

We are a leading global chemical and ingredients distributor and provider of specialty services. We purchase 
chemicals from thousands of chemical producers worldwide and warehouse, repackage, blend, dilute, transport 
and  sell  those  chemicals  to  more  than  100,000  customer  locations  across  approximately  150  countries.  Our 
specialized  services  include  digital  promotion  or  e-marketing  of  chemicals  for  our  producers,  chemical  waste 
removal, and on-site storage of chemicals for our customers, support services for the agricultural and pest control 
industries and environmental maintenance and response services. We derive competitive advantage from our scale, 
broad product offering, technical expertise, specialized services, long-standing relationships with leading chemical 
producers and our industry-leading safety record. 

The global chemical distribution industry is large and fragmented with thousands of distributors but represents 
a relatively small portion of the total chemical industry. While the total chemical industry is projected to grow at 
rates about equal to the growth of the gross national product of countries we operate in around the world, the 
distributed chemicals portion of the market is projected to grow faster as producers and customers increasingly 
realize the benefits of outsourcing. Chemical producers rely on us to warehouse, repackage, transport and sell their 
products as a way to expand their market access, enhance their geographic reach, lower their costs and grow their 
business. Customers who purchase products and services from us benefit from a lower total cost of ownership, as 
they  are  able  to  simplify  their  chemical  sourcing  process  and  outsource  functions  to  us  such  as  just-in-time 
availability of the right product, packaging, mixing, blending and technical expertise. They also rely on us for safe 
delivery  and  off-loading  of  chemicals  in  a  manner  that  is  fully  compliant  with  increasing  local  and  federal 
regulations.

In the year ended December 31, 2016, we generated $8.1 billion in net sales, a net loss of $68.4 million and 
$562.7 million in Adjusted EBITDA. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), see “Selected 
Financial Data” in Item 6 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

5

The following charts illustrate the geographical and end market diversity of our 2016 net sales:

6

We maintain strong, long-term relationships with our producers and our customers, many of which span 
multiple decades. We source materials from thousands of producers worldwide, including premier global leaders. 
For the year ended December 31, 2016, our 10 largest producers accounted for approximately 35 percent of our 
total chemical purchases and our 20 largest producers accounted for approximately 42 percent. Similarly, we sell 
products to thousands of customers globally, ranging from small and medium-sized businesses to large industrial 
customers. For the year ended December 31, 2016, our top 10 customers accounted for approximately 9 percent 
of our consolidated net sales and our top 20 customers accounted for 13 percent. Globally, we service our customers 
with on-time delivery rates greater than 96 percent.

Our Segments

Our business is organized and managed in four geographical segments: Univar USA (“USA”), Univar Canada 
(“Canada”), Univar Europe and the Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”), and Rest of World (“Rest of World”), 
which is predominantly in Latin America. For additional information on our geographical segments, see “Note 21: 
Segments” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

USA

We supply a broad offering of commodity and specialty chemicals, as well as specialized value-added services 
to a wide range of end markets, touching a majority of the manufacturing and industrial production sectors in the 
United States. Our close proximity to customers, combined with our deep product knowledge and end market 
expertise, serves as a competitive advantage. 

 In the United States, we service these multiple end markets with one-to-three day order lead times from 
nearby facilities. We repackage and blend bulk chemicals for shipment by our transportation fleet as well as common 
carriers. Our highly skilled salesforce is deployed by geographic sales district as well as by end-use market and 
industry, e.g., coatings & adhesives, food products and ingredients, pharmaceutical products and ingredients, water 
treatment, personal care, and energy.

Canada

Our Canadian operations are regionally focused, with a highly skilled salesforce supplying a broad offering 
of  commodity  and  specialty  chemicals  to  the  local  customer  base.  In  Eastern  Canada,  we  primarily  focus  on 
industrial markets such as food ingredients and products, pharmaceutical ingredients and finished products, coatings 
and adhesives, and chemical manufacturing. We also service the cleaning and sanitation, personal care, mining, 
and oil and gas markets. In Western Canada, we focus on forestry, chemical manufacturing, mining, and oil and 
gas markets (e.g., midstream gas pipeline, oil sands processing and oil refining). Lastly, due to its size, we have 
dedicated resources and expertise serving the agriculture end market.  In agriculture, we formulate and distribute 
crop protection and fertilizer products to independent retailers and specialty applicators servicing the agricultural 
end markets in both Western Canada and Eastern Canada and we provide support services to agricultural chemical 
producers throughout the country.

Europe, Middle East & Africa (EMEA)

We  maintain  a  strong  presence  in  the  United  Kingdom  and  Continental  Europe  with  sales  offices  in  20 

countries. We also have six sales offices in the Middle East and Africa.

We execute primarily on a pan-European basis, leveraging centralized or shared information technology 
systems, raw materials procurement, logistics, route operations and the management of producer relationships 
where possible to benefit from economies of scale and improve cost efficiency. We have strong end market expertise 
and key account management capability across Europe to better support sales representatives in each country and 
for serving our key customer end markets, namely pharmaceutical products and ingredients, food, coating and 
adhesives, and personal care.

7

Rest of World 

We operate sales offices and distribution sites in Mexico, Brazil and to a lesser extent the Asia-Pacific region. 
We  expanded  our  footprint  in  Latin America  through  strategic  acquisitions,  most  recently  through  our  2014 
acquisition of D’Altomare, a Brazilian distributor of specialty chemicals and ingredients.

Our Competitive Strengths

We derive strength and competitive advantage from our scale, broad product offering, high service level, 

long-standing relationships with producers, and our industry leading safety record. 

Scale

We operate one of the most extensive chemical distribution networks in the world, comprised of more than 
600 distribution facilities, approximately 90 million gallons of chemical storage tank capacity with hundreds of 
tractors, railcars, tankers and trailers operating daily through our facilities. We purchase thousands of different 
chemicals  from  thousands  of  producers  in  large  quantities.  Our  purchasing  power  and  global  procurement 
relationships provide us with advantages over local and regional competitors due to economies of scale and our 
ability to manage our working capital. 

Product breadth and market reach

We offer a wide range of chemical products and services across nearly all end-use markets. This enables us 
to present to customers a “one-stop shop” approach that simplifies their procurement process and lowers their total 
cost of ownership, and provides customers with the opportunity to achieve growth by accessing new end markets 
through us.

Service

Globally, we provide our customers with one-to-three day order lead times and greater than 96 percent on-
time delivery from our nearby facilities. This highly responsive service level enables our customers to lower their 
inventory levels and avoid production interruptions from lack of chemical ingredients.

To complement our extensive product portfolio, we offer to our customers several specialized, value-added 
services, such as our unique distribution business focused on  the marketing and sale of specialty and fine chemicals 
(ChemPoint.com), automated tank monitoring and refill of less than truckload quantities (MiniBulk), chemical 
waste management (ChemCare), technical support, and specialty product blending and formulation, particularly 
in agriculture. These services provide efficiency gains to our customers and deepen our relationship with them.

We also provide, through our highly skilled sales force, in-depth product technical knowledge and end market 
expertise to our customers, as well as valuable market and customer insights to our producers about how their 
products are performing in the market.

Long-standing producer and customer relationships

We have developed strong, long-term relationships, many spanning several decades, with the world's premier 
global chemical producers and distribute products to more than 100,000 customer locations around the globe, from 
small- and medium-sized businesses to global industrial customers. The strength of our relationships has provided 
opportunities for us to integrate our service and logistics capabilities into our customers’ and producers’ business 
processes and to promote collaboration on supply chain optimization, marketing and other revenue enhancement 
strategies.

Safety and regulatory compliance 

Our commitment to safety, strong safety record and compliance with federal, state and local environmental 
regulatory requirements is an increasingly important consideration for producers and customers when choosing a 
chemical distributor.

8

Our Growth Strategy

We believe that we are well positioned to drive profitability growth, increase our market share, and capitalize 
on industry outsourcing trends by focusing on our key initiatives of Commercial Greatness, Operational Excellence 
and One Univar. 

Drive Profitable Growth 

Commercial  Greatness.  We  seek  to  increase  the  value  we  provide  our  customers  and  our  producers  by 
improving our customers’ experience and driving additional growth for our producers. We seek to:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

continue  to  develop  a  highly  skilled  and  well-equipped  sales  force  utilizing  a  value-based 
consultative sales approach that is aligned to customer and end market needs by geography, product 
and service, and industry specialization; 

continue to increase our technical and industry-specific product and market expertise; 

develop a world-class marketing capability to dynamically identify and align resources with high-
growth, high value opportunities;

cultivate  and  maintain  long-term  producer  relationships  by  bringing  deep  market  and  product 
knowledge, value-based selling, reducing complexity in producer distribution channels, and offering 
complementary products and services as a total solution for our customers; and

strengthen our specialized service offerings such as ChemPoint.com, MiniBulk, and ChemCare by 
providing more growth for our producers and lower total cost of ownership for customers, while 
enhancing our profitability. We will also continue to work with customers and producers to develop 
tailored solutions to meet their specific requirements.

Operational  Excellence.  We  are  committed  to  continuously  improving  our  operating  performance  and 
lowering our costs per transaction. We seek to:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

better align our USA business teams with identified growth opportunities in customer end markets, 
product markets, services, and industries in a way that narrows focus and increases accountability;

increase our use of digital tools to simplify tasks, lower costs and improve customer experience;

continue to use Lean Six Sigma methodologies to deliver project-by-project productivity gains;

increase the cost efficiency of our warehouses, terminals, tank farms and logistics, and improve our 
net working capital efficiency;

deliver a compelling customer value proposition by providing simplified sourcing, cost effective 
just-in-time delivery and managed inventory along with value-added services; and 

continue to build on our industry leading safety performance as a differentiator with both customers 
and producers.

One Univar. We are committed to developing a healthy, high-performance culture through the selection, 
recognition and development of engaged employees. We aspire to build an environment where the best people 
want to work and add value for our customers, producers and shareholders. We will strengthen the overall 
governance and efficiency of our global business operations with integrated, disciplined operating processes 
and by leveraging best practices.   

Expand our market share 

We believe our Commercial Greatness and Operational Excellence initiatives will allow us to outperform 
competitors and obtain additional product authorizations from producers, leading to market share gains. We are 
also pursuing selective acquisitions to increase our presence in attractive end markets and whose products and 
service capabilities can benefit from our scale advantages. 

9

Capitalize on industry outsourcing trends

We believe we are well positioned to benefit from the growing trend of chemical producers and customers 
to outsource key tasks to chemical distributors. As a leader in chemical distribution, we believe we can accelerate 
this trend by increasing the attractiveness of our total value proposition to both customers and our producers. 

Through our Commercial Greatness, Operational Excellence and One Univar initiatives and by reinforcing 
“one-stop shop” provider capability, we will build on and increase the economic value we create in the global 
supply chain.

Company History

Our  history  dates  back  to  1924  when  we  were  founded  as  a  brokerage  business.  In  1986,  we  acquired 
McKesson  Chemical  Corporation,  then  the  third  largest  US  chemical  distributor,  solidifying  our  presence 
throughout the United States and making us the largest chemical distributor in North America. In 2001, we continued 
our expansion into Europe through the acquisition of Ellis & Everard, which specialized in the distribution of 
chemicals in the United Kingdom and Ireland and had additional facilities in Europe and the Eastern United States. 
In 2007, we acquired ChemCentral, which enabled us to improve our market share and operational efficiencies in 
North America.

In 2007, we were acquired by investment funds advised by CVC Capital Partners Advisory (US), Inc. (“CVC”) 
as well as investment funds associated with Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Parcom. On November 30, 2010, investment 
funds associated with Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC (“CD&R”) acquired a 42.5 percent ownership interest in us. 
In December 2010, we acquired Basic Chemicals Solutions, a global distributor and trader of commodity chemicals, 
which further strengthened our ability to provide value in the supply chain between chemical producers and end-
users and reinforced our global sourcing capabilities. In January 2011, we completed our acquisition of Quaron, 
a  chemical  distributor  operating  in  Belgium  and  the  Netherlands,  which  complemented  our  strong  European 
foothold in specialty chemicals with expanded product portfolio and increased logistical capability. We continued 
our  expansion  into  the  emerging  markets  in  2011  through  our  acquisition  of  Eral-Protek,  a  leading  chemical 
distributor in Turkey, and the acquisition of Arinos, a leading chemical distributor of specialty and commodity 
chemicals and high-value services in Brazil. In December 2012, we acquired Magnablend, whose specialty chemical 
and manufactured products broadened our oil and gas offerings. In May 2013, we expanded our Mexican presence 
with the acquisition of Quimicompuestos, making us a leading chemical distributor in the Mexican market, which 
is increasingly connected to the North American market. In November 2014, we acquired D’Altomare Quimica 
Ltda, or D’Altomare, a Brazilian distributor of specialty chemicals and ingredients, which expanded our geographic 
footprint and market presence in Brazil. On April 10, 2015, we acquired Key Chemical, Inc., or Key, one of the 
largest distributors of fluoride to municipalities in the United States, which we expect to help us expand our offerings 
into the municipal and other industrial markets.

On June 23, 2015, we closed our initial public offering (“IPO”) in which we issued and sold 20.0 million 
shares of common stock at a public offering price of $22.00 per share. In addition, we completed a concurrent 
private placement of $350.0 million for shares of common stock (17.6 million shares) to Dahlia Investments Pte. 
Ltd., an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Temasek Holdings (Private) Limited (“Temasek”). We received total 
net proceeds of approximately $760.0 million from the IPO and the private placement after deducting underwriting 
discounts and commissions and other offering expenses of approximately $30.0 million. These expenses were 
recorded against the proceeds received from the IPO. Certain selling stockholders sold an additional 25.3 million 
shares of common stock in the IPO and concurrent private placement. We did not receive any proceeds from the 
sale of these shares.

In July 2015, we acquired the assets of Chemical Associates, Inc., a marketer, manufacturer, and distributor 
of oleochemicals, many of which are based on renewable and sustainable resources, which we believe will help 
increase the value Univar can bring in a number of our key markets such as personal care, food, cleaning and 
sanitization,  lubricants,  and  coatings  and  adhesives.  On  October  2,  2015,  we  entered  into  the  agrochemical 
formulation market and expanded our capabilities in the third-party agriculture logistics market in Canada with 
the acquisition of the Future Group. On November 3, 2015, we acquired Arrow Chemical, Inc., expanding our 

10

existing offering with a complementary portfolio of active pharmaceutical ingredients (“APIs”) and other specialty 
ingredients essential to the formulation of generic and over-the-counter pharmaceuticals. On December 1, 2015, 
we acquired Weaver Town Oil Services, Inc., and Weavertown Transport Leasing, Inc., operating as the Weavertown 
Environmental Group, or WEG, which strengthens our ChemCareSM waste management service offering with a 
broad range of complementary services, including industrial cleaning, waste management and transportation, site 
remediation, and 24/7 emergency response services. On December 17, 2015, we acquired Polymer Technologies 
Ltd.,  a  U.K.-based  developer  and  distributor  of  unique  ultraviolet/electron  beam  curable  chemistries  used  to 
formulate environmentally responsible paints, inks, and adhesives.

In March 2016, we acquired Bodine Services of the Midwest, further strengthening our ChemCareSM waste 
management, environmental maintenance and response service offering in key geographic markets. That same 
month, we acquired the assets of Nexus Ag Business, Inc., enhancing our existing macronutrient and crop protection 
inputs through a proprietary line of micronutrients, macronutrients and specialty fertilizers. Together with our 
leading distribution and services network in the region, this acquisition further strengthens our agriculture group’s 
ability to provide customers in Canada with a complete product service offering that covers the entire growing 
cycle from start to finish. 

Also in 2016 and 2017, we engaged in a series of secondary registrations of our stock. As a result, CVC 
divested its remaining ownership in our company and both CD&R and Temasek reduced their ownership stakes 
in our company to 15.4% and 10.1%, respectively.

The below chart illustrates the change in our Significant Stockholders since the IPO date.

Products and End Markets

The main focus of our marketing approach is to identify attractive end-user markets and provide customers 
in those markets all of their commodity and specialty chemical needs. We also offer value-added services as well 
as procurement solutions that leverage our chemical, supply chain and logistics expertise, networked inventory 
sourcing and producer relationships. We provide our customers with a “one-stop shop” for their commodity and 
specialty chemical needs and offer a reliable and stable source of quality products and services.

We buy and inventory chemicals in large quantities such as barge loads, railcars or full truck loads from 
chemical producers and we sell and distribute smaller quantities to our customers. Approximately 40 percent of 

11

the chemicals we purchase are in bulk form, and we repackage them into various size containers for sale and 
distribution.

Commodity chemicals currently represent and have historically represented the largest portion of our business 
by sales and volume. Our commodity chemicals portfolio includes acids and bases, surfactants, glycols, inorganic 
compounds, alcohols and general chemicals used extensively throughout most end markets. Our specialty chemicals 
sales represent an important, high-value, higher-growth portion of the chemical distribution market. We typically 
sell specialty chemicals in lower volumes but at a higher profit than commodity chemicals. While many chemical 
producers  supply  these  products  directly  to  customers,  there  is  an  increasing  trend  toward  outsourcing  the 
distribution of these specialized, lower volume products. We believe that customers and producers value Univar’s 
ability to supply both commodity and specialty products, particularly as the markets continue to consolidate.

We focus on sourcing certain high volume products that we distribute to our customers. We buy products 
globally at attractive pricing. We largely sell chemicals sourced through our industry focused salesforce. However, 
a small proportion of the chemicals that we source are sold directly to certain high volume customers through our 
Basic Chemicals group. Our global sourcing capabilities help us enhance our global market presence and our 
product expertise across all market segments.

We serve a diverse set of end markets and regions, with no end market accounting for more than 20 percent 

of our net sales over the past year. 

Our key global end markets include:

•  Agricultural and Environmental Sciences. We are a leading wholesale distributor of crop protection 
products to independent retailers and specialty applicators in Canada. To support this end market, 
we distribute herbicides, fungicides, insecticides, seed, micronutrients, macronutrients, horticultural 
products, fertilizers and feed, among other products. In addition, we provide storage, packaging and 
logistics services for major crop protection companies, storing chemicals, feed-grade materials, seed 
and  equipment. We  supply  pest  control  products  and  equipment  to  the  public  health,  vegetation 
management, turf and ornamental, food processing and post-harvest storage, animal health and hay 
production markets. We operate a network of over 70 Univar ProCenter distribution centers in North 
America to serve this end market.

•  Chemical Manufacturing. We distribute a full suite of chemical products in support of the chemical 
manufacturing  industry  (organic,  inorganic,  polymer  chemistries  and  to  a  lesser  extent  oil 
refining). Our  broad  warehousing  and  delivery  resources  permit  us  to  assure  our  chemical 
manufacturing customers efficient inventory management, just-in-time delivery, and custom blends 
and packages. Our industry expertise also assists our customers in making product selections which 
best suit the customers' objectives and with chemical waste and wastewater issues.

•  Cleaning and Sanitization. The cleaning and sanitization industry is made up of thousands of large 
and small formulators that require a multitude of chemical ingredients to make cleaning products 
and detergents for home and industrial use. We believe that we distribute chemicals manufactured 
by many of the industry’s leading producers of enzymes, surfactants, solvents, dispersants, thickeners, 
bleaching aides, builders, sealants, acids, alkalis and other chemicals that are used as processing aids 
in the manufacturing of cleaning products.

•  Coatings and Adhesives. The coatings and adhesives industry is one of our largest customer end 
markets. We sell resins, pigments, solvents, thickeners, dispersants and other additives used to make 
paints, inks, and coatings. We have a large team of industry and product specialists with the market 
expertise that enables us to work closely with formulators and producers to offer new technologies, 
formulations and scale-up support. Our product line includes epoxy resins, polyurethanes, titanium 
dioxide, fumed silica, esters, plasticizers, silicones and specialty amines.

•  Food Ingredients and Products. For the food and beverage industry, we distribute a diverse portfolio 
of commodity and specialty products that are sold as processing aids or food additives. We sell food 
ingredients  such  as  thickeners,  emulsifiers,  sweeteners,  preservatives,  leavening  agents  and 

12

humectants, as well as texturizer and fat replacement products that include xanthan gum, locust bean 
gum, cellulosics and guar gum. We distribute acidulants such as citric acid, lactic acid and malic acid, 
as well as alkalis. Additional offerings include supplements and products such as proteins, vitamins 
and minerals. The major food and beverage markets we serve are meat processing, baked goods, 
dairy,  grain  mill  products,  processed  foods,  carbonated  soft  drinks,  fruit  drinks  and  alcoholic 
beverages. We manage our product portfolio to ensure quality standards, security of supply and cost 
competitiveness. We refresh our product offering with products that meet the key trends impacting 
the food industry. Our industry experts have developed marketing tools that simplify the ingredient 
selection process for our customers and provide product performance information and solutions.

•  Energy. We provide chemicals and service to midstream pipeline and downstream refinery operators 
primarily in the US and Canada. We offer an expansive product line with a team of highly skilled 
and uniquely dedicated specialists to stay on top of the latest trends, regulations and technologies. 
We  also  service  the  upstream  oil  and  gas  production  market,  including  the  US  shale  hydraulic 
fracturing sector, by providing a variety of bulk chemicals to the drill sites and also specialty blended 
products used to fracture rock and stimulate oil and gas production from the well. Other markets 
include Canada, Mexico, Europe’s North Sea and parts of Africa. In recent years, the number of 
operating hydraulic fracturing rigs in the US dropped significantly with the fall in oil prices, as has 
the size of this end market for us.

•  Personal Care. We are a full-line distributor in the personal care industry providing a wide variety 
of specialty and basic chemicals used in skin care products, shampoos, conditioners, styling, hair 
color, body washes, sun care, color cosmetics, and pet care products. The chemicals that we distribute 
include  surfactants,  emollients,  emulsifiers,  rheology  modifiers,  active  ingredients,  color, 
preservatives and processing aids. Our dedicated team of industry experts and technical marketers 
work with our customers to formulate traditional and cutting-edge personal care products.

•  Pharmaceutical Ingredients and Finished Products. We are uniquely positioned in the pharmaceutical 
ingredients industry due to the combination of our product portfolio, logistics footprint and customized 
solutions to meet the needs of a highly regulated industry. We represent some of the world’s leading 
excipient, process, solvent and active pharmaceutical ingredient producers, as well as producers of 
chemicals  used  to  support  water  treatment,  filtering  and  purification  systems,  thus  offering  our 
customers a broad product offering in the pharmaceutical industry. We sell active ingredients such 
as aspirin, ascorbic acid, caffeine and ibuprofen, and excipients that include phosphates, polyethylene 
glycols, polysorbates, methylcellulose, stearyl alcohol and stearates. We also make and sell certain 
finished pharmaceutical products.

In some geographic regions we target other markets in addition to the end-user markets described above. 
Our water treatment products and services are utilized by customers in many of our end markets, and the municipal 
markets, and we believe that this will continue to be a growth area for our business.

Services

In addition to selling and distributing chemicals, we use our transportation and warehousing infrastructure 
and broad knowledge of chemicals and hazardous materials handling to provide important distribution and value-
added services for producers and our customers. This intermediary role is increasingly important, in particular due 
to the recent trend of increased outsourcing of distribution by chemical producers to satisfy their need for supply 
chain efficiency. These services include:

Distribution Services

• 

Inventory management. We manage our inventory in order to meet customer demands on short notice 
whenever possible. Our key role in the supply chain to chemical producers also enables us to obtain 
access to chemicals in times of short supply, when smaller chemical distributors may not able to 
obtain or maintain stock. Further, our global distribution network permits us to stock products locally 

13

to enhance “just-in-time” delivery, providing outsourced inventory management to our customers in 
a variety of end markets.

•  Product  knowledge  and  technical  expertise. We  partner  with  our  customers  in  their  production 
processes.  For  example,  we  employ  a  team  of  food  technologists  and  chemicals  and  petroleum 
engineers who have the technical expertise to assist in the formulation of chemicals to meet specific 
customer  performance  requirements  as  well  as  provide  customers  with  after-market  support  and 
consultation.

•  Mixing,  blending  and  repackaging. We  provide  our  customers  with  a  full  suite  of  blending  and 
repackaging services for our customers and in the agriculture industry for producers. Additionally, 
we can fulfill small orders through our repackaging services, enabling customers to maintain smaller 
inventories.

Value-Added Services

•  MiniBulk and Remote Monitoring. MiniBulk is a complete storage and delivery system that improves 
plant safety and productivity. MiniBulk is a safe and efficient handling and use system for customers 
receiving less than full truckload quantities of chemicals. Our trained specialists deliver products that 
minimize employee exposure to hazardous chemicals. In addition drum storage and disposal are 
eliminated  and  access  to  products  is  improved. Similarly,  our  remote  telemetry  systems  permit 
around-the-clock  access  to  inventory  information. The  result  is  better  inventory  management, 
elimination of manual measurement and better assurance of timely/automatic replenishment.

• 

Specialized Blending. Leveraging our technical expertise, we are able to utilize our blending and 
mixing capabilities to create specialty chemical formulations to meet specific customer performance 
demands for agriculture and oil and gas products through our Future Group and Magnablend blending 
services.

•  ChemCare and Environmental Response Services. Our ChemCare waste management service collects 
both hazardous and non-hazardous waste products at customer locations in the United States and 
Canada, and then works with select vendors in the waste disposal business to safely transport these 
materials to licensed third party treatment, storage and disposal facilities. ChemCare reviews each 
waste profile, recommends disposal alternatives to the customer and offers transportation of the waste 
to  the  appropriate  waste  disposal  company.  Hazardous  and  non-hazardous  waste  management 
technologies provided from our approved treatment storage and disposal facility vendors include 
recycling, incineration, fuels blending, lab packing, landfill, deep well injection and waste-to-energy. 
We have also expanded our environmental services capabilities through our recent acquisitions of 
Bodine and Weavertown Environmental Group.  Among other things, we are able to provide our 
customers with industrial cleaning, site remediation and emergency environmental response services.

•  ChemPoint. ChemPoint is our unique distribution business that facilitates the marketing and sales of 
specialty  and  fine  chemicals,  operating  principally  in  North America  and  EMEA.  ChemPoint  is 
primarily focused on connecting producers to customers on relatively small volumes of high-value 
and highly-specialized chemicals. We offer an integrated, digital marketing and sales process that is 
powered by leading-edge technologies.

Producers

We source chemicals from many of the premier global chemical manufacturers. Among our largest producers 
worldwide are the world’s largest general chemical and petrochemical producers, with many of the relationships 
with these producers having been in place for decades. We typically maintain relationships with multiple producers 
of commodity chemicals to protect against disruption in supply and distribution logistics as well as to maintain 
pricing discipline in our supply. Maintaining strong relationships with producers is important to our overall success. 
Our scale, geographic reach, diversified distribution channels and industry expertise enable us to develop strong, 
long-term relationships with producers, allowing us to integrate our service and logistics capabilities into their 

14

business  processes,  promoting  collaboration  on  supply  chain  optimization,  marketing  and  other  revenue 
enhancement strategies. The producers we work with also benefit from the insight we provide into customer buying 
patterns and trends. More and more, chemical producers are depending on the sales forces and infrastructure of 
large chemical distributors to efficiently market, warehouse and deliver their chemicals to end users.

Our base of thousands of chemical producers is highly diversified, with our largest producer representing 
approximately 12% of our 2016 chemicals expenditures, and no other chemical producer accounting for more than 
10% of the total. Our 10 largest producers accounted for approximately 35% of our total chemical purchases in 
2016. Our 20 largest producers accounted for approximately 42% of our total chemical purchases in 2016.

We typically purchase our chemicals through purchase orders rather than long-term contracts, although we 
have exclusive supply arrangements for certain chemicals. We normally enter into framework supply contracts 
with key producers. These framework agreements generally operate on an annual basis either with pricing items 
fixed to an index or without fixed pricing terms, although they often include financial incentives if we meet or 
exceed specified purchase volumes. We also have a limited number of longer term agreements with certain producers 
of commodity chemicals. For all of these chemicals, once we purchase the products, we ship them either directly 
to a customer or, more commonly, to one of our distribution centers.

Our ability to earn volume-based incentives from producers is an important factor in achieving our financial 
results. We receive these volume-based incentives in the form of rebates that are payable only when our sales equal 
or exceed the relevant target. In order to record these incentives throughout the year, we estimate the amount of 
incentives we expect to receive in order to properly record our cost of sales during the period. Because our right 
to receive these incentives will depend on our purchases for the entire year, our accounting estimates depend on 
our ability to forecast our annual purchases accurately which ultimately will vary depending on our customers’ 
demand and consumption patterns which may be independent of our performance as a distributor.

Sales and Marketing

We organize our business to align with our customers and end markets needs by geography, product and 
service, and industry specialization, including high-focus industries such as coatings and adhesives, food products 
and ingredients, pharmaceutical products and ingredients, personal care, agricultural and environmental sciences, 
energy and water treatment. We train our sales personnel so that they develop expertise in the industries that they 
serve. Our sales force leverages our strong producer relationships to provide superior product insight and expertise 
to deliver critical-use specialty, organic and inorganic chemicals to customers. We believe that aligning our business 
to customer and end markets enables our sales force and supply chain to deliver more valuable market insights to 
both our customers and producers.

Distribution Channels

We continue to refine our distribution business model to provide producers and our customers with the highest 
level of service, reliability and timeliness of deliveries while offering cost competitive products. We have multiple 
channels to market, including warehouse delivery, and direct-to-consumer delivery. The principal determinants of 
the way a customer is serviced include the size, scale and level of customization of a particular order, the nature 
of the product and the customer, and the location of the product inventories. For the year ended December 31, 
2016, warehouse distribution accounted for approximately 80% of our net sales while direct distribution accounted 
for approximately 17% of our net sales, with the remaining approximate 3% of net sales derived primarily from 
our waste management services.

Warehouse Distribution

Our warehouse distribution business is the core of our operations. In our warehouse business, we purchase 
chemicals in truck load or larger quantities from chemical producers based on contracted demands of our customers 
or our estimates of anticipated customer purchases. Once received, chemicals are stored in one or more of our 
distribution facilities, depending on customer location, for sale and distribution in smaller, less-than-truckload 
quantities to our customers. Our warehouses have various facilities for services such as repackaging, blending and 
mixing to create specialized chemical solutions needed by our customers in ready-to-use formulations.

15

Our  warehouse  business  connects  large  chemical  producers  with  smaller  volume  customers  whose 
consumption patterns tend to make them uneconomical to be served directly by producers. Thus, the core customer 
for our warehouse business model is a small or medium volume consumer of commodity and specialty chemicals. 
Since chemicals comprise only a fraction of the input costs for many of our customers’ products, our warehouse 
customers typically value quality, reliability of supply and ease of service. Our breadth of chemical product offerings 
also allows us to provide customers with complete management solutions for their chemical needs as they are able 
to obtain small volumes of many different products from us more efficiently and economically than if they dealt 
directly with multiple chemical producers. Our network of warehouses allows us to service most customers from 
multiple locations and also enables us to move products efficiently and economically throughout our own warehouse 
system to service customers on a real-time basis. Further, by leveraging our geographic footprint and state-of-the-
art logistics platform, we are able to combine multiple customer orders along the same distribution routes to reduce 
delivery  costs  and  facilitate  customer  inventory  management.  For  example,  we  combine  multiple  less-than-
truckload deliveries for different customers along the same route to better utilize our delivery assets while at the 
same time minimizing our customers’ inventories.

With  the  leading  market  position  in  North America,  our  operations  are  capable  of  serving  customers 
throughout the United States, including Hawaii and Alaska, and all major provinces and major manufacturing 
centers within Canada including remote areas such as the oil sands regions of Northern Canada. Our close proximity 
to major transportation arteries allows us to service customers in the most remote locations throughout the United 
States, particularly those markets that chemical producers are not able to serve profitably. In the USA, we rely 
mainly on our own fleet of distribution vehicles, while we primarily use third parties for the transportation of 
chemicals in Canada, EMEA and Rest of World.

Direct Distribution

Our direct distribution business provides point-to-point logistics for full truckloads or larger quantities of 
chemicals between producers and customers. In direct distribution, we sell and service large quantity purchases 
that  are  shipped  directly  from  producers  through  our  logistics  infrastructure,  which  provides  customers  with 
sourcing and logistics support services for inventory management and delivery, in many cases far more economically 
than the producer might provide. We believe that producers view us not as competitors, but as providers of a 
valuable service, brokering these large orders through the utilization of our broad distribution network. We typically 
do not maintain inventory for direct distribution, but rather use our existing producer relationships and marketing 
expertise, ordering and logistics infrastructure to serve this demand, resulting in limited working capital investment 
for these sales. Our direct distribution service is valuable to major chemical producers as it allows them to deliver 
larger orders to customers utilizing our existing ordering, delivery and payment systems.

Insurance

The nature of our business exposes us to the possible risk of liabilities arising out of our operations, including 
damages to the environment, property, employees or the general public.  Although we focus on operating safely 
and prudently, we occasionally receive claims, alleging damages, negligence or other wrongdoing in the planning 
or performance of work, which resulted in harm to the environment, property, employees or the general public. 
These liabilities can be significant. Accruals for deductibles are based on claims and actuarial estimates of claims 
development and claims incurred but not recorded.

We maintain policies of insurance that, subject to limitations, exclusions, or deductibles, provide coverage 
for these types of claims for our worldwide facilities and activities. To mitigate its aggregate loss potential above 
these retentions and deductibles, the company purchases insurance coverage from highly rated insurance companies. 
The company does not currently operate or participate in any captive insurance companies or other non-traditional 
risk transfer alternatives.

In  the  normal  course  of  business,  we  also  purchase  surety  bonds  or  letters  of  credit  in  connection  with 
municipal  contracts,  import  and  export  activities,  environmental  remediation,  and  environmental  permits  as  a 
financial guarantee of our performance. 

16

Competition

The chemical production, distribution and sales markets are highly competitive. Most of the products that 
we distribute are made to industry standard specifications and are either produced by, or available from, multiple 
sources or the producers with which we work may also sell their products through a direct sales force or through 
multiple chemical distributors.

Chemical  distribution  itself  is  a  fragmented  market  in  which  only  a  small  number  of  competitors  have 
substantial  international  operations.  Our  principal  large  international  competitor  is  Brenntag,  which  has  a 
particularly strong position in Europe.

Many  other  chemical  distributors  operate  on  a  regional,  national  or  local  basis  and  may  have  a  strong 
relationship with local producers and customers that may give them a competitive advantage in their local market. 
Some of our competitors are either local or regional distributors with a broad product portfolio, while others are 
niche players which focus on a specific end market, either industry or product-based.

Chemical producers may also choose to limit their use of third party distributors, particularly with respect 
to higher margin products, or to partner with other chemical producers for distribution, each of which could increase 
competition.

We compete on the basis of price, diversification and flexibility in product offerings and supply availability, 

market insight and the ability to provide value-added services.

North America

The independent chemical distribution market in North America is fragmented. Our principal competitors 
in North America include Brenntag, Helm America, Hydrite Chemical, Prinova and Nexeo Solutions. We also 
compete with a number of smaller companies in certain niche markets.

EMEA

The  independent  chemical  distribution  market  in  Europe  historically  has  been  highly  fragmented. 
Consolidation among chemical distributors has increased, mirroring developments within the chemical sector as 
a whole.

Brenntag is our leading competitor in Europe due to its strong market position in Germany, which is the 
largest European chemical distribution market. Other regional competitors in Europe include Azelis, Helm and 
IMCD. We believe that we are the leading chemical distributor in the United Kingdom and Ireland.

Rest of World

In Rest of World, the markets for chemical distribution are much more fragmented and credible competitive 
information for smaller companies is not available. Our relative competitive position in the Rest of World markets 
is smaller than in North America or EMEA.

Regulatory Matters

Our business is subject to a wide range of regulatory requirements in the jurisdictions in which we operate. 
Among other things, these laws and regulations relate to environmental protection, economic sanctions, product 
regulation, anti-terrorism concerns, management, storage, transport and disposal of hazardous chemicals and other 
dangerous goods, and occupational health and safety issues. Changes in and introductions of regulations have in 
the past caused us to devote significant management and capital resources to compliance programs and measures. 
New laws, regulations, or changing interpretations of existing laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with 
current laws, regulations or interpretations, may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition 
and  results  of  operations.  The  following  summary  illustrates  some  of  the  significant  regulatory  and  legal 
requirements applicable to our business.

17

Environmental, Health and Safety Matters

We operate in a number of jurisdictions and are subject to various foreign, federal, state and local laws and 
regulations  related  to  the  protection  of  the  environment,  human  health  and  safety,  including  laws  regulating 
discharges of hazardous substances into the soil, air and water, blending, managing, handling, storing, selling, 
transporting and disposing of hazardous substances, investigation and remediation of contaminated properties and 
protecting the safety of our employees and others. Some of our operations are required to hold environmental 
permits and licenses and certain of our services businesses are also impacted by these laws. The cost of complying 
with these environmental, health and safety laws, permits and licenses has, in some instances, been substantial.

Some of our historic operations, including those of companies we acquired, have resulted in contamination 
at a number of currently and formerly owned or operated sites. We are required to investigate and remediate at 
many of such sites. Contamination at these sites generally resulted from releases of chemicals and other hazardous 
substances. We have spent substantial sums on such investigation and remediation and expect to continue to incur 
such expenditures, or discover additional sites in need of investigation and remediation, until such investigation 
and  remediation  is  deemed  complete.  Information  on  our  environmental  reserves  is  included  in  “Note  19: 
Commitments and contingencies” to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016 
which are included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

CERCLA. The US Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, or CERCLA, 
also known as Superfund, as well as similar laws in other jurisdictions, governs the remediation of contaminated 
sites and establishes liability for the release of hazardous substances at such sites. A party that transported waste, 
or arranged for the shipment of waste, to a waste disposal facility or other third party site that requires remediation 
can be liable for the cost of cleanup regardless of fault, the lawfulness of the disposal or the actions of other parties. 
Under CERCLA, the EPA or a delegated state agency can oversee or require remediation of such sites and seek 
cost recovery from any party whose wastes were disposed at, or who otherwise contributed to the contamination 
of, such sites. We are party to consent agreements with the EPA and state regulatory authorities with respect to 
environmental remediation at a number of such sites. We may be identified as a Potentially Responsible Party at 
additional third party sites or waste disposal facilities.

RCRA. The EPA regulates the generation, transport, treatment, storage and disposal of hazardous waste 
under the US Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, or RCRA. RCRA also sets forth a framework for managing 
non-hazardous waste. Most owners and operators of hazardous waste treatment, storage and disposal facilities 
must obtain a RCRA permit. RCRA also mandates certain operating, recordkeeping and reporting obligations for 
owners and operators of hazardous waste facilities. Our facilities generate various hazardous and non-hazardous 
wastes and we are a hazardous waste transporter and temporary storage facility. As a result of such activities, we 
are required to comply with RCRA requirements, including the maintenance of financial resources and security 
to address forced closures or accidental releases.

Clean Air Act. The US Clean Air Act and similar laws in other jurisdictions establish a variety of air pollution 
control  measures,  including  limits  for  a  number  of  airborne  pollutants. These  laws  also  establish  controls  for 
emissions  from  automobiles  and  trucks,  regulate  hazardous  air  pollutants  emitted  from  industrial  sources  and 
address the production of substances that deplete stratospheric ozone. Under the Clean Air Act, we are required to 
obtain  permits  for,  and  report  on  emissions  of,  certain  air  pollutants,  or  qualify  for  and  maintain  records 
substantiating that we qualify for an exemption. Owners and operators of facilities that handle certain quantities 
of flammable and toxic substances must implement and regularly update detailed risk management plans filed with 
and approved by the EPA. Failure to comply with the Clean Air Act may subject us to fines, penalties and other 
governmental and private actions.

Clean Water Act. Many of the jurisdictions in which we operate regulate water quality and contamination 
of water. In the United States, the EPA regulates discharges of pollutants into US waters, sets wastewater standards 
for industry and establishes water quality standards for surface waters, such as streams, rivers and lakes, under the 
US Clean Water Act. The discharge of any regulated pollutant from point sources (such as pipes and manmade 
ditches) into navigable waters requires a permit from the EPA or a delegated state agency. Several of our facilities 
have obtained permits for discharges of treated process wastewater directly to surface waters. In addition, several 

18

of  our  facilities  discharge  to  municipal  wastewater  treatment  facilities  and  therefore  are  required  to  obtain 
pretreatment discharge permits from local agencies. A number of our facilities also have storm water discharge 
permits.

Oil Pollution Prevention Regulations. The Oil Pollution Prevention regulations promulgated by the EPA 
under the authority of the Clean Water Act require that facilities storing oil in excess of threshold quantities or 
which have the ability to reach navigable water have a spill prevention, control and countermeasure, or SPCC, 
plan. Many of our facilities have SPCC plans or similar oil storage plans required in non-US jurisdictions.

Storage Requirements. Our warehouse facilities are required to comply with applicable permits and zoning 
requirements from local regulatory authorities and pursuant to leases. These requirements, which differ based on 
type of facility and location, define structural specifications and establish limits on building usage. Regulators 
typically have the authority to address non-compliance with storage requirements through fines, penalties and other 
administrative sanctions.

EPCRA. The US Emergency Planning and Community Right-To-Know Act, or EPCRA, establishes reporting 
rules for facilities that store or manage chemicals and requires such facilities to maintain certain safety data. EPCRA 
is  intended  to  facilitate  state  and  local  planning  for  chemical  emergencies.  EPCRA  requires  state  and  local 
emergency planning and emergency response authorities to be informed of the presence of specified quantities of 
“extremely hazardous substances” at a facility  and the release of listed hazardous  substances above threshold 
quantities. Facilities that store or use significant amounts of toxic chemicals must also submit annual toxic chemical 
release reports containing information about the types and amounts of toxic chemicals that are released into the 
air, water and soil, as well as information on the quantities of toxic chemicals sent to other facilities. We store and 
handle a number of chemicals subject to EPCRA reporting and recordkeeping requirements.

TSCA and the Lautenberg Act. The US Toxic Substances Control Act, the recently enacted Lautenberg Act 
(collectively TSCA) and similar laws in other jurisdictions, are intended to ensure that chemicals do not pose 
unreasonable risks to human health or the environment. TSCA requires the EPA to maintain the TSCA registry 
listing chemicals manufactured or processed in the United States. Chemicals not listed on the TSCA registry cannot 
be imported into or sold in the United States until registered with the EPA. TSCA also sets forth specific reporting, 
recordkeeping and testing rules for chemicals, including requirements for the import and export of certain chemicals, 
as well as other restrictions relevant to our business. Pursuant to these laws, the EPA from time to time issues 
Significant New Use Rules, or SNURs, when it identifies new uses of chemicals that could pose risks to human 
health or the environment and also requires pre-manufacture notification of new chemical substances that do not 
appear on the TSCA registry. When we import chemicals into the United States, we must ensure that chemicals 
appear on the TSCA registry prior to import, participate in the SNUR process when a chemical we import requires 
testing data and report to the EPA information relating to quantities, identities and uses of imported chemicals.

FIFRA and Other Pesticide and Biocide Regulations. We have a significant operation in the distribution and 
sale of pesticides and biocides. These products are regulated in many jurisdictions. In the United States, the Federal 
Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act, or FIFRA, authorizes the EPA to oversee and regulate the manufacture, 
distribution, sale and use of pesticides and biocides. We are required to register with the EPA and certain state 
regulatory authorities as a seller and repackager of pesticides and biocides. The EPA may cancel registration of 
any pesticide or biocide that does not comply with FIFRA, effectively prohibiting the manufacture, sale, distribution 
or use of such product in the United States.

The EPA has established procedures and standards for the design of pesticide and biocide containers, as well 
as  the  removal  of  pesticides  and  biocides  from  such  containers  prior  to  disposal. Applicable  regulations  also 
prescribe specific labeling requirements and establish standards to prevent leaks and spills of pesticides and biocides 
from containment structures at bulk storage sites and dispensing operations. These standards apply to dealers who 
repackage pesticides, commercial applicators and custom blenders.

REACH.  In  Europe,  our  business  is  affected  by  legislation  dealing  with  the  Registration,  Evaluation, 
Authorization and Restriction of Chemicals, or REACH. REACH requires manufacturers and importers of chemical 
substances to register such substances with the European Chemicals Agency, or the ECHA, and enables European 
and  national  authorities  to  track  such  substances.  Depending  on  the  amount  of  chemical  substances  to  be 

19

manufactured or imported, and the specific risks of each substance, REACH requires different sets of data to be 
included in the registration submitted to the ECHA. Registration of substances with the ECHA imposes significant 
recordkeeping requirements that can result in significant financial obligations for chemical distributors, such as 
us, to import products into Europe. REACH is accompanied by legislation regulating the classification, labeling 
and packaging of chemical substances and mixtures.

GHG Emissions. In the US, various legislative and regulatory measures to address greenhouse gas, or GHG, 
emissions are in various phases of discussion or implementation. At the federal legislative level, Congress has 
previously considered legislation requiring a mandatory reduction of GHG emissions. Although Congressional 
passage of such legislation does not appear likely at this time, it could be adopted at a future date. It is also possible 
that Congress may pass alternative climate change bills that do not mandate a nationwide cap-and-trade program 
and instead focus on promoting renewable energy and energy efficiency. In the absence of congressional legislation 
curbing GHG emissions, the EPA is moving ahead administratively under its Clean Air Act authority.

The implementation of additional EPA regulations and/or the passage of federal or state climate change 
legislation will likely result in increased costs to operate and maintain our facilities. Increased costs associated 
with compliance with any future legislation or regulation of GHG emissions, if it occurs, may have a material 
adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and ability to make cash distributions.

Internationally, many of the countries in which we do business (but not the US) have ratified the Kyoto 
Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, or the Kyoto Protocol, and we have 
been subject to its requirements, particularly in the European Union. Many nations entered into the Copenhagen 
Accord, which may result in a new international climate change treaty in the future. If so, we may become subject 
to different and more restrictive regulation on climate change to the extent the countries in which we do business 
implement such a new treaty.

OSHA. We are subject to workplace safety laws in many jurisdictions, including the United States. The US 
Occupational Safety and Health Act, or OSHA, which addresses safety and health in workplace environments and 
establishes maximum workplace chemical exposure levels for indoor air quality. Chemical manufacturers and 
importers must employ a hazard communication program utilizing labels and other forms of warnings, as well as 
Material Safety Data Sheets, setting forth safety and hazardous materials information to employees and customers. 
Employers must provide training to ensure that relevant employees are equipped to properly handle chemicals.

We train employees and visitors who have access to chemical handling areas. OSHA requires the use of 
personal protective equipment when other controls are not feasible or effective in reducing the risk of exposure to 
serious workplace injuries or illnesses resulting from contact with hazardous substances or other workplace hazards. 
Employers must conduct workplace assessments to determine what hazards require personal protective equipment, 
and must provide appropriate equipment to workers.

OSHA operates a process safety management rule, or PSM Rule, that requires employers to compile written 
process safety information, operating procedures and facility management plans, conduct hazard analyses, develop 
written action plans for employee participation in safety management and certify every three years that they have 
evaluated their compliance with process safety requirements. Employees must have access to safety analyses and 
related information, and employers must maintain and provide process-specific training to relevant employees. 
We handle several chemicals that are hazardous and listed under the PSM Rule, which imposes extensive obligations 
on our handling of these chemicals and results in significant costs on our operations.

OSHA’s Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response rules require employers and employees to 
comply with certain safety standards when conducting operations involving the exposure or potential exposure to 
hazardous  substances  and  wastes.  These  standards  require  hazardous  substances  preparedness  training  for 
employees  and  generally  apply  to  individuals  engaged  in  cleanup  operations,  facility  operations  entailing  the 
treatment, storage and disposal of hazardous wastes, and emergency responses to uncontrolled releases of hazardous 
substances.

20

OSHA regulations require employers to develop and maintain an emergency action plan to direct employer 
and  employee  actions  in  the  event  of  a  workplace  emergency.  Under  most  circumstances,  the  plan  must  be 
maintained in writing, remain accessible at the workplace and be made available to employees for review.

Chemical Facility Anti-Terrorism Standards. The US Department of Homeland Security, or DHS, regulates 
certain  high-risk  chemical  facilities  through  its  Chemical  Facility Anti-Terrorism  Standards.  These  standards 
establish a Chemical Security Assessment Tool comprised of four elements, including facility user registration, 
top-screen evaluation, security vulnerability assessment and site security planning. The site security plan must 
address any vulnerabilities identified in the security vulnerability assessment, including access control, personnel 
credentialing, recordkeeping, employee training, emergency response, testing of security equipment, reporting of 
security incidents and suspicious activity, and deterring, detecting and delaying potential attacks. DHS must approve 
all security vulnerability assessments and site security plans. We handle a number of chemicals regulated by DHS.

FDA.  The U.S. Food & Drug Administration (FDA) Food Safety Modernization Act, or FSMA, directs 
FDA to build an integrated national food safety system in partnership with state and local authorities.  Univar 
facilities that handle FDA regulated products are required to implement a written preventive controls plan.  This 
involves evaluating the hazards that could affect food safety and specifying what preventive steps, or controls, will 
be put in place to significantly minimize or prevent the hazards.  Also, when we import FDA regulated products 
into the United States, we have an explicit responsibility to verify that our foreign suppliers have adequate preventive 
controls in place.  Finally, the rule establishes requirements for companies involved in transporting FDA regulated 
products to use sanitary practices to ensure the safety of those products.

Other Regulations

We are subject to other foreign, federal, state and local regulations. For example, many of the products we 
repackage, blend and distribute are subject to Food and Drug Administration regulations governing the handling 
of chemicals used in food, food processing or pharmaceutical applications. Compliance with these regulations 
requires testing, additional policies, procedures and documentation and segregation of products. In addition, we 
are subject to a variety of state and local regulations, including those relating to the fire protection standards, and 
local licensing and permitting of various aspects of our operations and facilities.

Legal Proceedings

In the ordinary course of our business, we are subject to periodic lawsuits, investigations and claims. Although 
we cannot predict with certainty the ultimate resolution of pending or future lawsuits, investigations and claims 
asserted against us, we do not believe that any currently pending legal proceeding to which we are a party is likely 
to have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows or financial condition. See “Note 
19: Commitments and Contingencies” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

Asbestos Claims

In its 1986 purchase of McKesson Chemical Company from McKesson Corporation, or McKesson, our 
wholly owned subsidiary, Univar USA Inc., entered into an indemnification agreement with McKesson. Univar 
USA has an obligation to defend and indemnify McKesson for claims alleging injury from exposure to asbestos-
containing products sold by McKesson Chemical Company, or the asbestos claims. Univar USA’s obligation to 
indemnify McKesson for settlements and judgments arising from asbestos claims is the amount which is in excess 
of applicable insurance coverage, if any, which may be available under McKesson’s historical insurance coverage. 
In addition, we are currently defending a small number of claims which name Univar USA as a defendant.

As of December 31, 2016, Univar USA has accepted the tender of, and is defending McKesson in, eight 
pending separate-plaintiff claims in multi-plaintiff lawsuits filed in the State of Mississippi. These lawsuits have 
multiple plaintiffs, include a large number of defendants, and provide no specific information on the plaintiffs’ 
injuries and do not connect the plaintiffs’ injuries to any specific sources of asbestos. Additionally, the majority of 
the plaintiffs in these lawsuits have not put forth evidence that they have been seriously injured from exposure to 
asbestos. No new claims in Mississippi have been received since 2010. At the peak there were approximately 
16,000 such claims pending against McKesson. To date, the costs for defending these cases have not been material, 

21

and the cases that have been finalized have either been dismissed or resolved with either minimal or no payments. 
Although we cannot predict the outcome of pending or future claims or lawsuits with certainty, we believe the 
future defense and liability costs for the Mississippi cases will not be material. Univar USA has not recorded a 
reserve related to these lawsuits, as it has determined that losses are neither probable nor estimable.

As of December 31, 2016, Univar USA was defending fewer than 290 single-plaintiff asbestos claims against 
McKesson (or Univar USA as a successor in interest to McKesson Chemical Company) pending in 15 states. These 
cases differ from the Mississippi multi-plaintiff cases in that they are single-plaintiff cases with the plaintiff alleging 
substantial  specific  injuries  from  exposure  to  asbestos-containing  products.  These  cases  are  similar  to  the 
Mississippi cases in that numerous defendants are named and that they provide little specific information connecting 
the plaintiffs’ injuries to any specific source of asbestos. Although we cannot predict the outcome of pending or 
future claims or lawsuits with certainty, we believe the liabilities for these cases will not be material. In 2016, there 
were 160 single-plaintiff lawsuits filed against McKesson and 69 cases against McKesson which were resolved. 
As of December 31, 2016, Univar USA had reserved $50,000 related to pending asbestos litigation.

Environmental Remediation

The Company is subject to various federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations that require 
environmental assessment or remediation efforts (collectively “environmental remediation work”) at approximately 
129  locations,  some  that  are  now  or  were  previously  Company-owned/occupied  and  some  that  were  never 
Company-owned/occupied (“non-owned sites”).

The Company’s environmental remediation work at some sites is being conducted pursuant to governmental 
proceedings or investigations, while the Company, with appropriate state or federal agency oversight and approval, 
is conducting the environmental remediation work at other sites voluntarily. The Company is currently undergoing 
remediation efforts or is in the process of active review of the need for potential remediation efforts at approximately 
103 current or formerly Company-owned/occupied sites. In addition, the Company may be liable for a share of 
the cleanup of approximately 26 non-owned sites. These non-owned sites are typically (a) locations of independent 
waste disposal or recycling operations with alleged or confirmed contaminated soil and/or groundwater to which 
the Company may have shipped waste products or drums for re-conditioning, or (b) contaminated non-owned sites 
near historical sites owned or operated by the Company or its predecessors from which contamination is alleged 
to have arisen.

In determining the appropriate level of environmental reserves, the Company considers several factors such 
as  information  obtained  from  investigatory  studies;  changes  in  the  scope  of  remediation;  the  interpretation, 
application and enforcement of laws and regulations; changes in the costs of remediation programs; the development 
of alternative cleanup technologies and methods; and the relative level of the Company’s involvement at various 
sites for which the Company is allegedly associated. The level of annual expenditures for remedial, monitoring 
and investigatory activities will change in the future as major components of planned remediation activities are 
completed and the scope, timing and costs of existing activities are changed. Project lives, and therefore cash flows, 
range from 2 to 30 years, depending on the specific site and type of remediation project.

Although the Company believes that its reserves are adequate for environmental contingencies, it is possible, 
due to the uncertainties noted above, that additional reserves could be required in the future that could have a 
material effect on the overall financial position, results of operations, or cash flows in a particular period. This 
additional loss or range of losses cannot be recorded at this time, as it is not reasonably estimable.

Other Environmental Matters

On  December 9,  2014,  the  Company  was  issued  a  violation  notice  from  the  Pollution  Control  Services 
Department of Harris County, Texas (“PCS”). The notice relates to claims that the Company’s facility on Luthe 
Road in Houston, Texas operated with inadequate air emissions controls and improperly discharged certain waste 
without authorization. On March 6, 2015, PCS notified the Company that the matter was forwarded to the Harris 
County District Attorney’s Office with a request for an enforcement action. No such action was ever commenced, 
and, rather than litigate, the Company recently made a payment to PCS in settlement of this matter with no admission 
of a violation.

22

Customs and International Trade Laws

In April 2012, the US Department of Justice (“DOJ”) issued a civil investigative demand to the Company 
in connection with an investigation into the Company’s compliance with applicable customs and international trade 
laws and regulations relating to the importation of saccharin from 2002 through 2012. The Company also became 
aware in 2010 of an investigation being conducted by US Customs and Border Patrol (“CBP”) into the Company’s 
importation of saccharin. Finally, the Company learned that a civil plaintiff had sued the Company and two other 
defendants  in  a  Qui Tam  proceeding,  such  filing  having  been  made  under  seal  in  2012,  and  this  plaintiff  had 
requested that the DOJ intervene in its lawsuit.

The US government, through the DOJ, declined to intervene in the Qui Tam proceeding in November 2013 
and, as a result, the DOJ’s inquiry related to the Qui Tam lawsuit and its initial investigation demand are now 
finished. On February 26, 2014, the Qui Tam plaintiff also voluntarily dismissed its lawsuit against the Company. 
CBP, however, continued its investigation on the importation of saccharin by the Company’s subsidiary, Univar 
USA Inc. On July 21, 2014, CBP sent the Company a “Pre-Penalty Notice” indicating the imposition of a penalty 
against Univar USA Inc. in the amount of approximately $84.0 million. Univar USA Inc. responded to CBP that 
the proposed penalty was not justified. On October 1, 2014, the CBP issued a penalty notice to Univar USA Inc. 
for $84.0 million and has reaffirmed this penalty notice. On August 6, 2015, the DOJ filed a complaint on CBP’s 
behalf against Univar USA Inc. in the Court of International Trade seeking approximately $84.0 million in allegedly 
unpaid duties, penalties, interest, costs and attorneys’ fees. The Company continues to defend this matter vigorously. 
Univar USA Inc. has not recorded a liability related to this investigation as the Company believes a loss is not 
probable.

Canadian Assessment

In 2007, the outstanding shares of Univar N.V., the ultimate public company parent of the Univar group at 
that time, were acquired by investment funds advised by CVC. To facilitate the acquisition and leveraged financing 
of Univar N.V. by CVC, a restructuring of some of the companies in the Univar group, including its Canadian 
operating company, was completed (the “Restructuring”). In February 2013, the Canada Revenue Agency (“CRA”) 
issued a Notice of Assessment, asserting the General Anti-Avoidance Rule (“GAAR”) against the Company’s 
subsidiary Univar Holdco Canada ULC (“Univar Holdco”) for withholding tax of $29.4 million (Canadian), relating 
to this Restructuring. Univar Holdco appealed the assessment, and the matter was litigated in the Tax Court of 
Canada in June 2015. On June 22, 2016, the Tax Court of Canada issued its judgment in favor of the CRA. The 
Company strongly disagrees with the decision of the Tax Court of Canada and filed its appeal to the Canadian 
Federal Court of Appeal on June 30, 2016.  The Company filed its Memorandum of Fact and Law with the Canadian 
Court of Appeal on October 6, 2016 and the Respondent's Memorandum of Fact and Law was filed on November 
21, 2016. A $44.7 million (Canadian) Letter of Credit, covering the initial assessment of $29.4 million (Canadian) 
and interest of $15.3 million (Canadian), has been issued with respect to this assessment. The Letter of Credit 
amount was amended in December 2016 to $52.1 million (Canadian) to include $7.4 million (Canadian) in accrued 
interest. 

In  September  2014,  also  relating  to  the  Restructuring,  the  CRA  issued  the  2008  and  2009  Notice  of 
Reassessments for federal corporate income tax liabilities of $11.9 million (Canadian) and $11.0 million (Canadian), 
respectively, and a departure tax liability of $9.0 million (Canadian). Likewise, in April 2015, the Company’s 
subsidiary received the 2008 and 2009 Alberta Notice of Reassessments of $6.0 million (Canadian) and $5.8 million 
(Canadian), respectively. These Reassessments reflect the additional tax liability and interest relating to those tax 
years should the CRA be successful in its assertion of the GAAR relating to the Restructuring described above.

In September 2016, the CRA notified the Company that it agreed to accept security on the above reassessed 
federal amounts in the form of a Letter of Credit and subsequently the Company requested that it refrain from 
further collection efforts related to this assessment until the outcome of the appeal of the GAAR matter is concluded. 
The CRA denied the Company's request, and the Company initiated a review of the matter at the Canada Federal 
Court in January 2017. The Company expects a decision on the matter in mid-2017.

At December 31, 2016, the total Canadian federal and provincial tax liability assessed related to these matters, 
inclusive of interest of $38.7 million (Canadian), is $111.8 million (Canadian).  The Company has not recorded 
23

any liabilities for these matters in its financial statements, as it believes it is more likely than not that the ruling 
will be reversed on appeal and the Company’s position will be sustained.

Proprietary Rights

We rely primarily on trademarks, copyrights and trade secret laws to establish and maintain our proprietary 

rights in our intellectual property including technology, creative works and products.

We  currently  own  trademark  registrations  or  pending  applications  in  approximately  86 countries  for  the 
Univar name and in approximately 68 countries for the Univar hexagon logo. Each of the issued registrations is 
current and valid for the maximum available statutory duration and can be renewed prior to expiration of the 
relevant statutory period. We renew the registrations as they become due for both of these marks. We claim common 
law rights in the mark “Univar” and other Univar-owned trademarks in those jurisdictions that recognize trademark 
rights based on use without registration. Additionally, we currently own registrations and pending applications in 
the United States and various jurisdictions for numerous other trademarks that identify Univar as the source of 
products and services, including “ChemPoint.com”, “ChemCare”, and “PESTWEB”.

Employees

As of December 31, 2016, we employed more than 8,700 persons on a full time equivalent basis worldwide. 
Approximately 640 of our employees in the United States are represented by labor unions. As of December 31, 
2016,  approximately  25%  of  our  labor  force  was  covered  by  a  collective  bargaining  agreement,  including 
approximately 14% of our labor force in the United States, approximately 20% of our labor force in Canada and 
approximately 50% of our labor force in Europe, and approximately 3% of our labor force was covered by a 
collective bargaining agreement that will expire within one year. We have experienced no recent material work 
stoppages. In addition, in several of our facilities located outside the United States, particularly those in Europe, 
employees are represented by works councils appointed pursuant to local law consisting of employee representatives 
who have certain rights to negotiate working terms and to receive notice of significant actions. These arrangements 
grant certain protections to employees and subject us to employment terms that are similar to collective bargaining 
agreements. 

Item 1A. 

RISK FACTORS

We are affected by general economic conditions, particularly fluctuations in industrial production and 

consumption, and an economic downturn could adversely affect our operations and financial results.

We sell chemicals that are used in manufacturing processes and as components of or ingredients in other 
products and, as a result, our sales are correlated with and affected by fluctuations in the level of industrial production 
and manufacturing output and general economic activity. Producers of commodity and specialty chemicals are 
likely to reduce their output in periods of significant contraction in industrial and consumer demand, while demand 
for the products we distribute depends largely on trends in demand in the end markets our customers serve. A 
majority of our sales are in North America and Europe and our business is therefore susceptible to downturns in 
those economies as well as, to a lesser extent, the economies in the rest of the world. Our profit margins, as well 
as overall demand for our products and services, could decline as a result of a large number of factors outside our 
control,  including  economic  recessions,  changes  in  industrial  production  processes  or  consumer  preferences, 
changes  in  laws  and  regulations  affecting  the  chemicals  industry  and  the  manner  in  which  they  are  enforced, 
inflation, fluctuations in interest and currency exchange rates and changes in the fiscal or monetary policies of 
governments in the regions in which we operate.

General economic conditions and macroeconomic trends, as well as the creditworthiness of our customers, 
could affect overall demand for chemicals. Any overall decline in the demand for chemicals could significantly 
reduce our sales and profitability. If the creditworthiness of our customers declines, we would face increased credit 
risk.  In  addition,  volatility  and  disruption  in  financial  markets  could  adversely  affect  our  sales  and  results  of 

24

operations  by  limiting  our  customers’  ability  to  obtain  financing  necessary  to  maintain  or  expand  their  own 
operations.

A historical feature of past economic weakness has been significant destocking of inventories, including 
inventories of chemicals used in industrial and manufacturing processes. It is possible that an improvement in our 
net sales in a particular period may be attributable in part to restocking of inventories by our customers and represent 
a level of sales or sales growth that will not be sustainable over the longer term. Further economic weakness could 
lead to insolvencies among our customers or producers, as well as among financial institutions that are counterparties 
on financial instruments or accounts that we hold. Any of these developments could have a material adverse effect 
on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Disruptions in the supply of chemicals we distribute or in the operations of our customers could adversely 

affect our business.

Our business depends on access to adequate supplies of the chemicals our customers purchase from us. From 
time to time, we may be unable to procure adequate quantities of certain chemicals because of supply disruptions 
due to natural disasters (including hurricanes and other extreme weather), industrial accidents, scheduled production 
outages,  producer  breaches  of  contract,  producer  disruptions,  high  demand  leading  to  difficulties  allocating 
appropriate  quantities,  port  closures  and  other  transportation  disruptions  and  other  circumstances  beyond  our 
control, or we may be unable to purchase chemicals that we are obligated to deliver to our customers at prices that 
enable us to earn a profit. In addition, unpredictable events may have a significant impact on the industries in which 
many of our customers operate, reducing demand for products that we normally distribute in significant volumes. 
As examples, recent impacts on supply sources for hydrochloric acid have impacted our ability to meet all of our 
customers’ demands for this product. Significant disruptions of supply and disruptions in customer industries could 
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Significant changes in the business strategies of producers could also disrupt our supply. Large chemical 
manufacturers may elect to sell certain products (or products in certain regions) directly to customers, instead of 
relying on distributors such as us. While we do not believe that our results depend materially on access to any 
individual producer’s products, a reversal of the trend toward more active use of distributors would likely result 
in increasing margin pressure or products becoming unavailable to us. Any of these developments could have a 
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

To  the  extent  we  have  contracts  with  producers  and  our  customers,  they  are  generally  short  term  or 
terminable upon short notice or at will, and termination of our relationships with producers and customers 
could negatively affect our business.

Our purchases and sales of chemicals are typically made pursuant to purchase orders rather than long-term 
contracts. While some of our relationships for the distribution and sale of chemicals have exclusivity or preference 
provisions, we may be unable to enforce these provisions effectively for legal or business reasons. Many of our 
contracts with both producers and our customers are terminable without cause upon 30 days’ or less notice to us 
from the producer or customer. Our business relationships and reputation may suffer if we are unable to meet our 
delivery obligations to our customers which may occur because many producers are not subject to contracts or can 
terminate contracts on short notice. In addition, renegotiation of purchase or sales terms to our disadvantage could 
reduce our sales margins. Any of these developments could adversely affect our business, financial condition and 
results of operations.

The prices and costs of the products we purchase may be subject to large and significant price increases. 
We might not be able to pass such cost increases through to our customers. We could experience financial losses 
if  our  inventories  of  one  or  more  chemicals  exceed  our  sales  and  the  price  of  those  chemicals  decreases 
significantly while in our inventories or if our inventories fall short of our sales and the purchase price of those 
chemicals increases significantly.

We purchase and sell a wide variety of chemicals, the price and availability of which may fluctuate, and may 
be subject to large and significant price increases. Many of our contracts with producers include chemical prices 

25

that are not fixed or are tied to an index, which allows our producers to change the prices of the chemicals we 
purchase as the price of the chemicals fluctuates in the market. Our business is exposed to these fluctuations, as 
well as to fluctuations in our costs for transportation and distribution due to rising fuel prices or increases in charges 
from  common  carriers,  rail  companies  and  other  third  party  transportation  providers,  as  well  as  other  factors. 
Changes in chemical prices affect our net sales and cost of goods sold, as well as our working capital requirements, 
levels  of  debt  and  financing  costs.  We  might  not  always  be  able  to  reflect  increases  in  our  chemical  costs, 
transportation costs and other costs in our own pricing. Any inability to pass cost increases onto customers may 
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In order to meet customer demand, we typically maintain significant inventories, and we are therefore subject 

to a number of risks associated with our inventory levels, including the following:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

declines in the prices of chemicals that are held by us;

the need to maintain a significant inventory of chemicals that may be in limited supply and therefore 
difficult to procure;

buying chemicals in bulk for the best pricing and thereby holding excess inventory;

responding to the unpredictable demand for chemicals;

cancellation of customer orders; and

responding to customer requests for quick delivery.

In order to manage our inventories successfully, we must estimate demand from our customers and purchase 
chemicals that substantially correspond to that demand. If we overestimate demand and purchase too much of a 
particular chemical, we face a risk that the price of that chemical will fall, leaving us with inventory that we cannot 
sell profitably or have to write down such inventory from its recorded value. If we underestimate demand and 
purchase insufficient quantities of a particular chemical and prices of that chemical rise, we could be forced to 
purchase that chemical at a higher price and forego profitability in order to meet customer demand. Our business, 
financial condition and results of operations could suffer a material adverse effect if either or both of these situations 
occur frequently or in large volumes. We also face the risk of dissatisfied customers and damage to our reputation 
if we cannot meet customer demand for a particular chemical because we are short on inventories.

We could lose our customers and suffer damage to our reputation if we are unable to meet customer 

demand for a particular product.

In addition, particularly in cases of pronounced cyclicality in our end markets, it can be difficult to anticipate 
our  customers’  requirements  for  particular  chemicals,  and  we  could  be  asked  to  deliver  larger-than-expected 
quantities of a particular chemical on short notice. If for any reason we experience widespread, systemic difficulties 
in filling customer orders, our customers may be dissatisfied and discontinue their relationship with us or we may 
be required to pay a higher price in order to obtain the needed chemical on short notice, thereby adversely affecting 
our margins.

Trends in oil, gas and mineral prices could adversely affect the level of exploration, development and 

production activity of certain of our customers and in turn the demand for our products and services.

Demand for our oil, gas and mining products and services is sensitive to the level of exploration, drilling, 
development and production activity of, and the corresponding capital spending by, oil, gas and mining companies 
and oilfield service providers. The level of exploration, drilling, development and production activity is directly 
affected by trends in oil, gas and mineral prices, which historically have been volatile and are likely to continue 
to be volatile. Many factors may affect these prices, including global market conditions, political conditions and 
weather. The unpredictability of these factors prevents any reasonable forecast on the movements of such prices.

Recently, there has been a significant decline in the prices of oil and gas. This, or any other reduction in oil 
and gas prices, could depress the immediate levels of exploration, drilling, development and production activity 
by certain of our customers. Even the perception of longer-term lower oil and gas prices by certain of our customers 

26

could similarly reduce or delay major expenditures by these customers given the long-term nature of many large-
scale development projects. If any of these events were to occur, it could have an adverse effect on our business, 
results of operations and financial condition.

Our balance sheet includes significant goodwill and intangible assets, the impairment of which could 

affect our future operating results.

We carry significant goodwill and intangible assets on our balance sheet. As of December 31, 2016, our 
goodwill  and  intangible  assets  totaled  approximately  $1.8  billion  and  $0.3  billion,  respectively,  including 
approximately $1.2 billion in goodwill resulting from our 2007 acquisition by investment funds advised by CVC. 
We may also recognize additional goodwill and intangible assets in connection with future business acquisitions. 
Goodwill is not amortized for book purposes and is tested for impairment using a fair value based approach annually, 
or between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that indicate that the fair value of a reporting 
unit has more likely than not declined below its carrying value. The identification and measurement of impairment 
involves  the  estimation  of  the  fair  value  of  reporting  units,  which  requires  judgment  and  involves  the  use  of 
significant estimates and assumptions by management. The estimates of fair value of reporting units are based on 
the best information available as of the date of the assessment and incorporate management assumptions about 
expected future cash flows and contemplate other valuation techniques. Our estimates of future cash flows may 
differ  from  actual  cash  flows  that  are  subsequently  realized  due  to  many  factors,  including  future  worldwide 
economic conditions and the expected benefits of our initiatives, among other things. Intangible assets are amortized 
for  book  purposes  over  their  respective  useful  lives  and  are  tested  for  impairment  if  any  event  occurs  or 
circumstances change that indicates that carrying value may not be recoverable. Although we currently do not 
expect  that  our  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  will  be  further  impaired,  we  cannot  guarantee  that  a  material 
impairment will not occur, particularly in the event of a substantial deterioration in our future prospects either in 
total or in a particular reporting unit. See “Note 12: Goodwill and intangible assets” in Item 8 of this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K for a discussion of our 2016 impairment review. If our goodwill and intangible assets become 
impaired, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We have in the past and may in the future make acquisitions, ventures and strategic investments, some 
of which may be significant in size and scope, which have involved in the past and will likely involve in the 
future numerous risks. We may not be able to address these risks without substantial expense, delay or other 
operational or financial problems.

We  have  made  and  may  in  the  future  make  acquisitions  of,  or  investments  in,  businesses  or  companies 
(including strategic partnerships with other companies). Acquisitions or investments have involved in the past and 
will likely involve in the future various risks, such as:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

integrating the operations and personnel of any acquired business;

the potential disruption of our ongoing business, including the diversion of management attention;

the possible inability to obtain the desired financial and strategic benefits from the acquisition or 
investment;

customer attrition arising from preferences to maintain redundant sources of supply;

producer attrition arising from overlapping or competitive products;

assumption of contingent or unanticipated liabilities or regulatory liabilities;

dependence on the retention and performance of existing management and work force of acquired 
businesses for the future performance of these businesses;

regulatory risks associated with acquired businesses (including the risk that we may be required for 
regulatory reasons to dispose of a portion of our existing or acquired businesses); and

• 

the risks inherent in entering geographic or product markets in which we have limited prior experience.

27

Future acquisitions and investments may need to be financed in part through additional financing from banks, 
through public offerings or private placements of debt or equity securities or through other arrangements, and could 
result in substantial cash expenditures. The necessary acquisition financing may not be available to us on acceptable 
terms if and when required, particularly because our current high leverage may make it difficult or impossible for 
us to secure additional financing for acquisitions.

To the extent that we make acquisitions that result in our recording significant goodwill or other intangible 
assets, the requirement to review goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment periodically may result in 
impairments that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

In connection with acquisitions, ventures or divestitures, we may become subject to liabilities.

In connection with any acquisitions or ventures, we may acquire liabilities or defects such as legal claims, 
including but not limited to third party liability and other tort claims; claims for breach of contract; employment-
related claims; environmental liabilities, conditions or damage; permitting, regulatory or other compliance with 
law issues; hazardous materials or liability for hazardous materials; or tax liabilities. If we acquire any of these 
liabilities, and they are not adequately covered by insurance or an enforceable indemnity or similar agreement 
from a creditworthy counterparty, we may be responsible for significant out-of-pocket expenditures. In connection 
with any divestitures, we may incur liabilities for breaches of representations and warranties or failure to comply 
with operating covenants under any agreement for a divestiture. In addition, we may indemnify a counterparty in 
a  divestiture  for  certain  liabilities  of  the  subsidiary  or  operations  subject  to  the  divestiture  transaction. These 
liabilities, if they materialize, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results 
of operations.

We generate a significant portion of our net sales internationally and intend to continue to expand our 
international operations. We face particular challenges in emerging markets. Our results of operations could 
suffer if we are unable to manage our international operations effectively or as a result of various risks related 
to our international activities.

During the year ended December 31, 2016, approximately 40% of our net sales were generated outside of 
the United States. We intend to continue to expand our penetration in certain foreign markets and to enter new and 
emerging foreign markets. Expansion of our international business will require significant management attention 
and resources. The profitability of our international operations will largely depend on our continued success in the 
following areas:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

securing key producer relationships to help establish our presence in international markets;

hiring  and  training  personnel  capable  of  supporting  producers  and  our  customers  and  managing 
operations in foreign countries;

localizing our business processes to meet the specific needs and preferences of foreign producers 
and customers, which may differ in certain respects from our experience in North America and Europe;

building our reputation and awareness of our services among foreign producers and customers; and

implementing  new  financial,  management  information  and  operational  systems,  procedures  and 
controls to monitor our operations in new markets effectively, without causing undue disruptions to 
our operations and customer and producer relationships.

In addition, we are subject to risks associated with operating in foreign countries, including:

• 

varying and often unclear legal and regulatory requirements that may be subject to inconsistent or 
disparate enforcement, particularly regarding environmental, health and safety issues and security 
or  other  certification  requirements,  as  well  as  other  laws  and  business  practices  that  favor  local 
competitors, such as exposure to possible expropriation, nationalization, restrictions on investments 
by foreign companies or other governmental actions;

• 

less stable supply sources;

28

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

competition from existing market participants that may have a longer history in and greater familiarity 
with the foreign markets where we operate;

tariffs, export duties, quotas and other barriers to trade; as well as possible limitations on the conversion 
of foreign currencies into US dollars or remittance of dividends and other payments by our foreign 
subsidiaries;

possible future changes to tariffs associated with imports and exports from the US;

divergent labor regulations and cultural expectations regarding employment;

different  cultural  expectations  regarding  industrialization,  international  business  and  business 
relationships;

foreign taxes and related regulations, including foreign taxes that we may not be able to offset against 
taxes imposed upon us in the United States, and foreign tax and other laws limiting our ability to 
repatriate earnings to the United States;

possible changes in foreign and domestic taxes and related regulations;

extended payment terms and challenges in our ability to collect accounts receivable;

changes in a specific country’s or region’s political or economic conditions;

compliance with anti-bribery laws such as the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the UK Bribery Act 
and similar anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions, the violation of which could expose us to severe 
criminal or civil sanctions; and

compliance with anti-boycott, privacy, economic sanctions, anti-dumping, antitrust, import and export 
laws and regulations by our employees or intermediaries acting on our behalf, the violation of which 
could expose us to significant fines, penalties or other sanctions.

If we fail to address the challenges and risks associated with international expansion, we may encounter 

difficulties implementing our strategy, thereby impeding our growth and harming our operating results.

Our operations in the Asia-Pacific region, Eastern Europe, Latin America and the Middle East and Africa 
are at an early stage. It may prove difficult to achieve our goals and take advantage of growth and acquisition 
opportunities in these or in other emerging markets due to a lack of comprehensive market knowledge and network 
and legal restrictions. Our growth in emerging markets may also be limited by other factors such as significant 
government influence over local economies, foreign investment restrictions, substantial fluctuations in economic 
growth, high levels of inflation and volatility in currency values, exchange controls or restrictions on expatriation 
of earnings, high domestic interest rates, wage and price controls, changes in governmental economic or tax policies, 
imposition of trade barriers, unexpected changes in regulation and overall political social and economic instability. 
In addition, the heightened exposure to terrorist attacks or acts of war or civil unrest in certain geographies, if they 
occur, could result in damage to our facilities, substantial financial losses or injuries to our personnel.

Although we exercise what we believe to be an appropriate level of central control and active supervision 
of our operations around the world, our local subsidiaries retain significant operational flexibility. There is a risk 
that our operations around the world will experience problems that could damage our reputation, or that could 
otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be unable to effectively implement our strategies or achieve our business goals.

The breadth and scope of our business poses several challenges, such as:

• 

initiating or maintaining effective communication among and across all of our geographic business 
segments and industry groups;

• 

identifying new products and product lines and integrating them into our distribution network;

29

• 

• 

• 

• 

allocating financial and other resources efficiently across all of our business segments and industry 
groups;

aligning organizational structure with management’s vision and direction;

communicating ownership and accounting over business activities and ensuring responsibilities are 
properly understood throughout the organization;

ensuring cultural and organizational changes are executed smoothly and efficiently and ensuring 
personnel resources are properly allocated to effect these changes; and

• 

establishing standardized processes across geographic business segments and industry groups.

As a result of these and other factors such as these, we may be unable to effectively implement our strategies 
or achieve our business goals. Any failure to effectively implement our strategies may adversely impact our future 
prospects and our results of operations and financial condition.

Fluctuations in currency exchange rates may adversely affect our results of operations.

We sell products in over 150 countries and we generated approximately 40% of our 2016 net sales outside 
the United States. The revenues we receive from such foreign sales are often denominated in currencies other than 
the US dollar. We do not hedge our foreign currency exposure with respect to our investment in and earnings from 
our foreign businesses. Accordingly, we might suffer considerable losses if there is a significant adverse movement 
in exchange rates. For example, in 2016 the US dollar appreciated in value compared to both the Canadian dollar 
and the euro. The results of operations in our Canada and EMEA segments were negatively impacted due to this 
appreciation. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in 
Item 7 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

In addition, we report our consolidated results in US dollars. The results of operations and the financial 
position of our local operations are generally reported in the relevant local currencies and then translated into US 
dollars  at  the  applicable  exchange  rates  for  inclusion  in  our  consolidated  financial  statements,  exposing  us  to 
currency translation risk. Consequently, any change in exchange rates between our foreign subsidiaries’ functional 
currencies and the US dollar will affect our consolidated income statement and balance sheet when the results of 
those operating companies are translated into US dollars for reporting purposes. Decreases in the value of our 
foreign subsidiaries’ functional currencies against the US dollar will tend to reduce those operating companies’ 
contributions in dollar terms to our financial condition and results of operations. In 2016, our most significant 
currency exposures were to the euro, the Canadian dollar and the British pound sterling versus the US dollar. The 
exchange rates between these and other foreign currencies and the US dollar may fluctuate substantially and such 
fluctuations have had a significant effect on our results in recent periods. For additional details on our currency 
exposure and risk management practices, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” in 
Item 7A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The markets in which we operate are highly competitive.

The chemical distribution market is highly competitive. Chemicals can be purchased from a variety of sources, 
including traders, brokers, wholesalers and other distributors, as well as directly from producers. Many of the 
products we distribute are made to industry standard specifications, and are essentially fungible with products 
offered by our competition. The competitive pressure we face is particularly strong in sectors and markets where 
local  competitors  have  strong  positions.  Increased  competition  from  distributors  of  products  similar  to  or 
competitive with ours could result in price reductions, reduced margins and a loss of market share.

We expect to continue to experience significant and increasing levels of competition in the future. We must 
also compete with smaller companies that have been able to develop strong local or regional customer bases. In 
certain countries, some of our competitors are more established, benefit from greater name recognition and have 
greater resources within those countries than we do.

30

Consolidation of our competitors in the markets in which we operate could place us at a competitive 

disadvantage and reduce our profitability.

We operate in an industry which is highly fragmented on a global scale, but in which there has been a trend 
toward consolidation in recent years. Consolidations of our competitors may jeopardize the strength of our positions 
in one or more of the markets in which we operate and any advantages we currently enjoy due to the comparative 
scale of our operations. Losing some of those advantages could adversely affect our business, financial condition 
and results of operations, as well as our growth potential.

We rely on our computer and data processing systems, and a large-scale malfunction could disrupt our 

business or create potential liabilities.

Our ability to keep our business operating effectively depends on the functional and efficient operation of 
our enterprise resource planning, telecommunications systems, inventory tracking, billing and other information 
systems and related records and information management policies. We rely on these systems to track transactions, 
billings, payments and inventory, as well as to make a variety of day-to-day business decisions. Our systems are 
aging and susceptible to malfunctions, lack of support, interruptions (including due to equipment damage, power 
outages, computer viruses and a range of other hardware, software and network problems) and we may experience 
such malfunctions, interruptions or security breaches in the future. Our systems may also be older generations of 
software which are unable to perform as efficiently as, and fail to communicate well with, newer systems. As the 
development and implementation of our information technology systems continue, we may elect to modify, replace 
or discontinue certain technology initiatives, which would result in write-downs. 

Although our systems are diversified, including multiple server locations and a range of software applications 
for different regions and functions, a significant or large-scale malfunction, interruption or security breach of our 
computer or data processing systems could adversely affect our ability to manage and keep our operations running 
efficiently and damage our reputation if we are unable to track transactions and receive products from producers 
or deliver products to our customers. A malfunction that results in a wider or sustained disruption to our business 
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, as well as on 
the ability of management to align and optimize technology to implement business strategies. A security breach 
might also lead to potential claims from third parties or employees.

Further, a failure to comply with our records and information management and retention policies could lead 

to potential claims, liabilities or exposures.

Our business could be negatively affected by security threats, including cybersecurity threats to us, and 

other disruptions.

We face various security threats, including cybersecurity threats to gain unauthorized access to sensitive 
information or to render data or systems unusable, threats to the security of our facilities, and threats from terrorist 
acts. The potential for such security threats subjects our operations to increased risks that could have a material 
adverse effect on our business. In particular, our implementation of various procedures and controls to monitor 
and mitigate security threats and to increase security for our information, facilities and infrastructure may result 
in increased capital and operating costs. Moreover, there can be no assurance that such procedures and controls 
will be sufficient to prevent security breaches from occurring. If any of these security breaches were to occur, they 
could lead to losses of sensitive information, critical infrastructure or capabilities essential to our operations and 
could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, financial position, results of operations or cash flows and 
could result in claims being brought against us. Cybersecurity attacks in particular are becoming more sophisticated 
and include, but are not limited to, malicious software, attempts to gain unauthorized access to data (either directly 
or through our business partners), and other electronic security breaches that could lead to disruptions in critical 
systems, unauthorized release of confidential or otherwise protected information, and corruption of data. In addition, 
if any information about our customers and producers retained by us were the subject of a successful cybersecurity 
attack against us, we could be subject to litigation or other claims by the affected customers and producers. These 
events could damage our reputation and lead to financial losses from expenses related to remediation actions, loss 
of business or potential liability.

31

We depend on transportation assets, some of which we do not own, in order to deliver products to our 

customers.

Although we maintain a significant portfolio of owned and leased transportation assets, including trucks, 
trailers and railcars, we also rely on transportation and warehousing provided by third parties (including common 
carriers and rail companies) to deliver products to our customers. Our access to third party transportation is not 
guaranteed, and we may be unable to transport chemicals at economically attractive rates in certain circumstances, 
particularly in cases of adverse market conditions or disruptions to transportation infrastructure. We are also subject 
to increased costs that we may not always be able to recover from our customers, including fuel prices, as well as 
charges imposed by common carriers, leasing companies and other third parties involved in transportation. In 
particular, our US operations rely to a significant extent on rail shipments, and we are therefore required to pay 
rail companies’ network access fees. We can also experience the availability of trucks and drivers tighten. We are 
also subject to the risks normally associated with product delivery, including inclement weather, disruptions in the 
transportation infrastructure, disruptions in our lease arrangements and the availability of fuel, as well as liabilities 
arising from accidents to the extent we are not adequately covered by insurance or misdelivery of products. Our 
failure to deliver products in a timely and accurate manner could harm our reputation and brand, which could 
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business exposes us to significant risks associated with hazardous materials and related activities, 

not all of which are covered by insurance.

Because we are engaged in the blending, managing, handling, storing, selling, transporting and disposing of 
chemicals, chemical waste products and other hazardous materials, product liability, health impacts, fire damage, 
safety and environmental risks are significant concerns for us. We maintain substantial reserves, as described below 
in  “—We  are  subject  to  extensive  general  and  product-specific  environmental,  health  and  safety  laws  and 
regulations. Compliance with and changes to these environmental, health and safety laws, including laws relating 
to the investigation and remediation of contamination, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial 
condition and results of operations,” relating to remediation activities at our owned sites and third party sites which 
are subject to federal and state clean-up requirements. We are also subject in the United States to federal legislation 
enforced by OSHA as well as to state safety and health laws. We are also exposed to present and future chemical 
exposure claims by employees, contractors on our premises, other persons located nearby, as well as related workers’ 
compensation claims. We carry insurance to protect us against many accident-related risks involved in the conduct 
of our business and we maintain environmental damage and pollution insurance coverage in accordance with our 
assessment of the risks involved, the ability to bear those risks and the cost and availability of insurance. Each of 
these  insurance  policies  is  subject  to  exclusions,  deductibles  and  coverage  limits  we  believe  are  generally  in 
accordance with industry standards and practices. We do not insure against all risks and may not be able to insure 
adequately against certain risks (whether relating to our or a third party’s activities or other matters) and may not 
have insurance coverage that will pay any particular claim. We also may be unable to obtain at commercially 
reasonable rates in the future adequate insurance coverage for the risks we currently insure against, and certain 
risks are or could become completely uninsurable or eligible for coverage only to a reduced extent. In particular, 
more stringent environmental, health or safety regulations may increase our costs for, or impact the availability 
of, insurance against accident-related risks and the risks of environmental damage or pollution. Our business, 
financial condition and results of operations could be materially impaired by accidents and other environmental 
risks that substantially reduce our revenues, increase our costs or subject us to other liabilities in excess of available 
insurance.

Accidents,  safety  failures,  environmental  damage,  product  quality  issues,  major  or  systemic  delivery 
failures involving our distribution network or the products we carry, or adverse health effects or other harm 
related to hazardous materials we blend, manage, handle, store, sell, transport or dispose of could damage our 
reputation and result in substantial damages or remedial obligations.

Our business depends to a significant extent on our customers’ and producers’ trust in our reputation for 
reliability,  quality,  safety  and  environmental  responsibility. Actual  or  alleged  instances  of  safety  deficiencies, 
mistaken or incorrect deliveries, inferior product quality, exposure to hazardous materials resulting in illness, injury 

32

or other harm to persons, property or natural resources, or of damage caused by us or our products, could damage 
our reputation and lead to customers and producers curtailing the volume of business they do with us. Also, there 
may be safety, personal injury or other environmental risks related to our products which are not known today. 
Any of these events, outcomes or allegations could also subject us to substantial legal claims, and we could incur 
substantial expenses, including legal fees and other costs, in defending such legal claims which could materially 
impact our financial position and results of operations.

Actual or alleged accidents or other incidents at our facilities or that otherwise involve our personnel or 
operations could also subject us to claims for damages by third parties. Because many of the chemicals that we 
handle are dangerous, we are subject to the ongoing risk of hazards, including leaks, spills, releases, explosions 
and fires, which may cause property damage, illness, physical injury or death. We sell products used in hydraulic 
fracturing, a process that involves injecting water, sand and chemicals into subsurface rock formations to release 
and capture oil and natural gas. The use of such hydraulic fracturing fluids by our customers may result in releases 
that could impact the environment and third parties. Several of our distribution facilities, including our Los Angeles 
facility, one of our largest, are located near high-density population centers. If any such events occur, whether 
through our own fault, through preexisting conditions at our facilities, through the fault of a third party or through 
a natural disaster, terrorist incident or other event outside our control, our reputation could be damaged significantly. 
We could also become responsible, as a result of environmental or other laws or by court order, for substantial 
monetary damages or expensive investigative or remedial obligations related to such events, including but not 
limited to those resulting from third party lawsuits or environmental investigation and cleanup obligations on and 
off-site. The amount of any costs, including fines, damages and/or investigative and remedial obligations, that we 
may become obligated to pay under such circumstances could substantially exceed any insurance we have to cover 
such losses.

Any of these risks, if they materialize, could significantly harm our reputation, expose us to substantial 

liabilities and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Evolving environmental laws and regulations on hydraulic fracturing and other oil and gas production 

activities could have an impact on our financial performance.

Hydraulic fracturing is a common practice that is used to stimulate production of crude oil and/or natural 
gas from dense subsurface rock formations, and is primarily presently regulated by state agencies. Many states 
have adopted laws and/or regulations that require disclosure of the chemicals used in hydraulic fracturing, and are 
considering  legal  requirements  that  could  impose  more  stringent  permitting,  disclosure  and  well  construction 
requirements on oil and/or natural gas drilling activities as well as regulations relating to waste streams from such 
activities. The EPA is also moving forward with various related regulatory actions, including regulations requiring, 
among other matters, “green completions” of hydraulically-fractured wells. Similarly, existing and new regulations 
in the United States and elsewhere relating to oil and gas production could impact the sale of some of our products 
into these markets.

Our business exposes us to potential product liability claims and recalls, which could adversely affect our 

financial condition and performance.

The repackaging, blending, mixing, manufacture, sale and distribution of chemical products by us, including 
products  used  in  hydraulic  fracturing  operations  and  products  produced  with  food  ingredients  or  with 
pharmaceutical and nutritional supplement applications, involve an inherent risk of exposure to product liability 
claims, product recalls, product seizures and related adverse publicity, including, without limitation, claims for 
exposure to our products, spills or escape of our products, personal injuries, food related claims and property 
damage or environmental claims. A product liability claim, judgment or recall against our customers could also 
result in substantial and unexpected expenditures for us, affect consumer confidence in our products and divert 
management’s attention from other responsibilities. Although we maintain product liability insurance, there can 
be no assurance that the type or level of coverage is adequate or that we will be able to continue to maintain our 
existing insurance or obtain comparable insurance at a reasonable cost, if at all. A product recall or a partially or 

33

completely uninsured judgment against us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition 
and results of operation.

We  are  subject  to  extensive  general  and  product-specific  environmental,  health  and  safety  laws  and 
regulations.  Compliance  with  and  changes  to  these  environmental,  health  and  safety  laws,  including  laws 
relating to the investigation and remediation of contamination, could have a material adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We are subject to extensive environmental, health and safety laws and regulations in multiple jurisdictions 
because  we  blend,  manage,  handle,  store,  sell,  transport  and  arrange  for  the  disposal  of  chemicals,  hazardous 
materials  and  hazardous  waste.  These  include  laws  and  regulations  governing  our  management,  storage, 
transportation and disposal of chemicals; product regulation; air, water and soil contamination; and the investigation 
and cleanup of contaminated sites, including any spills or releases that may result from our management, handling, 
storage, sale, transportation of chemicals and other products. We hold a number of environmental permits and 
licenses. Compliance with these laws, regulations, permits and licenses requires that we expend significant amounts 
for ongoing compliance, investigation and remediation. If we fail to comply with such laws, regulations, permits 
or licenses we may be subject to fines and other civil, administrative or criminal sanctions, including the revocation 
of permits and licenses necessary to continue our business activities.

Previous operations, including those of acquired companies, have resulted in contamination at a number of 
current  and  former  sites,  which  must  be  investigated  and  remediated.  We  are  currently  investigating  and/or 
remediating contamination, or contributing to cleanup costs, at approximately 130 currently or formerly owned, 
operated or used sites or other sites impacted by our operations. We have spent substantial sums on such investigation 
and remediation and we expect to continue to incur such expenditures in the future. Based on current estimates, 
we believe that these ongoing investigation and remediation costs will not materially affect our business. There is 
no guarantee, however, that our estimates will be accurate, that new contamination will not be discovered or that 
new  environmental  laws  or  regulations  will  not  require  us  to  incur  additional  costs. Any  such  inaccuracies, 
discoveries or new laws or regulations, or the interpretation of existing laws and regulations, could have a material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. As of December 31, 2016, we reserved 
approximately $95.8 million for probable and reasonably estimable losses associated with remediation at currently 
or  formerly  owned,  operated  or  used  sites  or  other  sites  impacted  by  our  operations. We  may  incur  losses  in 
connection  with  investigation  and  remediation  obligations  that  exceed  our  environmental  reserve.  See 
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting 
Estimates—Environmental Liabilities” in Item 7 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information. 
We also may incur substantial costs, including fines, damages, criminal or civil sanctions and investigation and 
remediation costs, or experience interruptions in our operations, for violations under environmental, health and 
safety laws or permit requirements.

We could be held liable for the costs to investigate, remediate or otherwise address contamination at any real 
property  we  have  ever  owned,  leased,  operated  or  used  or  other  sites  impacted  by  our  operations.  Some 
environmental laws could impose on us the entire cost of cleanup of contamination present at a site even though 
we did not cause all of the contamination. These laws often identify parties who can be strictly and jointly and 
severally liable for remediation. The discovery of previously unknown contamination at current or former sites or 
the imposition of other environmental liabilities or obligations in the future, including additional investigation or 
remediation obligations with respect to contamination that has impacted other properties, could lead to additional 
costs or the need for additional reserves that have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition 
and results of operations. In addition, we may be required to pay damages or civil judgments related to third party 
claims, including those relating to personal injury (including exposure to hazardous materials or chemicals we 
blend,  handle,  store,  sell,  transport  or  dispose  of),  product  quality  issues,  property  damage  or  contribution  to 
remedial obligations.

We have been identified as potentially responsible parties, or Potentially Responsible Parties, at various third 
party sites at which we have arranged for the disposal of our hazardous wastes. We may be identified as a Potentially 
Responsible  Party  at  additional  sites  beyond  those  for  which  we  currently  have  financial  obligations.  Such 

34

developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 
See “Business—Regulatory Matters—Environmental, Health and Safety Matters” in Item 1 of this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K.

Certain agreements to which we are a party contain contractual provisions pursuant to which we agreed to 
indemnify other parties for contamination at certain real property. We have been, and may in the future be, subject 
to environmental indemnity claims asserted by other parties with respect to contamination at sites we have ever 
owned, leased, operated or used. We could incur significant costs in addressing existing and future environmental 
indemnification claims.

Societal  concerns  regarding  the  safety  of  chemicals  in  commerce  and  their  potential  impact  on  the 
environment  have  resulted  in  a  growing  trend  towards  increasing  levels  of  product  safety  and  environmental 
protection regulations. These concerns have led to, and could continue to result in, stringent regulatory intervention 
by governmental authorities. In addition, these concerns could influence public perceptions, impact the commercial 
viability of the products we sell and increase the costs to comply with increasingly complex regulations, which 
could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additional findings 
by government agencies that chemicals pose significant environmental, health or safety risks may lead to their 
prohibition in some or all of the jurisdictions in which we operate.

Environmental, health and safety laws and regulations vary significantly from country to country and change 
frequently. Future changes in laws and regulations, or the interpretation of existing laws and regulations, could 
have an adverse effect on us by adding restrictions, reducing our ability to do business, increasing our costs of 
doing business or reducing our profitability or reducing the demand for our products. See “Business—Regulatory 
Matters—Environmental, Health and Safety Matters” in Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Current and future laws and regulations addressing greenhouse gas emissions enacted in the United States, 
Europe and other jurisdictions around the world could also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial 
condition and results of operation. Increased energy costs due to such laws and regulations, emissions associated 
with our customers’ products or development of alternative products having lower emissions of greenhouse gases 
and other pollutants could materially affect demand for our customers’ products and indirectly affect our business. 
Changes in and introductions of regulations have in the past caused us to devote significant management and capital 
resources  to  compliance  programs  and  measures,  and  future  regulations  applicable  to  us  would  likely  further 
increase these compliance costs and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and 
results of operations.

Our business is subject to additional general regulatory requirements and tax requirements which increase 
our cost of doing business, could result in regulatory, unclaimed property or tax claims, and could restrict our 
business in the future.

Our general business operations are subject to a broad spectrum of general regulatory requirements, including 
antitrust regulations, food and drug regulations, human resources regulations, tax regulations, unclaimed property, 
banking and treasury regulations, among others. These regulations add cost to our conduct of business and could, 
in  some  instances,  result  in  claims  or  enforcement  actions  or  could  reduce  our  ability  to  pursue  business 
opportunities. Future changes could result in additional costs and restrictions to our business activities. We are 
currently undergoing a multi-state unclaimed property audit, the timing and outcome of which cannot be predicted; 
we will incur significant professional fees in connection with the audit and if we are found not to be in compliance 
the auditing states may seek significant remittances and other penalties and interest.

We may not be able to repatriate our cash and undistributed earnings held in foreign jurisdictions without 

incurring additional tax liabilities.

As  of  December 31,  2016,  we  had  $336.4  million  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents  on  our  balance  sheet, 
$329.7 million of which was cash and cash equivalents held in foreign jurisdictions, most notably in Canada. 
Except as required under US tax laws, we do not provide for US taxes on approximately $676.0 million of cumulative 
undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries that have not been previously taxed, as we expect to invest such 

35

undistributed earnings indefinitely outside of the United States. We may not be able to repatriate cash and cash 
equivalents or undistributed earnings held in foreign jurisdictions without incurring additional tax liabilities and 
higher effective tax rates. Accordingly, our cash and cash equivalents or undistributed earnings held in foreign 
jurisdictions may effectively be trapped in such foreign jurisdictions unless we are willing to incur additional tax 
liabilities. In addition, there have been proposals to change US tax laws that would significantly affect how US 
multinational corporations are taxed on foreign earnings. Although we cannot predict whether or in what form this 
proposed legislation may pass, if enacted it could have a material adverse effect on our tax expense and cash flow.

We are subject to asbestos claims.

In connection with our purchase of McKesson Chemical Company in 1986, our wholly-owned subsidiary 
Univar  USA  Inc.  is  obligated  to  indemnify  McKesson  for  claims  alleging  injury  from  exposure  to  asbestos-
containing products by McKesson Chemical Company. As of December 31, 2016, we are defending lawsuits by 
more than one hundred plaintiffs claiming asbestos related injuries, including a small number of which name us 
as a defendant. See “Business—Legal Proceedings—Asbestos Claims” in Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-
K. As of December 31, 2016, Univar USA has not recorded a liability related to the pending litigation as any 
potential loss is neither probable nor estimable. Although our costs of defense to date have not been material, we 
cannot predict the ultimate outcome of these lawsuits, which, if determined adversely to us, may result in liability 
that would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, 
if the number of asbestos claims for which we are obligated to indemnify McKesson, or the number of asbestos 
claims naming us, were to increase substantially, particularly if the increase were associated with a significant 
increase  in  the  average  cost  per  lawsuit,  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  could  be 
materially adversely affected.

Our business is subject to many operational risks for which we might not be adequately insured.

We are exposed to risks including, but not limited to, accidents, contamination and environmental damage, 
safety  claims,  natural  disasters,  terrorism,  acts  of  war  and  civil  unrest  and  other  events  that  could  potentially 
interrupt our business operations and/or result in significant costs. Although we attempt to cover these risks with 
insurance to the extent that we consider appropriate, we may incur losses that are not covered by insurance or 
exceed  the  maximum  amounts  covered  by  our  insurance  policies.  Damage  to  a  major  facility,  whether  or  not 
insured, could impair our ability to operate our business in a geographic region and cause loss of business and 
related  expenses.  From  time  to  time,  insurance  for  chemical  risks  have  not  been  available  on  commercially 
acceptable terms or, in some cases, not available at all. In the future we may not be able to maintain our current 
coverages. Due to the variable condition of the insurance market, we have experienced and may experience in the 
future, increased deductible retention levels and increased premiums. As we assume more risk through higher 
retention levels, we may experience more variability in our insurance reserves and expense. Increased insurance 
premiums or our incurrence of significant uncovered losses could have a material adverse effect on our business, 
financial condition and results of operations. We have incurred environmental risks and losses, often from our 
historic activities, for which we have no available or remaining insurance.

We are exposed to ongoing litigation and other legal and regulatory actions and risks in the ordinary 

course of our business, and we could incur significant liabilities and substantial legal fees.

We are subject to the risk of litigation, other legal claims and proceedings, and regulatory enforcement actions 
in the ordinary course of our business. Also, there may be safety or personal injury risks related to our products 
which are not known today. The results of legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty. We cannot guarantee 
that the results of current or future legal proceedings against McKesson and a few claims asserted directly against 
Univar USA Inc. will not materially harm our business, reputation or brand, nor can we guarantee that we will not 
incur losses in connection with current or future legal proceedings that exceed any provisions we may have set 
aside in respect of such proceedings or that exceed any applicable insurance coverage. We also cannot guarantee 
that any tax assessment previously made against us by the Canada Revenue Agency will not result in a material 
tax  liability  or  that  the  issues  raised  by  Customs  and  Border  Patrol  will  not  result  in  a  material  liability. The 

36

occurrence of any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results 
of operations. See “Business—Legal Proceedings” in Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Many of the products we sell have “long-tail” exposures, giving rise to liabilities many years after their sale 
and use. Insurance purchased at the time of sale may not be available when costs arise in the future and producers 
may no longer be available to provide indemnification.

We require significant working capital, and we expect our working capital needs to increase in the future, 
which could result in having lower cash available for, among other things, capital expenditures and acquisition 
financing.

We require significant working capital to purchase chemicals from chemical producers and distributors and 
sell those chemicals efficiently and profitably to our customers. Our working capital needs may increase if the 
price of products we purchase and inventory increase. Our working capital needs also increase at certain times of 
the year, as our customers’ requirements for chemicals increase. For example, our customers in the agricultural 
sector require significant deliveries of chemicals within a growing season that can be very short and depend on 
weather patterns in a given year. We need inventory on hand to have product available to ensure timely delivery 
to our customers. If our working capital requirements increase and we are unable to finance our working capital 
on terms and conditions acceptable to us, we may not be able to obtain chemicals to respond to customer demand, 
which could result in a loss of sales.

In addition, the amount of working capital we require to run our business is expected to increase in the future 
due to expansions in our business activities. If our working capital needs increase, the amount of free cash we have 
at our disposal to devote to other uses will decrease. A decrease in free cash could, among other things, limit our 
flexibility, including our ability to make capital expenditures and to acquire suitable acquisition targets that we 
have identified. If increases in our working capital occur and have the effect of decreasing our free cash, it could 
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have a history of net losses and may not sustain profitability in the future.

Although we achieved profitability in 2015, we had a net loss of $68.4 million in 2016 and there can be no 
assurance that we will return to profitability.  We have incurred net losses in five of the last six fiscal years, including 
net losses of $68.4 million and $20.1 million in the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2014, respectively. Growth 
of our revenues may slow or revenues may decline for a number of possible reasons, including slowing demand 
for our products and services, increasing competition or decreasing growth of our overall market. Our cost of goods 
sold  could  increase  for  a  number  of  possible  reasons,  including  increases  in  chemical  prices  and  increases  in 
chemical handling expenses due to regulatory action or litigation. In addition, our ability to generate profits could 
be  impacted  by  our  substantial  indebtedness  and  the  related  interest  expense.  The  interest  payments  on  our 
indebtedness have exceeded operating income in four of our last five fiscal years. All of these factors could contribute 
to further net losses and, if we are unable to meet these risks and challenges as we encounter them, our business 
may suffer.

We depend on a limited number of key personnel who would be difficult to replace. If we lose the services 

of these individuals, or are unable to attract new talent, our business will be adversely affected.

We depend upon the ability and experience of a number of our executive management and other key personnel 
who have substantial experience with our operations, the chemicals and chemical distribution industries and the 
selected markets in which we operate. The loss of the services of one or a combination of our senior executives or 
key employees could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. We also might suffer an additional 
impact on our business if one of our senior executives or key employees is hired by a competitor. Our success also 
depends on our ability to continue to attract, manage and retain other qualified management and technical and 
clerical personnel as we grow. We may not be able to continue to attract or retain such personnel in the future.

37

A portion of our workforce is unionized and labor disruptions could decrease our profitability.

As of December 31, 2016, we had approximately 640 employees in the United States subject to various 
collective bargaining agreements, most of which have a three-year term. In addition, in several of our international 
facilities, particularly those in Europe, employees are represented by works councils appointed pursuant to local 
law consisting of employee representatives who have certain rights to negotiate working terms and to receive notice 
of significant actions. As of December 31, 2016, approximately 25% of our labor force is covered by a collective 
bargaining agreement, including approximately 14% of our labor force in the United States, approximately 20% 
of our labor force in Canada and approximately 50% of our labor force in Europe, and approximately 3% of our 
labor force is covered by a collective bargaining agreement that will expire within one year. These arrangements 
grant certain protections to employees and subject us to employment terms that are similar to collective bargaining 
agreements. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to negotiate these or other collective bargaining agreements 
or arrangements with works councils on the same or more favorable terms as the current agreements or arrangements, 
or at all, and without interruptions, including labor stoppages at the facility or facilities subject to any particular 
agreement or arrangement. A prolonged labor dispute, which could include a work stoppage, could have a material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Negative  developments  affecting  our  pension  plans  and  multi-employer  pension  plans  in  which  we 

participate may occur.

We operate a number of pension plans for our employees and have obligations with respect to several multi-
employer pension plans sponsored by labor unions in the United States. The terms of these plans vary from country 
to  country.  Generally,  our  defined  benefit  pension  plans  are  funded  with  trust  assets  invested  in  a  diversified 
portfolio  of  debt  and  equity  securities  and  other  investments. Among  other  factors,  changes  in  interest  rates, 
investment returns, the market value of plan assets and actuarial assumptions can (1) affect the level of plan funding; 
(2) cause volatility in the net periodic benefit cost; and (3) increase our future contribution requirements. In or 
following an economic environment characterized by declining investment returns and interest rates, we may be 
required  to  make  additional  cash  contributions  to  our  pension  plans  to  satisfy  our  funding  requirements  and 
recognize further increases in our net periodic benefit cost. A significant decrease in investment returns or the 
market value of plan assets or a significant decrease in interest rates could increase our net periodic benefit costs 
and adversely affect our results of operations.

Our pension plans in the United States and certain other countries are not fully funded. The funded status of 
our pension plans is equal to the difference between the value of plan assets and projected benefit obligations. At 
December 31, 2016, our pension plans had an underfunded status of $271.8 million. This amount could increase 
or decrease depending on factors such as those mentioned above. Changes to the funded status of our pension plans 
as a result of updates to actuarial assumptions and actual experience that differs from our estimates will be recognized 
as  gains  or  losses  in  the  period  incurred  under  our  “mark  to  market”  accounting  policy,  and  could  result  in  a 
requirement  for  additional  funding  which  would  have  a  direct  effect  on  our  cash  position.  Based  on  current 
projections of minimum funding requirements, we expect to make cash contributions of $31.1 million to our defined 
benefit pension plans in 2017. The timing for any such requirement in future years is uncertain given the implicit 
uncertainty regarding the future developments of factors mentioned above. The union sponsored multi-employer 
pension plans in which we participate are also underfunded, including the substantially underfunded Teamsters 
Central States, Southeast and Southwest Pension Plan, which has liabilities at a level twice that of its assets. This 
requires us to make often substantial withdrawal liability payments when we close a facility covered by one of 
these plans, which could hinder our ability to make otherwise appropriate management decisions to operate as 
efficiently as possible.

Labeling regulations could have an adverse impact on our business.

The United States has recently amended its Right-to-Know laws to require new content in labels affixed to 
chemical products being sold by chemical manufacturers and chemical distributors. Recent OSHA publications 
have caused some lack of clarity on this issue and the transition date for the sale of existing inventory. Although 

38

we believe we are properly complying with the transition rules, this lack of clarity in these regulations could impact 
the company in incremental labeling costs, delays or interruption in product supply and compliance issues.

Changes in legislation, regulation and government policy as a result of the 2016 US presidential and 

congressional elections may have a material adverse effect on our business in the future. 

The recent presidential and congressional elections in the United States could result in significant changes 
in, and uncertainty with respect to, legislation, regulation and government policy directly affecting our business 
or indirectly affecting us because of impacts on our customers and producers.  Legislative and regulatory proposals 
discussed during and after the election that could have a material direct or indirect impact on us include, but are 
not limited to, a disallowance of the deduction for net interest expense, a tax on existing unrepatriated foreign 
earnings, restrictions on imports and exports, modifications to international trade policy, including withdrawal 
from  trade  agreements,  environmental  regulation,  changes  to  immigration  policy,  changes  to  health  insurance 
legislation and the imposition of tariffs and other taxes on imports. We are currently unable to predict whether such 
changes will occur and, if so, the ultimate impact on our business. To the extent that such changes have a negative 
impact on us, our producers or our customers, including as a result of related uncertainty, these changes may 
materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

We and our subsidiaries may incur additional debt in the future, which could substantially reduce our 
profitability, limit our ability to pursue certain business opportunities and reduce the value of your investment.

As of December 31, 2016, we had $2,284.3 million of debt outstanding under our $2,050.0 million US dollar 
and  €250.0 million  euro  senior  term  loan  facility  (the  “Senior  Term  Loan  Facility”),  $235.3  million  of  debt 
outstanding under our $1,300.0 million Senior ABL credit facility and $100.0 million senior ABL term loan facility 
(the “Senior ABL Facility”), no borrowings outstanding under our €200.0 million senior European ABL facility 
(the “European ABL Facility”) with approximately $521.3 million available for additional borrowing under these 
facilities and $399.5 million outstanding under Univar USA Inc.’s 6.75% senior notes due 2023 (the “Unsecured 
Notes”). Subject to certain limitations set forth in the agreements that govern these facilities and notes, we or our 
subsidiaries may incur additional debt in the future, or other obligations that do not constitute indebtedness, which 
could increase the risks described below and lead to other risks. The amount of our debt or such other obligations 
could have important consequences for holders of our common stock, including, but not limited to:

• 

• 

• 

• 

our ability to satisfy obligations to lenders or noteholders may be impaired, resulting in possible 
defaults on and acceleration of our indebtedness;

our ability to obtain additional financing for refinancing of existing indebtedness, working capital, 
capital expenditures, including costs associated with our international expansion, product and service 
development, acquisitions, general corporate purposes and other purposes may be impaired;

our assets that currently serve as collateral for our debt may be insufficient, or may not be available, 
to support future financings;

a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations could be used to repay the principal and interest 
on our debt;

•  we may be increasingly vulnerable to economic downturns and increases in interest rates;

• 

our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and the markets in which we 
operate may be limited; and

•  we may be placed at a competitive disadvantage relative to other companies in our industry with less 

debt or comparable debt at more favorable interest rates.

39

The agreements governing our indebtedness contain operating covenants and restrictions that limit our 

operations and could lead to adverse consequences if we fail to comply with them.

The agreements governing our indebtedness contain certain operating covenants and other restrictions relating 
to, among other things, limitations on indebtedness (including guarantees of additional indebtedness) and liens, 
mergers,  consolidations  and  dissolutions,  sales  of  assets,  investments  and  acquisitions,  dividends  and  other 
restricted payments, repurchase of shares of capital stock and options to purchase shares of capital stock and certain 
transactions with affiliates. In addition, our Senior ABL Facility and European ABL Facility include certain financial 
covenants.

The restrictions in the agreements governing our indebtedness may prevent us from taking actions that we 
believe would be in the best interest of our business, and may make it difficult for us to successfully execute our 
business strategy or effectively compete with companies that are not similarly restricted. We may also incur future 
debt  obligations  that  might  subject  us  to  additional  restrictive  covenants  that  could  affect  our  financial  and 
operational flexibility.

Failure to comply with these financial and operating covenants could result from, among other things, changes 
in our results of operations, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, the pricing of our products, our success at 
implementing cost reduction initiatives, our ability to successfully implement our overall business strategy or 
changes in general economic conditions, which may be beyond our control. The breach of any of these covenants 
or restrictions could result in a default under the agreements that govern these facilities that would permit the 
lenders to declare all amounts outstanding thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid 
interest. If we are unable to repay such amounts, lenders having secured obligations could proceed against the 
collateral securing these obligations. The collateral includes the capital stock of our domestic subsidiaries, 65% 
of the capital stock of our foreign subsidiaries and substantially all of our and our subsidiaries’ other tangible and 
intangible assets, subject in each case to certain exceptions. This could have serious consequences on our financial 
condition and results of operations and could cause us to become bankrupt or otherwise insolvent. In addition, 
these covenants may restrict our ability to engage in transactions that we believe would otherwise be in the best 
interests of our business and stockholders.

Increases in interest rates would increase the cost of servicing our debt and could reduce our profitability.

Our debt outstanding under the Senior Term Loan Facility, Senior ABL Facility and European ABL Facility 
bears interest at variable rates. As a result, increases in interest rates would increase the cost of servicing our debt 
and could materially reduce our profitability and cash flows. For additional information on our indebtedness, debt 
service obligations and sensitivity to interest rate fluctuations, see “Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures About 
Market Risk” in Item 7A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We may have future capital needs and may not be able to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms, 

or at all.

We have historically relied on debt financing to fund our operations, capital expenditures and expansion. 
The market conditions and the macroeconomic conditions that affect the markets in which we operate could have 
a material adverse effect on our ability to secure financing on acceptable terms, if at all. We may be unable to 
secure additional financing on favorable terms or at all and our operating cash flow may be insufficient to satisfy 
our financial obligations under the indebtedness outstanding from time to time. The terms of additional financing 
may limit our financial and operating flexibility. Our ability to satisfy our financial obligations will depend upon 
our future operating performance, the availability of credit generally, economic conditions and financial, business 
and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. Furthermore, if financing is not available when needed, 
or is not available on acceptable terms, we may be unable to take advantage of business opportunities or respond 
to competitive pressures, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition 
and results of operations.

If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity, convertible debt securities or other securities 
convertible into equity, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution in their percentage ownership 

40

of our company, and any new securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of 
holders of our common stock, including shares of common stock sold in this offering. If we are unable to obtain 
adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, if and when we require it, our ability to grow or support 
our business and to respond to business challenges could be significantly limited.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

Future sales of shares by existing stockholders could cause our stock price to decline.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that these sales 
could occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. All of the 40,250,000 shares sold 
pursuant to our IPO in June 2015, the 4,500,000 shares we registered on July 29, 2016, the 20,943,741 shares we 
registered on August 15, 2016, the 12,500,000 shares we registered on December 12, 2016 and the 15,000,000 
shares we registered on January 31, 2017 are immediately tradable without restriction under the Securities Act of 
1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), unless held by “affiliates”, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the 
Securities Act. The remaining shares of outstanding common stock are restricted securities within the meaning of 
Rule 144 under the Securities Act, but will be eligible for resale subject, in certain cases, to applicable volume, 
means of sale, holding period and other limitations of Rule 144 or pursuant to an exception from registration under 
Rule 701 under the Securities Act, subject to the terms of the lock-up agreements entered into by the Significant 
Stockholders, our directors and certain of our key executive officers. The underwriter may, at any time, release all 
or any portion of the shares subject to lock-up agreements entered into in connection with this offering.

We have also filed a registration statement under the Securities Act to register the shares of common stock 
to be issued under our equity compensation plans and, as a result, all shares of common stock acquired upon 
exercise of stock options granted under our plans are also freely tradable under the Securities Act, unless purchased 
by our affiliates. In addition, certain of our significant stockholders may distribute the shares that they hold to their 
investors who themselves may then sell into the public market. Such sales may not be subject to the volume, manner 
of sale, holding period and other limitations of Rule 144. As resale restrictions end, the market price of our common 
stock could decline if the holders of those shares sell them or are perceived by the market
as intending to sell them. In the future, we may also issue additional shares of common stock or other equity or 
debt securities convertible into common stock in connection with a financing, acquisition, litigation settlement or 
employee arrangement or otherwise. Any of these issuances could result in substantial dilution to our existing 
stockholders and could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline. 

Dahlia Investments Pte. Ltd. (“Dahlia”), an indirectly wholly owned subsidiary of Temasek Holdings (Private) 
Limited purchased $350.0 million of newly issued shares of our common stock from us and 5,000,000 shares of 
our common stock from Univar N.V. concurrently with the IPO. The shares of our common stock sold in the 
concurrent private placement were not registered under the Securities Act. As a result, the shares of our common 
stock purchased by Dahlia are restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, but 
are eligible for resale subject to applicable restrictions under Rule 144 or pursuant to any other exemption from 
registration under the Securities Act. In addition, Dahlia holds certain registration rights with respect to the shares 
they purchased in the concurrent private placement pursuant to the Fourth Amended and Restated Stockholders’ 
Agreement  of  Univar  Inc.,  (the  “Amended  and  Restated  Stockholders  Agreement”)  pursuant  to  which  the 
Significant Stockholders (as defined below) and certain other stockholders were granted certain registration rights. 
In December 2016 and January 2017, Dahlia exercised its registration rights under the Amended and Restated 
Stockholders Agreement and sold 4,475,627 shares and 4,000,000 shares of our common stock, respectively.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish misleading or unfavorable research 

about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock may depend in part on the research and reports that securities or 
industry  analysts  publish  about  us  or  our  business.  If  one  or  more  of  these  analysts  downgrades  our  stock  or 
publishes misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or 

41

more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our 
stock may decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

The Significant Stockholders will exercise significant control over the direction of our business and have 
the right to nominate members of our Board of Directors. If the ownership of our common stock continues to 
be highly concentrated, it could prevent you and other stockholders from influencing significant corporate 
decisions.

Investment funds associated with Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC (“CD&R”) and Dahlia are collectively 
referred  to  as  the  “Significant  Stockholders.”  The  Significant  Stockholders  collectively  beneficially  own 
approximately 25.5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. The Significant Stockholders will continue 
to exercise significant influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval for the foreseeable future, including 
approval of significant corporate transactions, which may reduce the market price of our common stock.

Under the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, CD&R and investment funds advised by CVC 
Capital Partners Advisory (US), Inc. (“CVC”) are each entitled to nominate up to three sponsor directors and three 
independent directors under certain circumstances related to continued ownership of the shares they hold. Dahlia 
has the right to nominate one director for so long as Dahlia owns at least 10% of the outstanding shares of the 
Company’s common stock. Upon the consummation of CVC’s sale of its shares of common stock in August 2016, 
CVC fell below the threshold whereby they were entitled to nominate sponsor or independent directors and all of 
the CVC-nominated directors resigned from the board. CD&R and Dahlia continue to hold 21,561,039 shares and 
14,165,603 shares, respectively, which allows them to continue to nominate members to our board of directors.

These provisions will allow the Significant Stockholders to continue to exercise significant control over our 
corporate decisions, including over matters which our other stockholders have a right to vote. Our Third Amended 
and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Second Amended and Restated Bylaws also include a number 
of provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control for so long as CVC 
and CD&R own specified percentages of our common stock. See “— Anti-takeover provisions in our charter 
documents and Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company and may 
affect the trading price of our common stock.” These provisions not only could have a negative impact on the 
trading price of our common stock, but could also allow the Significant Stockholders to delay or prevent a corporate 
transaction that the public stockholders might approve.

Our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that we will waive any interest or 

expectancy in corporate opportunities presented to CD&R.

Our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that we, on our behalf and on behalf 
of our subsidiaries, renounce and waive any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate 
in, corporate opportunities that are from time to time presented to CD&R, or their respective officers, directors, 
agents, stockholders, members, partners, affiliates or subsidiaries, even if the opportunity is one that we or our 
subsidiaries might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the 
opportunity  to  do  so.  None  of  CD&R  or  its  respective  agents,  stockholders,  members,  partners,  affiliates  or 
subsidiaries will generally be liable to us or any of our subsidiaries for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a 
director or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person pursues, acquires or participates in such corporate 
opportunity, directs such corporate opportunity to another person or fails to present such corporate opportunity, or 
information regarding such corporate opportunity, to us or our subsidiaries unless, in the case of any such person 
who is a director or officer, such corporate opportunity is expressly offered to such director or officer in writing 
solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer. Stockholders will be deemed to have notice of and consented 
to this provision of our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. This will allow CD&R to compete 
with us. Strong competition for investment opportunities could result in fewer such opportunities for us. We likely 
will not always be able to compete successfully with our competitors and competitive pressures or other factors 
may also result in significant price competition, particularly during industry downturns, which could have a material 
adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

42

Fulfilling our obligations incident to being a public company, including with respect to the requirements 
of and related rules under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, is expensive and time-consuming, and any delays 
or  difficulties  in  satisfying  these  obligations  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  future  results  of 
operations and our stock price.

We are subject to the reporting and corporate governance requirements, the listing standards of the NYSE 
and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), which apply to issuers of listed equity, which 
impose  certain  compliance  costs  and  obligations  upon  us.  Meeting  these  standards  requires  a  significant 
commitment  of  additional  resources  and  management  oversight  which  increases  our  operating  costs.  These 
requirements also place additional demands on our finance and accounting staff and on our financial accounting 
and information systems. Other expenses associated with being a public company include increases in auditing, 
accounting and legal fees and expenses, investor relations expenses, increased directors’ fees and director and 
officer liability insurance costs, registrar and transfer agent fees and listing fees, as well as other expenses. As a 
public company, we are required, among other things, to:

• 

• 

• 

prepare and file periodic reports, and distribute other stockholder communications, in compliance 
with the federal securities laws and the NYSE rules;

define and expand the roles and the duties of our Board of Directors and its committees; and

institute more comprehensive compliance, investor relations and internal audit functions.

In particular, beginning with the year ending December 31, 2016, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires us to 
document and test the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in accordance with an established 
internal control framework, and to report on our conclusions as to the effectiveness of our internal controls. Likewise, 
our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  will  be  required  to  provide  an  attestation  report  on  the 
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. 
In addition, we are required under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “Exchange Act”), to 
maintain disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. Any failure to implement 
required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could harm our operating 
results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. If we or our independent auditors are unable to conclude 
that we have effective internal control over financial reporting, investors could lose confidence in the reliability 
of our financial statements. This could result in a decrease in the value of our common stock. Failure to comply 
with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could potentially subject us to sanctions or investigations by the SEC, the NYSE or 
other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.

Our ability to successfully implement our business plan and comply with Section 404 requires us to be able 
to  prepare  timely  and  accurate  financial  statements. Any  delay  in  the  implementation  of,  or  disruption  in  the 
transition to, new or enhanced systems, procedures or controls, may cause our operations to suffer and we may be 
unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective and to obtain an unqualified report 
on internal controls from our auditors. Moreover, we cannot be certain that these measures would ensure that we 
implement and maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future. Even if we 
were to conclude, and our auditors were to concur, that our internal control over financial reporting provided 
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for 
external purposes in accordance with GAAP, because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial 
reporting may not prevent or detect fraud or misstatements. This, in turn, could have an adverse impact on trading 
prices for our shares of common stock, and could adversely affect our ability to access the capital markets.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent 

a change in control of our company and may affect the trading price of our common stock.

Our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Second Amended and Restated By-laws 
include a number of provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control over 
us  that  stockholders  may  consider  favorable.  For  example,  our  Third Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of 
Incorporation and Second Amended and Restated By-laws:

43

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that could be issued by our Board of Directors 
to thwart a takeover attempt;

establish a classified Board of Directors, as a result of which our board will be divided into three 
classes, with each class serving for staggered three-year terms, which prevents stockholders from 
electing an entirely new Board of Directors at an annual meeting;

limit the ability of stockholders to remove directors;

establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our Board of Directors or for 
proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings; and

require the approval of holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of our voting common stock 
to amend the Second Amended and Restated By-laws and certain provisions of the Third Amended 
and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

These provisions may prevent our stockholders from receiving the benefit from any premium to the market 
price of our common stock offered by a bidder in a takeover context. Even in the absence of a takeover attempt, 
the existence of these provisions may adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock if the 
provisions are viewed as discouraging takeover attempts in the future. See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-
Takeover  Effects  of  our  Third Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and  Second Amended  and 
Restated  By-laws."  Our  Third Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and  Second Amended  and 
Restated By-laws may also make it difficult for stockholders to replace or remove our management. These provisions 
may facilitate management entrenchment that may delay, deter, render more difficult or prevent a change in our 
control, which may not be in the best interests of our stockholders.

Our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation includes provisions limiting the personal 
liability of our directors for breaches of fiduciary duty under the General Corporation Law of the State of 
Delaware  and  we  have  entered  into  Indemnification Agreements  which  provide  further  protections  to  our 
directors.

Our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation contains provisions permitted under the General 
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) relating to the liability of directors. These provisions 
eliminate a director’s personal liability to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL for monetary damages resulting 
from a breach of fiduciary duty, except in circumstances involving:

• 

• 

• 

• 

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty;

acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation 
of the law;

under Section 174 of the DGCL (unlawful dividends); or

any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.

The principal effect of the limitation on liability provision is that a stockholder will be unable to prosecute 
an action for monetary damages against a director unless the stockholder can demonstrate a basis for liability for 
which indemnification is not available under the DGCL. These provisions, however, should not limit or eliminate 
our rights or any stockholder’s rights to seek non-monetary relief, such as an injunction or rescission, in the event 
of a breach of a director’s fiduciary duty. These provisions will not alter a director’s liability under federal securities 
laws. The inclusion of this provision in our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may discourage 
or deter stockholders or management from bringing a lawsuit against directors for a breach of their fiduciary duties, 
even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise have benefited us and our stockholders.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and certain of our executive 
officers. The indemnification agreements provide our directors and certain of our executive officers with contractual 
rights to the indemnification and expense advancement rights provided under our Second Amended and Restated 
By-laws, as well as contractual rights to additional indemnification as provided in the indemnification agreements.

44

Our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation designates the Court of Chancery of the 
State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders, which 
could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us. 

Our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the 
State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our 
behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed to us or our stockholders by any of our 
directors, officers, employees or agents, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising under the DGCL, or 
(iv)  any  action  asserting  a  claim  against  us  that  is  governed  by  the  internal  affairs  doctrine.  By  becoming  a 
stockholder in our company, you will be deemed to have notice of and have consented to the provisions of our 
Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation related to choice of forum. The choice of forum provision 
in our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a 
favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return 

on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock.

We do not intend to declare and pay dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. We currently 
intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth or repay outstanding indebtedness. Therefore, you 
are not likely to receive any dividends on your common stock for the foreseeable future and the success of an 
investment in shares of our common stock will then depend entirely upon any future appreciation in their value. 
There is no guarantee that shares of our common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which 
our stockholders have purchased their shares. See “Dividend Policy.”

We are no longer a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules and the rules of the SEC. 
However, we may continue to rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements during a 
one year transition period.

The Significant Stockholders no longer own a majority of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we 
are no longer a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance rules of NYSE. Consequently, 
the NYSE rules require that (i) we appoint a majority of independent directors to our Board of Directors within 
one year of the date we no longer qualify as a “controlled company”, (ii) the compensation and nominating and 
corporate governance committees be composed entirely of independent directors within one year of such date and 
(iii)  have  an  annual  performance  evaluation  of  the  nominating  and  corporate  governance  and  compensation 
committees. During these transition periods, we may continue to utilize the available exemptions
from certain corporate governance requirements as permitted by the NYSE rules.

Accordingly, during the transition periods you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders 
of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE. In addition, although 
we are no longer be a “controlled company”, the Significant Stockholders continue to be able to significantly 
influence our decisions. The interests of the Significant Stockholders may not always coincide with the interests 
of the other holders of our common stock. The Significant Stockholders are in the business of making investments 
in companies, and may from time to time in the future acquire controlling interests in businesses that complement 
or directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business. If  the Significant Stockholders pursue such 
acquisitions in our industry, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. See “Risk Factors—Risks 
Relating to Our Common Stock—The Significant Stockholders will exercise significant control over the direction 
of our business and have the right to nominate members of our Board of Directors. If the ownership of our common 
stock continues to be highly concentrated, it could prevent you and other stockholders from influencing significant 
corporate decisions.” 

ITEM 1B. 

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

None.

45

ITEM 2. 

PROPERTIES

Our principal executive office is located in Downers Grove, Illinois under a lease expiring in June 2024. As 
of December 31, 2016, we had 284 locations the United States in 48 states. Of these locations, 269 are warehouse 
facilities responsible for storing and shipping of products and 15 are dedicated office space. Our warehouse facilities 
are nearly equally comprised of owned, leased and third party warehouses and our office space is generally leased. 
Our facilities focus on the storing, repackaging and blending of chemicals and ingredients for distribution. Such 
facilities do not require substantial investments in equipment, can be opened fairly quickly and replaced with little 
disruption. As such, we believe that none of our facilities on an individual basis is principal to the operation of our 
business. We select locations for our warehouses based on proximity to producers and our customers to maintain 
efficient distribution networks. We believe that our facilities are adequate and suitable for our current operations. 
We hold a relatively small number of surplus sites for potential disposition. In some instances, our larger owned 
sites have been mortgaged under our secured credit facilities.

We have 376 locations outside of the United States in 31 countries. These facilities are focused on storing 
and shipping of products.  Approximately half are owned or leased and half are third party warehouses.  The 
majority of the facilities outside of the United States are found in the following countries:

•  Brazil (5 facilities)

•  Canada (153 facilities)

•  China (12 facilities)

• 

France (25 facilities)

•  Germany (9 facilities)

•  Belgium (5 facilities)

•  Mexico (36 facilities)

•  Netherlands (18 facilities)

• 

Sweden (13 facilities)

•  United Kingdom (37 facilities)

ITEM 3. 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

“Legal Proceedings” in Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and Note 19, entitled “Commitments 

and Contingencies” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, are incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 4. 

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

46

PART II

ITEM 5. 

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER 
MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECUIRITES

Market Information for Common Stock

Our common stock has been listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “UNVR” since 
June 18, 2015. Prior to that time, there was no public market for our stock. The following table sets forth for the 
indicated periods the high and low intra-day sales prices per share for our common stock on the New York Stock 
Exchange.

Fiscal Year 2016

First Quarter

Second Quarter
Third Quarter

Fourth Quarter
Fiscal Year 2015
Second Quarter (from June 18, 2015)

Third Quarter

Fourth Quarter

Holders of Record

High

Low

$

17.41

$

19.74
21.85

28.60

$

27.75

$

25.96

19.99

11.12

16.68
17.69

21.07

25.40

18.15

16.28

As of December 31, 2016, there were 40 stockholders of record of our common stock, and the closing price 

of our common stock was $28.37 per share as reported on the New York Stock Exchange.

Stock performance 

The following graph shows a comparison of cumulative total shareholder return, calculated on a dividend 
reinvested basis, for the Company, the S&P 500 and the S&P 500 Chemical Index for the 18 months ended December 
31, 2016. The graph assumes $100 was invested in each of the Company's common stock, the S&P 500 and S&P 
500 Chemical Index as of the market close on June 17, 2015. Note that historic stock price performance is not 
necessarily indicative of future stock price performance. 

47

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid any cash dividend on our common stock. We intend to retain any future 
earnings and do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, our credit facilities contain 
restrictions on our ability to pay dividends.

ITEM 6. 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table presents our summary consolidated financial data as of and for the periods indicated. 
The selected consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the years ended December 31, 
2016, 2015 and 2014 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of 
this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The selected consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 
2012 and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are derived from our audited consolidated financial 
statements which are not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our historical consolidated financial data 
may not be indicative of our future performance.

This “Selected Financial Data” should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and our audited 
consolidated financial statements and related notes included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

48

 
(in millions except per share data)
Consolidated Statements of
Operations
Net sales

Gross profit

Gross margin

Net (loss) income

(Loss) income per common share –
diluted
Consolidated Balance Sheet
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets
Long-term liabilities

Stockholders’ equity
Other financial data
Cash provided by operating activities

Cash used by investing activities

Cash (used) provided by financing
activities

Capital expenditures
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
Adjusted EBITDA margin(1)

December 31,
2016

December 31,
2015

December 31,
2014

December 31,
2013

December 31,
2012

$ 8,073.7

$ 8,981.8

$ 10,373.9

$ 10,324.6

$ 9,747.1

1,727.1

1,799.1

1,930.7

1,875.9

1,822.5

21.4%

(68.4)

20.0%

16.5

18.6%
(20.1)

18.2%
(82.3)

18.7%
(197.4)

(0.50)

0.14

(0.20)

(0.83)

(2.01)

$

336.4

$

188.1

$

206.0

$

180.4

$

220.9

5,389.9
3,240.5

809.9

5,612.4
3,502.2

816.7

6,067.7
4,300.7

248.1

6,204.7
4,232.5

381.3

6,513.8
4,508.7

526.4

$

449.6

$

(136.0)

(166.1)

90.1

562.7

356.0
(294.4)

$

126.3
(148.2)

$

289.3
(215.7)

$

15.5
(657.1)

(19.8)
145.0

600.1

84.1

113.9

641.7

(110.5)
141.3

598.2

753.8

170.1

607.2

(1) 

6.2%  
For a complete discussion of the method of calculating Adjusted EBITDA and its usefulness, see “Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We define Adjusted 
EBITDA margin as Adjusted EBITDA divided by net sales. 

7.0%

5.8%

6.7%

6.2%

49

 
 
The following is a quantitative reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP 

financial performance measure, which is net income (loss):

(in millions)
Net (loss) income
Impairment charges(1)
Pension mark to market loss (gain)

Pension curtailment and settlement gains

Restructuring charges

Stock based compensation

Contingent consideration fair value
adjustments

Acquisition and integration related expenses

French penalty

Other operating expenses

Other non-operating items

Foreign currency transactions

Foreign currency denominated loans
revaluation

Undesignated foreign currency derivative
instruments

Undesignated interest rate swap contracts

Ineffective portion of cash flow hedges

Loss due to discontinuance of cash flow
hedges

Debt refinancing costs

Loss on extinguishment of debt

Advisory fees to CVC and CD&R

Contract termination fee to CVC and CD&R

Depreciation and amortization

Interest expense, net
Tax (benefit) expense
Adjusted EBITDA

Fiscal year ended December 31,

2016

2015

2014

2013

$

(68.4) $

16.5

$

133.9

68.6

(1.3)

8.0

10.4

—

5.5

—

13.3

0.1

0.6

13.7

1.8

(10.1)

—

—

—

—

—

—

237.9

159.9
(11.2)
562.7

$

$

—

21.1
(4.0)
33.8

7.5

—

7.1

—

11.6

4.1

0.8

(8.9)

4.8
(2.0)
0.4

7.5

16.5

12.1

2.8

26.2

225.0

207.0
10.2
600.1

(20.1) $
0.3

117.8

—

46.2

12.1

—

3.7

—

11.4

2.9

0.6

(8.3)

3.9

—
(0.2)

—

—

1.2

5.9

—

(82.3) $
135.6
(73.5)
—

65.8

15.1

(24.7)
5.0
(4.8)
23.9

—

0.9

10.1

0.2

—

0.2

—

6.2

2.5

5.2

—

2012
(197.4)
75.8

83.6

—

24.2

17.5

17.7

17.2

12.3

—

2.3

(1.0)

(6.6)
—

—

—

7.2

0.5

5.2

—

229.5

250.6
(15.8)
641.7

$

228.1

294.5
(9.8)
598.2

$

205.0

268.1
75.6
607.2

$

(1) 

The 2016 impairment charges primarily related to impairment of intangible assets and property, plant and equipment. See "Note: 13 
Impairment charges" in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information regarding the fiscal year ended December 
31, 2016. The 2014 impairment charges primarily related to impairments of idle properties and equipment. The 2013 impairment 
charges primarily related to the write-off of goodwill related to the Rest of World segment as well as the write-off of capitalized 
software costs related to a global ERP system. The 2012 impairment charges primarily related to the impairment of goodwill in the 
EMEA segment.

50

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

ITEM 7. 

Overview

We are a leading global chemical and ingredients distributor and provider of specialty services. We purchase 
chemicals from thousands of chemical producers worldwide and warehouse, repackage, blend, dilute, transport 
and sell those chemicals to more than 100,000 customer locations across approximately 150 countries. Our scale 
and broad geographic reach, combined with our deep product knowledge and end market expertise and our specialty 
services, provide us with a distinct competitive advantage and enable us to offer customers a “one-stop shop” for 
their chemical needs. As a result, we believe we are strategically positioned for growth.

Our operations are structured into four operating segments that represent the geographic areas under which 
we  operate  and  manage  our  business. These  segments  are  Univar  USA  (“USA”),  Univar  Canada  (“Canada”), 
Univar Europe and the Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”), and Rest of World (“Rest of World”), which includes 
developing businesses in Latin America (including Brazil and Mexico) and the Asia-Pacific region.

We monitor the results of our operating segments separately for the purposes of making decisions about 
resource allocation and performance assessment. We evaluate performance on the basis of Adjusted EBITDA, 
which we define as our consolidated net income (loss), plus the sum of interest expense, net of interest income, 
income tax expense (benefit), depreciation, amortization, other operating expenses, net (which primarily consists 
of  pension  mark  to  market  adjustments,  acquisition  and  integration  related  expenses,  employee  stock-based 
compensation expense, restructuring charges, advisory fees paid to stockholders, and other unusual or non-recurring 
expenses), impairment charges, loss on extinguishment of debt and other (expense) income, net (which consists 
of gains and losses on foreign currency transactions and undesignated derivative instruments, ineffective portion 
of cash flow hedges, debt refinancing costs, and other nonoperating activity). We believe that Adjusted EBITDA 
is an important indicator of operating performance because:

•  Adjusted EBITDA excludes the effects of income taxes, as well as the effects of financing and investing 

activities by eliminating the effects of interest, depreciation and amortization expenses;

•  we use Adjusted EBITDA in setting performance incentive targets;

•  we consider gains (losses) on the acquisition, disposal and impairment of assets as resulting from 

investing decisions rather than ongoing operations; and

• 

other significant items, while periodically affecting our results, may vary significantly from period to 
period and have a disproportionate effect in a given period, which affects comparability of our results.

We set transfer prices between operating segments on an arms-length basis in a similar manner to transactions 
with third parties. We allocate corporate operating expenses that directly benefit our operating segments on a basis 
that reasonably approximates our estimates of the use of these services.

Other/Eliminations represents the elimination of inter-segment transactions as well as unallocated corporate 
costs consisting of costs specifically related to parent company operations that do not directly benefit segments, 
either individually or collectively. In the analysis of our results of operations, we discuss operating segment results 
for the current reporting period following our consolidated results of operations period-to-period comparison.

The following is management’s discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations 
for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the 
consolidated financial statements, including the related notes, see Item 8 “Financial Statements” of this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K.

For reconciliations of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), see “Selected Financial Data Selected” in 

Item 6 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

51

Key Factors Affecting Operating Results and Financial Condition

Key factors impacting our operating results and financial condition include the following:

•  Economic conditions and industry trends

•  Chemical prices

•  Acquisitions

•  Volume based pricing

•  Cost savings

•  Working capital requirements

• 

Foreign currencies

For a detailed overview of our business and how the above factors impact us, refer to Item 1 “Business” and 

Item 1A “Risk Factors” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

In addition to the factors listed above, seasonal changes may affect our business and results of operations. 
Our net sales are affected by the level of industrial production, which tends to decline in the fourth quarter of each 
year. Certain of our end markets also experience seasonal fluctuations, which also affect our net sales and results 
of operations. For example, our sales to the agricultural end market, particularly in Canada, tend to peak in the 
second and third quarters in each year, depending in part on weather-related variations in demand for agricultural 
chemicals. Sales to other end markets such as paints and coatings or water treatment may also be affected by 
changing seasonal weather conditions.

Results of Operations

Executive Summary

During  2016,  we  strengthened  our  management  team,  reduced  our  leverage  strengthening  our  financial 
condition,  and  began  the  process  of  implementing  our  key  strategic  initiatives  of  Commercial  Greatness, 
Operational Excellence, and One Univar. From an operations standpoint, we advanced on each of our strategic 
priorities which form the framework for our strategy to grow the long-term value of Univar for our equity and debt 
holders. As a result, in 2016 we:

• 

• 

• 

• 

expanded our consolidated Adjusted EBITDA margins;

grew Adjusted EBITDA outside the US by double digits;

completed  a  series  of  productivity  projects  in  our  USA  segment,  including  phased  reductions  in 
resource allocation to upstream oil and gas production, which lowered our cost structure and raised 
the level of operational excellence in our facilities and branch offices; and

generated significant cash flow and improved our net working capital productivity which helped fund 
two acquisitions - Bodine Services of the Midwest, which broadens our service capabilities in our 
ChemCare waste management business, and Nexus Ag, a micronutrients distributor to the agriculture 
industry in Canada.

However, the advances in our business were offset by:

• 

• 

the substantial strengthening of the US dollar which had the effect of lowering the translated US 
dollar value of our sales and earnings in Europe, Canada, Mexico and Brazil, in particular;

the historic decline in oil prices continued which depressed demand for chemicals from the hydraulic 
fracturing segment of the upstream oil and gas market; and

• 

sluggish demand for chemicals from the industrial production sectors of the economies we serve.

52

(in millions)

Net sales

Cost of goods sold
(exclusive of depreciation)

Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Outbound freight and
handling

Warehousing, selling and
administrative

Other operating expenses,
net

Depreciation

Amortization

Impairment charges

The following tables set forth, for the periods indicated, certain statements of operations data first on the 
basis of reported data and then as a percentage of total net sales for the relevant period. The financial data set forth 
below is not necessarily indicative of the results of future operations and should be read in conjunction with our 
historical consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere herein.

Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015 

Year Ended

December 31, 2016

December 31, 2015

Favorable

(unfavorable) % Change

Impact of
currency*

$ 8,073.7

100.0 % $ 8,981.8

100.0 % $

(908.1)

(10.1)%

(1.4)%

6,346.6

1,727.1

78.6 %

21.4 %

7,182.7

1,799.1

80.0 %

20.0 %

836.1

(72.0)

(11.6)%

(4.0)%

1.4 %

(1.3)%

286.6

3.5 %

324.6

3.6 %

38.0

(11.7)%

0.7 %

877.8

10.9 %

874.4

9.7 %

(3.4)

0.4 %

1.1 %

104.5

152.3

85.6

133.9

1.3 %

1.9 %

1.1 %

1.7 %

106.1

136.5

88.5

—

Total operating expenses

1,640.7

20.3 %

1,530.1

Operating income

86.4

1.1 %

269.0

Other (expense) income:

Interest income

Interest expense

Loss on extinguishment of
debt

Other expense, net

Total other expense

(Loss) income before
income taxes

Income tax (benefit)
expense

Net (loss) income

$

3.9

(163.8)

—

(6.1)

(166.0)

— %

(2.0)%

— %

(0.1)%

(2.1)%

(79.6)

(1.0)%

(11.2)

(68.4)

(0.1)%

(0.8)% $

4.3

(211.3)

(12.1)

(23.2)

(242.3)

26.7

10.2

16.5

1.2 %

1.5 %

1.0 %

— %

17.0 %

3.0 %

— %

(2.4)%

(0.1)%

(0.3)%

(2.7)%

1.6

(15.8)

2.9

(133.9)

(110.6)

(182.6)

(0.4)

47.5

12.1

17.1

76.3

(1.5)%

11.6 %

(3.3)%

— %

7.2 %

6.0 %

1.7 %

1.4 %

— %

1.4 %

(67.9)%

(0.5)%

(9.3)%

(22.5)%

(2.3)%

0.7 %

N/M

(200.0)%

(73.7)%

(31.5)%

26.7 %

3.1 %

0.3 %

(106.3)

(398.1)%

23.2 %

0.1 %

0.2 %

21.4

(209.8)%

(84.9)

(514.5)%

2.0 %

38.8 %

* 

Foreign  currency  translation  is  included  in  the  percentage  change.  Unfavorable  impacts  from  foreign  currency  translation  are 
designated with parentheses.

Net sales

Net sales percentage change due to:

Acquisitions

Reported sales volumes

Sales pricing and product mix

Foreign currency translation

Total

53

1.3 %

(4.1)%

(5.9)%

(1.4)%

(10.1)%

 
Net sales were $8,073.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2016, a decrease of $908.1 million, or 
10.1%, from the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in net sales from acquisitions was primarily driven 
by the November 2015 Weavertown, March 2016 Bodine, and July 2015 Chemical Associates acquisitions in the 
US and the October 2015 Future/BlueStar and March 2016 Nexus Ag acquisitions in Canada. The decrease in net 
sales from reported sales volumes primarily resulted from reductions in sales of upstream oil and gas products 
driven by reduced market demand. The decrease in net sales from changes in sales pricing and product mix was 
driven by lower average selling prices in all segments. Foreign currency translation decreased net sales, due to the 
US dollar strengthening against all major currencies. Refer to the “Segment results” for the year ended December 31, 
2016 discussion for additional information.

Gross profit

Gross profit percentage change due to:

Acquisitions

Reported sales volumes

Sales pricing, product costs and other adjustments

Foreign currency translation

Total

2.0 %

(4.1)%

(0.6)%

(1.3)%

(4.0)%

Gross profit decreased $72.0 million, or 4.0%, to $1,727.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. 
The increase in gross profit from acquisitions was primarily driven by the November 2015 Weavertown, March 
2016 Bodine, and July 2015 Chemical Associates acquisitions in the US; and the October 2015 Future/BlueStar 
and  March  2016  Nexus Ag  acquisitions  in  Canada. The  decrease  in  gross  profit  from  reported  sales  volumes 
primarily resulted from reductions in upstream oil and gas products driven by reduced market demand. The decrease 
in gross profit from changes in sales pricing, product costs and other adjustments was primarily driven by the USA 
segment,  partially  offset  by  increases  in  the  Canada,  EMEA,  and  Rest  of  World  segments.  Foreign  currency 
translation decreased gross profit due to the US dollar strengthening against all major currencies. Gross margin, 
which we define as gross profit divided by net sales, increased to 21.4% in the year ended December 31, 2016
from 20.0% in the year ended December 31, 2015.  Refer to the “Segment results” for the year ended December 31, 
2016 discussion for additional information.

Outbound freight and handling

Outbound freight and handling expenses decreased $38.0 million, or 11.7%, to $286.6 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2016. Foreign currency translation decreased outbound freight and handling expense by 0.7%
or $2.3 million. On a constant currency basis, outbound freight and handling expenses decreased 11.0% or $35.7 
million, which was attributable to lower reported sales volumes. Refer to the “Segment results” for the year ended 
December 31, 2016 discussion for additional information.

Warehousing, selling and administrative

Warehousing, selling and administrative expenses increased $3.4 million, or 0.4%, to $877.8 million for the 
year ended December 31, 2016. Foreign currency translation decreased warehousing, selling and administrative 
expenses by 1.1% or $9.8 million.  The $13.2 million increase was primarily driven by $16.4 million of incremental 
operating  expenses  from  acquisitions,  $10.4  million  in  higher  personnel  expenses  primarily  due  annual 
compensation increases, and a reduction of $7.9 million of  gains from the medical retiree benefit plan have now 
been fully amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income. Partially offsetting the increases were $12.1 
million of lower variable compensation expense and cost reductions of $3.5 million of lower contract labor expenses, 
$3.1 million of lower travel and entertainment expenses, and $3.0 million of lower information technology expenses 
driven by efforts to control costs. The remaining $0.2 million increase related to several insignificant components. 
Refer to the “Segment results” for the year ended December 31, 2016 discussion for additional information.

54

Other operating expenses, net

Other  operating  expenses,  net  decreased  $1.6  million,  or  1.5%,  to  $104.5  million  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2016. The decrease was primarily related to a reduction of $26.2 million in fees paid to our pre-
initial public offering significant stockholders, CVC Capital Partners (“CVC”) and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC 
(“CD&R”) resulting from the termination of the management contracts with CVC and CD&R as part of our June 
2015 IPO.

Also contributing to the decrease was $25.8 million of lower redundancy and restructuring charges (primarily 
severance costs) in the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The cost 
savings from the prior redundancy and restructuring programs have been largely completed as of December 31, 
2016 and represent $10.0 million of annual savings. Approximately 85 percent of the savings are within warehouse, 
selling and administrative expenses and 15 percent within cost of goods sold. Just over half of these cost savings 
were achieved this year and were primarily within the USA and EMEA segments. Cost savings from these programs 
will help offset other investments we make in our business and the impact of inflation. These estimated cost savings 
are based on information currently available to us. There can be no guarantee that all or any of these cost savings 
will actually be achieved. The actual amount of costs savings, if any, may differ materially from the above estimates. 
Refer to “Note 5: Restructuring charges” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information. 

The decrease in costs was primarily offset by a pension mark to market and related adjustments of $67.3 
million which was $50.2 million higher than the year ended December 31, 2015, and $2.9 million of stock based 
compensation primarily due to incremental expenses related to awards made in 2016.  The remaining decrease 
was driven by lower consulting fees incurred of $2.8 million and decreased acquisition and integration expenses 
of $1.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2016. The remaining $1.7 million increase related to several 
insignificant components. Foreign currency translation decreased other operating expenses, net by $6.4 million, 
or 6.0%. Refer to “Note 4: Other operating expenses, net” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for 
additional information.

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation expense increased $15.8 million, or 11.6%, to $152.3 million for the year ended December 31, 
2016. Foreign currency translation decreased depreciation expense by $2.3 million, or 1.7%. On a constant currency 
basis, the increase of $18.1 million, or 13.3%, was primarily related to accelerated depreciation for facility closures 
and the reassessment of useful lives of certain internally developed software in conjunction with reevaluating our 
overall information technology enhancement efforts. 

Amortization expense decreased $2.9 million, or 3.3%, to $85.6 million for the year ended December 31, 
2016. Amortization expense decreased $1.2 million, or 1.4%, due to foreign currency translation. On a constant 
currency basis, the decrease of $1.7 million, or 1.9%, was primarily driven by third quarter 2016 impairment charge 
which reduced the intangible asset base, which was partially offset by additional intangible assets related to our 
recent business acquisitions.

Impairment charges

Impairment  charges  of  $133.9  million  were  recorded  in  the  year  ended  December 31,  2016  due  to  the 
impairment of certain intangible assets and fixed assets related to the upstream oil and gas customers in the USA 
segment. Refer to “Note 13: Impairment charges” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional 
information. There were no impairment charges in the year ended December 31, 2015. 

During  year  ended  December 31,  2016,  the  Company  recorded  a  non-cash,  long-lived  asset  impairment 
charge of $113.7 million related to intangible assets and $16.5 million related to property, plant and equipment 
within its condensed consolidated statements of operations. The Company also recorded a non-cash, long-lived 
asset impairment charge of $0.3 million related to assets held-for-sale. In addition, the Company also impaired 
$3.4 million of inventory deemed to be unsaleable in connection with the facility closures.

55

Interest expense

Interest expense decreased $47.5 million, or 22.5%, to $163.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016
primarily due to the June 2015 and July 2015 debt refinancing activity. Foreign currency translation decreased
interest expense by 0.7% or $1.4 million. Refer to “Note 15: Debt” in Item 8 of our Annual Report on Form 10-
K for additional information.

Loss on extinguishment of debt

Loss on extinguishment of debt decreased $12.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The $12.1 
million loss in the year ended December 31, 2015 related to the write off of unamortized debt issuance costs and 
debt discount related to the payment of the principal balance of our then outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes 
during June 2015. 

Other (expense) income, net

Other expense, net decreased $17.1 million, or 73.7%, to $6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. 
The decrease was primarily driven by debt refinancing costs of $16.5 million and the discontinuance of cash flow 
hedges of $7.5 million that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2015. The additional decrease of $11.1 
million was primarily due to  change in valuation of an undesignated interest rate swap and foreign derivative 
contracts. Refer to “Note 15: Debt” and “Note 17: Derivatives” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for 
additional information, respectively. 

The decrease was partially offset by foreign currency denominated loan revaluation losses of $22.6 million 
primarily resulting from the revaluation of the Euro Tranche Term Loan for the year ended December 31, 2016. 
The remaining $4.6 million decrease was related to several insignificant components. Refer to “Note 6: Other 
(expense) income, net” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

Income tax expense (benefit)

Income tax expense decreased $21.4 million from an income tax expense of $10.2 million in the year ended 
December 31, 2015 to an income tax benefit of $11.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease 
is primarily due to a decrease in earnings resulting from an impairment charge and a pension mark to market 
adjustment. In addition, income tax expense decreased due to the release of a valuation allowance for certain net 
operating loss utilization in foreign tax jurisdictions and a decrease in the effect of flow-through entities. This was 
offset by the impact of a December 2016 change in the US tax regulations requiring the Company to revalue its 
deferred tax asset relating to certain unrealized foreign exchange losses of its non-US branches. 

56

Segment results

Our Adjusted EBITDA by operating segment and in aggregate is summarized in the following tables:

(in millions)

Net sales:

USA

Canada

EMEA

Rest of
World

Other/
Elimin-
ations(1)

Consolidated

Year ended December 31, 2016

External customers

$

4,706.7

$

1,261.0

$

1,704.2

$

401.8

$

— $

8,073.7

Inter-segment

Total net sales

Cost of goods sold (exclusive of
depreciation)

Gross profit

Outbound freight and
handling

Warehousing, selling and
administrative (operating
expenses)

104.4

4,811.1

3,769.7

1,041.4

8.3

4.5

1,269.3

1,708.7

1,047.4

221.9

1,324.6

384.1

191.5

34.1

54.9

517.5

83.8

210.5

Adjusted EBITDA

$

332.4

$

104.0

$

118.7

$

—

401.8

322.1

79.7

6.1

46.8

26.8

(117.2)

(117.2)

(117.2)

—

—

19.2

$

(19.2) $

Other operating expenses,
net

Depreciation

Amortization

Impairment charges

Interest expense, net

Other expense, net

Income tax benefit

Net loss

$

—

8,073.7

6,346.6

1,727.1

286.6

877.8

562.7

104.5

152.3

85.6

133.9

159.9

6.1

(11.2)

(68.4)

57

 
 
(in millions)

Net sales:

USA

Canada

EMEA

Rest of
World

Other/
Elimin-
ations(1)

Consolidated

Year ended December 31, 2015

External customers

$

5,351.5

$

1,376.6

$

1,780.1

$

473.6

$

— $

8,981.8

Inter-segment

Total net sales

Cost of goods sold (exclusive of
depreciation)

Gross profit

Outbound freight and
handling

Warehousing, selling and
administrative (operating
expenses)

112.7

5,464.2

4,365.9

1,098.3

8.6

4.0

1,385.2

1,784.1

1,161.0

224.2

1,398.6

385.5

216.9

39.3

59.6

492.6

87.8

97.1

226.0

$

99.9

$

Adjusted EBITDA

$

388.8

$

Other operating expenses,
net

Depreciation

Amortization

Interest expense, net

Loss on extinguishment of
debt

Other expense, net

Income tax expense

Net income

0.1

473.7

382.6

91.1

8.8

54.1

28.2

(125.4)

(125.4)

(125.4)

—

—

13.9

$

(13.9) $

$

—

8,981.8

7,182.7

1,799.1

324.6

874.4

600.1

106.1

136.5

88.5

207.0

12.1

23.2

10.2

16.5

(1) 

Other/Eliminations represents the elimination of intersegment transactions as well as unallocated corporate costs consisting of costs 
specifically related to parent company operations that do not directly benefit segments, either individually or collectively.

USA.

Net sales percentage change due to:

Gross profit percentage change due to:

Acquisitions

Reported sales volumes

Sales pricing and product mix
Total

1.4 % Acquisitions

(5.2)% Reported sales volumes

(8.2)%

Sales pricing, product costs and other
adjustments

(12.0)% Total

2.5 %

(5.2)%

(2.5)%

(5.2)%

External sales in the USA segment were $4,706.7 million, a decrease of $644.8 million, or 12.0%, in the 
year  ended  December 31,  2016. The  increase  in  external  net  sales  from  acquisitions  was  primarily  due  to  the 
November 2015 Weavertown, March 2016 Bodine, and July 2015 Chemical Associates acquisitions. The decrease 
in external net sales from reported sales volumes was primarily due to a reduction in sales of upstream oil and gas 
products driven by reduced market demand. The decrease in external net sales from changes in sales pricing and 
product  mix  was  primarily  driven  by  lower  average  selling  prices  resulting  from  market  driven  deflationary 
pressures. Gross profit decreased $56.9 million, or 5.2%, to $1,041.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2016. 
The increase in gross profit from acquisitions was primarily due to the November 2015 Weavertown, March 2016 
Bodine, and July 2015 Chemical Associates acquisitions. Gross profit decreased due to changes in sales pricing, 
product costs and other adjustments primarily due to market deflationary pressures and sluggish industrial demand 
across several end markets. Gross margin increased from 20.5% in the year ended December 31, 2015 to 22.1%
during the year ended December 31, 2016 primarily due to favorable product and end market mix.

58

 
Outbound freight and handling expenses decreased $25.4 million, or 11.7%, to $191.5 million in the year 
ended December 31, 2016 primarily due to lower reported sales volumes, lower diesel fuel costs and productivity 
improvements.  Operating  expenses  increased  $24.9  million,  or  5.1%,  to  $517.5  million  in  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2016 primarily driven by $13.3 million of incremental expenses from acquisitions, a reduction of 
$7.9 million of gains from the medical retiree benefit plan have now been fully amortized from accumulated other 
comprehensive income, $4.7 million of higher personnel expenses due to annual compensation increases, $4.5 
million of higher maintenance and repair expenses, $4.4 million of incremental pension expenses primarily driven 
by  lower  expected  return  on  assets,  and  $3.1  million  of  incremental  bad  debt  expense  reflective  of  the  year's 
challenging economic conditions. The increases in operating expenses were partially offset by $9.1 million of 
lower variable compensation expense, and cost reductions of  $3.4 million of lower consulting fees and contract 
labor  expenses  driven  by  tighter  cost  management.  The  remaining  $0.5  million  decrease  related  to  several 
insignificant components. Operating expenses as a percentage of external sales increased from 9.2% in the year 
ended December 31, 2015 to 11.0% in the year ended December 31, 2016.

Adjusted EBITDA decreased by $56.4 million, or 14.5%, to $332.4 million in the year ended December 31, 
2016. Acquisitions contributed $13.1 million of additional Adjusted EBITDA in the year ended December 31, 
2016. Adjusted EBITDA margin decreased from 7.3% in the year ended December 31, 2015 to 7.1% in the year 
ended December 31, 2016 primarily as a result of higher operating expenses as a percentage of sales.

Canada.

Net sales percentage change due to:

Gross profit percentage change due to:

Acquisitions

Reported sales volumes

Sales pricing and product mix
Foreign currency translation

Total

2.4 % Acquisitions

(4.4)% Reported sales volumes

(3.1)%

Sales pricing, product costs and other
adjustments

(3.3)% Foreign currency translation

(8.4)% Total

3.3 %

(4.4)%

3.7 %

(3.6)%

(1.0)%

External sales in the Canada segment were $1,261.0 million, a decrease of $115.6 million, or 8.4%, in the 
year ended December 31, 2016. Foreign currency translation decreased external sales dollars as the US dollar 
strengthened against the Canadian dollar when comparing the year ended December 31, 2016 to the year ended 
December 31, 2015. On a constant currency basis, external sales dollars decreased $70.3 million or 5.1%. The 
increase in external net sales from acquisitions was due to the October 2015 Future/BlueStar and March 2016 
Nexus Ag acquisitions. The decrease in external net sales from reported sales volumes was primarily due to lower 
sales in the oil and gas end market within Western Canada. The decrease in external net sales from changes in sales 
pricing and product mix was primarily driven by lower average selling prices. Gross profit decreased $2.3 million, 
or 1.0%, to $221.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase in gross profit from acquisitions 
was due to the October 2015 Future/BlueStar and March 2016 Nexus Ag acquisitions. Gross profit increased due 
to changes in sales pricing, product costs and other adjustments primarily due to increased gross margins across 
several end markets as well as a shift in product mix towards higher margin products and services during the year 
ended December 31, 2016. Gross margin increased from 16.3% in the year ended December 31, 2015 to 17.6%
in the year ended December 31, 2016. 

Outbound freight and handling expenses decreased $5.2 million, or 13.2%, to $34.1 million primarily due 
to lower reported sales volumes, cost efficiencies and foreign currency translation. Operating expenses decreased 
by $4.0 million, or 4.6%, to $83.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2016 and increased as a percentage of 
external sales from 6.4% in the year ended December 31, 2015 to 6.6% in the year ended December 31, 2016. 
Foreign currency translation decreased operating expenses by $3.0 million, or 3.4%. On a constant currency basis, 
operating expenses decreased $1.0 million, or 1.1%, primarily due to lower pension expense of $3.3 million resulting 
from the soft freeze of the Canadian pension plan. The decrease was partially offset by the increase in lease expenses 
of $2.2 million due to acquisitions. The remaining $0.1 million increase related to several insignificant components.

59

Adjusted EBITDA increased by $6.9 million, or 7.1%, to $104.0 million in the year ended December 31, 
2016. Foreign currency translation decreased Adjusted EBITDA by $3.8 million, or 3.9%. On a constant currency 
basis, Adjusted EBITDA increased $10.7 million, or 11.0%, primarily due to decreased cost of sales generating 
increased gross profit and decreased outbound freight and handling expenses. Acquisitions contributed $3.4 million 
of additional Adjusted EBITDA in the year ended December 31, 2016. Adjusted EBITDA margin increased from 
7.1% in the year ended December 31, 2015 to 8.2% in the year ended December 31, 2016.

EMEA.

Net sales percentage change due to:

Gross profit percentage change due to:

Reported sales volumes

(0.2)% Reported sales volumes

Sales pricing and product mix
Foreign currency translation

Total

(2.3)%

Sales pricing, product costs and other
adjustments

(1.8)% Foreign currency translation

(4.3)% Total

(0.2)%

1.4 %

(1.6)%

(0.4)%

External sales in the EMEA segment were $1,704.2 million, a decrease of $75.9 million, or 4.3%, in the year 
ended December 31, 2016. The decrease in external net sales from reported sales volumes was primarily due to 
the continuing impacts of our previously implemented restructuring programs partially offset by growth in bulk 
commodity products. The decrease in external net sales from changes in sales pricing and product mix was primarily 
driven by lower pricing on products linked to oil prices. Foreign currency translation decreased external sales 
dollars primarily resulting from the US dollar strengthening against the British pound and the Euro, when comparing 
the year ended December 31, 2016 to the year ended December 31, 2015. Gross profit decreased $1.4 million, or 
0.4%, to $384.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2016. Gross profit increased due to changes in sales 
pricing, product costs and other adjustments primarily due to increased sales of higher margin pharmaceutical 
finished goods as well as the continued impacts of our product mix enrichment strategy. Gross margin increased
from 21.7% in the year ended December 31, 2015 to 22.5% in the year ended December 31, 2016 primarily due 
to the factors impacting gross profit discussed above.

Outbound freight and handling expenses decreased $4.7 million, or 7.9%, to $54.9 million primarily due to 
lower reported sales volumes and reduced common carrier costs. Operating expenses decreased $15.5 million, or 
6.9%, to $210.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2016, and decreased as a percentage of external sales 
from 12.7% in the year ended December 31, 2015 to 12.4% in the year ended December 31, 2016. Foreign currency 
translation decreased operating expenses by 0.7% or $1.5 million. On a constant currency basis, operating expenses 
decreased $14.0 million, or 6.2%, which was primarily related to lower information technology expenses of $1.9 
million, lower bad debt expenses of $1.5 million driven by a large recovery on previously reserved aged receivables, 
lower lease expense of $1.0 million due to certain operating leases being replaced by capital leases, and lower 
pension expenses of $0.8 million. The remaining $8.8 million decrease related to cost savings from site closures.

Adjusted EBITDA increased by $18.8 million, or 18.8%, to $118.7 million in the year ended December 31, 
2016. Foreign currency translation decreased Adjusted EBITDA by 4.2% or $4.2 million. On a constant currency 
basis, Adjusted EBITDA increased $23.0 million, or 23.0%, primarily due to sales of pharmaceutical finished 
goods contributing approximately 65.0% of the increase as well as continuing to benefit from reductions in operating 
expenses resulting from our previous restructuring activities. Sales of pharmaceutical finished goods represent 
approximately 29.9% of Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2016. Adjusted EBITDA margin 
increased from 5.6% in the year ended December 31, 2015 to 7.0% in the year ended December 31, 2016 primarily 
as a result of product mix, reductions in operating expenses and lower outbound freight and handling expenses.

60

Rest of World.

Net sales percentage change due to:

Gross profit percentage change due to:

Reported sales volumes

(5.0)% Reported sales volumes

Sales pricing and product mix
Foreign currency translation

Total

(0.2)%

Sales pricing, product costs and other
adjustments

(10.0)% Foreign currency translation

(15.2)% Total

(5.0)%

2.6 %

(10.1)%

(12.5)%

External sales in the Rest of World segment were $401.8 million, a decrease of $71.8 million, or 15.2%, in 
the year ended December 31, 2016. Foreign currency translation decreased external sales dollars primarily due to 
the stronger US dollar position in the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 
2015 against the Mexican peso and  the Brazilian real. The decrease in external net sales from reported sales 
volumes was due to weak industrial demand and in particular lower demand for oil and gas products. The decrease 
in external net sales from changes in sales pricing and product mix was due to lower average selling prices driven 
by  deflationary  pressures.  Gross  profit  decreased  $11.4  million,  or  12.5%,  to  $79.7  million  in  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2016. Gross profit decreased primarily due to foreign currency translation, which was partially offset 
by the increase in gross profit due to shift in product mix towards higher margin products and services. Gross 
margin increased from 19.2% in the year ended December 31, 2015 to 19.8% in the year ended December 31, 
2016 primarily due to the factors impacting gross profit discussed above.

Outbound freight and handling expenses decreased $2.7 million, or 30.7%, to $6.1 million in the year ended 
December 31, 2016. Foreign currency translation decreased outbound freight and handling expenses by 8.0% or 
$0.7 million. On a constant currency basis, outbound freight and handling expenses decreased $2.0 million or 
22.7%, which was primarily due to lower volumes as well as incremental cost savings. Operating expenses decreased 
$7.3 million, or 13.5%, to $46.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2016 but increased as a percentage of 
external sales from 11.4% in the year ended December 31, 2015 to 11.6% in the year ended December 31, 2016. 
Foreign currency translation decreased operating expenses by 9.8% or $5.3 million. On constant currency basis, 
operating expenses decreased $2.0 million, or 3.7%.

Adjusted EBITDA decreased by $1.4 million, or 5.0%, to $26.8 million in the year ended December 31, 
2016. Foreign currency translation decreased Adjusted EBITDA by 11.4% or $3.2 million. On a constant currency 
basis, Adjusted EBITDA increased $1.8 million, or 6.4%, primarily due to lower operating expenses. Adjusted 
EBITDA margin increased from 6.0% in the year ended December 31, 2015 to 6.7% in the year ended December 31, 
2016 primarily as a result of higher gross margin. 

61

Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2014

(in millions)
Net sales

Cost of goods sold
(exclusive of depreciation)

Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Outbound freight and
handling

Warehousing, selling
and administrative

Other operating
expenses, net

Depreciation

Amortization

Impairment charges

Total operating expenses

Operating income

Other (expense) income:

Interest income

Interest expense

Loss on
extinguishment of debt

Other (expense)
income, net

Total other expense

Income (loss) before
income taxes

Income tax expense
(benefit)

Net income (loss)

$

Year ended

December 31, 2015

December 31, 2014

Favorable
(unfavorable)

%
Change

Impact of
currency*

$ 8,981.8

100.0 % $ 10,373.9

100.0 % $ (1,392.1)

(13.4)%

(6.3)%

7,182.7

1,799.1

80.0 %

20.0 %

8,443.2

1,930.7

81.4 %

18.6 %

1,260.5

(131.6)

14.9 %

(6.8)%

6.2 %

(6.8)%

11.2 %

5.4 %

5.3 %

5.6 %

324.6

3.6 %

365.5

3.5 %

874.4

9.7 %

923.5

8.9 %

106.1

136.5

88.5

—

1,530.1

269.0

1.2 %

1.5 %

1.0 %

— %

197.1

133.5

96.0

0.3

17.0 %

1,715.9

3.0 %

214.8

4.3

(211.3)

— %

(2.4)%

8.2

(258.8)

1.9 %

1.3 %

0.9 %

— %

16.5 %

2.1 %

0.1 %

(2.5)%

40.9

49.1

91.0

(3.0)

7.5

0.3

185.8

54.2

46.2 %

(2.2)%

7.8 %

100.0 %

10.8 %

25.2 %

(3.9)

47.5

(47.6)%

18.4 %

2.4 %

6.8 %

5.0 %

— %

6.5 %

(8.5)%

(4.9)%

1.3 %

(12.1)

(0.1)%

(1.2)

— %

(10.9)

N/M

N/M

(23.2)

(242.3)

(0.3)%

(2.7)%

1.1

(250.7)

— %

(2.4)%

(24.3)

8.4

N/M

3.4 %

N/M

2.2 %

26.7

10.2

16.5

0.3 %

(35.9)

(0.3)%

62.6

174.4 %

(35.9)%

0.1 %

0.2 % $

(15.8)

(20.1)

(0.2)%

(0.2)%

(26.0)

(164.6)%

36.6

182.1 %

21.5 %

(47.3)%

* 

Foreign  currency  translation  is  included  in  the  percentage  change.  Unfavorable  impacts  from  foreign  currency  translation  are 
designated with parentheses.

Net sales

Net sales percentage change due to:
Acquisitions

Reported sales volumes

Sales pricing and product mix

Foreign currency translation

Total

0.9 %

(7.0)%

(1.0)%

(6.3)%

(13.4)%

Net sales were $8,981.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2015, a decrease of $1,392.1 million, or 
13.4%,  from  the  year  ended  December 31,  2014.  Foreign  currency  translation  decreased  net  sales  due  to  the 
US dollar strengthening against all major currencies. The increase in net sales from acquisitions was primarily 
driven by the November 2014 D’Altomare acquisition in Brazil, and the July 2015 Chemical Associates and April 

62

 
2015 Key Chemical acquisitions in the US. The decrease in net sales from reported sales volumes primarily resulted 
from reductions in sales of upstream oil and gas products driven by reduced market demand. The decrease in net 
sales from changes in sales pricing and product mix was driven by the USA and Rest of World segments partially 
offset  by  increases  in  the  Canada  and  EMEA  segments.  Refer  to  the  “Segment  results”  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2015 discussion for additional information.

Gross profit

Gross profit percentage change due to:
Acquisitions

Reported sales volumes

Sales pricing, product costs and other adjustments

Foreign currency translation

Total

1.8 %

(7.0)%

5.2 %

(6.8)%

(6.8)%

Gross profit decreased $131.6 million, or 6.8%, to $1,799.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. 
Foreign currency translation decreased gross profit due to the strengthening of the US dollar against all major 
currencies, especially the euro, Canadian dollar and Brazilian real. The increase in gross profit from acquisitions 
was driven by the D’Altomare, Chemical Associates and Key Chemical acquisitions. Excluding the impact of 
volumes, gross profit increased due to changes in sales pricing, product costs and other adjustments resulting from 
increases in all segments. Gross margin, which we define as gross profit divided by net sales, increased to 20.0%
in the year ended December 31, 2015 from 18.6% in the year ended December 31, 2014 due to favorable product 
mix, our EMEA restructuring program and productivity initiatives. Refer to the “Segment results” for the year 
ended December 31, 2015 discussion for additional information.

Outbound freight and handling

Outbound freight and handling expenses decreased $40.9 million, or 11.2%, to $324.6 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2015. Foreign currency translation decreased outbound freight and handling expense by 5.4%
or $19.7 million. On a constant currency basis, outbound freight and handling expenses decreased 5.8% or $21.2 
million, which was primarily attributable to lower reported sales volumes as well as lower diesel fuel costs partially 
offset by the impact of incremental costs from acquisitions and a continued tight third-party carrier market. Refer 
to the “Segment results” for the year ended December 31, 2015 discussion for additional information.

Warehousing, selling and administrative

Warehousing, selling and administrative expenses decreased $49.1 million, or 5.3%, to $874.4 million for 
the year ended December 31, 2015. Foreign currency translation decreased warehousing, selling and administrative 
expenses by 5.6% or $73.8 million. Excluding foreign currency, the increase of $24.7 million is attributable to 
higher  personnel  expenses  of  $25.7  million  primarily  due  to  annual  compensation  increases  and  acquisitions, 
increases in information technology expenses of $8.4 million related to internal projects focused on improving 
operations and higher consulting fees of $8.2 million. These increases were partially offset by lower operating 
lease expense of $13.9 million primarily due to certain operating leases being replaced by purchased assets as well 
as capital leases and lower net periodic benefit cost related to our defined benefit and other postretirement benefit 
plans of $11.4 million. The remaining $7.7 million increase related to several insignificant components. Refer to 
the “Segment results” for the year ended December 31, 2015 discussion for additional information.

Other operating expenses, net

Other  operating  expenses,  net  decreased  $91.0  million,  or  46.2%,  to  $106.1  million  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2015. The decrease was primarily due to a pension mark to market loss of $21.1 million in the year 
ended December 31, 2015 compared to a mark to market loss of $117.8 million in the year ended December 31, 
2014 relating to the annual remeasurement of our defined benefit plans and other postretirement benefit plans. The 

63

2015  mark  to  market  loss  primarily  relates  to  lower  than  expected  plan  asset  returns  during  the  year  ended 
December 31,  2015  partially  offset  by  increases  in  the  defined  benefit  pension  plans  discount  rates  from 
December 31, 2014 to December 31, 2015. The 2014 mark to market loss primarily relates to the decrease in the 
defined benefit pension plans discount rates from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014 and the adoption of 
the new US mortality table as of December 31, 2014. This loss was partially offset by higher than expected plan 
asset returns during the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease was also related to pension curtailment and 
settlement gains of $4.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 related to the Company’s redundancy and 
restructuring initiatives. Refer to “Note 8: Employee benefit plans” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-
K for additional information.

The decrease was also related to a reduction of $12.4 million in redundancy and restructuring charges in the 
year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014, which primarily related to higher 
facility exit costs in the year ended December 31, 2014 largely due to changes in estimated sublease income. Refer 
to “Note 5: Restructuring charges” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information. Also 
contributing  to  the  decrease  was  $4.6  million  of  lower  stock-based  compensation  expense  in  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2015 due to a majority of outstanding options vesting in 2014 with fewer grants in the year ended 
December 31, 2015.

The  decrease  was  partially  offset  by  a  contract  termination  fee  of  $26.2  million  related  to  terminating 
consulting agreements between us and CVC and CD&R related to the IPO in the year ended December 31, 2015. 
The remaining $0.5 million increase was related to several insignificant components. Foreign currency translation 
decreased other operating expenses, net by 2.4% or $4.7 million. Refer to “Note 4: Other operating expenses, net” 
in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation expense increased $3.0 million, or 2.2%, to $136.5 million for the year ended December 31, 
2015. Foreign currency translation decreased depreciation expense by 6.8% or $9.1 million. On a constant currency 
basis, the increase was primarily related to increased purchases of property, plant and equipment, capital lease 
asset additions and accelerated depreciation on various sites which were undergoing restructuring initiatives during 
the year ended December 31, 2015.

Amortization expense decreased $7.5 million, or 7.8%, to $88.5 million for the year ended December 31, 
2015. Amortization expense decreased 5.0% or $4.8 million due to foreign currency translation and the additional 
decrease relates to the lower amortization levels of existing customer relationship intangibles partially offset by 
amortization related to 2015 business acquisitions. Customer relationship intangible assets are amortized on an 
accelerated basis to mirror the economic pattern of benefit from such relationships.

Impairment charges

There were no impairment charges in the year ended December 31, 2015. Impairment charges of $0.3 million

were recorded in the year ended December 31, 2014 relating to ongoing restructuring initiatives.

Interest expense

Interest expense decreased $47.5 million, or 18.4%, to $211.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015
primarily  due  to  lower  average  outstanding  borrowings  under  short-term  financing  agreements,  paying  the 
remaining principal balance related to the $600.0 million of outstanding 10.5% senior subordinated notes due 2017 
(the “2017 Subordinated Notes”) and the $50.0 million of outstanding 10.5% senior subordinated notes due 2018 
(the “2018 Subordinated Notes” and, together with the 2017 Subordinated Notes, the “Senior Subordinated Notes”) 
during June 2015 and lower interest rates on our long-term debt as a result of the July 2015 debt refinancing 
transactions. Foreign currency translation decreased interest expense by 1.3% or $3.3 million. These decreases 
were partially offset by increased interest expense from capital lease obligations. Refer to “Note 15: Debt” in Item 8 
of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

64

Loss on extinguishment of debt

Loss on extinguishment of debt increased $10.9 million to $12.1 million for the year ended December 31, 
2015. The  $12.1  million  loss  in  the  year  ended  December 31,  2015  related  to  the  July  2015  debt  refinancing 
transactions and the write off of unamortized debt issuance costs and debt discount related to the payment of the 
principal balance related to the Senior Subordinated Notes during June 2015. The $1.2 million loss in the year 
ended December 31, 2014 related to the write off of unamortized debt issuance costs related to the closure of then-
existing European ABL facility during March 2014. Refer to “Note 15: Debt” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for additional information.

Other (expense) income, net

Other  (expense)  income,  net  increased  $24.3  million  from  income  of  $1.1  million  for  the  year  ended 
December 31,  2014  to  an  expense  of  $23.2  million  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2015. The  increase  was 
primarily  driven  by  debt  refinancing  costs  of  $16.5  million  and  the  discontinuance  of  cash  flow  hedges  of 
$7.5 million. Refer to “Note 15: Debt” and “Note 17: Derivatives” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K 
for additional information, respectively. Refer to “Note 6: Other (expense) income, net” in Item 8 of this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

Income tax expense (benefit)

Income tax expense increased $26.0 million from an income tax benefit of $15.8 million in the year ended 
December 31, 2014 to an income tax expense of $10.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase 
is primarily due to a lower benefit related to the release of unrealized tax benefits due to the statute of limitations 
expiration of $15.9 million, an increase in earnings resulting in an increase of $21.9 million, an increase in the 
expiration of tax attributes of $7.9 million and an increase in non-deductible stock compensation of $3.2 million, 
offset by a decrease in foreign losses for which a tax benefit may not be recognized of $14.2 million and an increase 
in valuation allowance release of $8.8 million.

65

Segment results

Our Adjusted EBITDA by operating segment and in aggregate is summarized in the following tables:

(in millions)

Net sales:

External customers

Inter-segment

Total net sales

Cost of goods sold (exclusive of
depreciation)

Gross profit

Outbound freight and
handling

Warehousing, selling and
administrative (operating
expenses)

Adjusted EBITDA

Other operating expenses,
net

Depreciation

Amortization

Interest expense, net

Loss on extinguishment of
debt

Other expense, net

Income tax expense

Net income

USA

Canada

EMEA

Rest of
World

Other/
Elimin-
ations(1)

Consolidated

Year ended December 31, 2015

$

5,351.5

$

1,376.6

$

1,780.1

$

473.6

$

— $

8,981.8

112.7

5,464.2

4,365.9

1,098.3

8.6

4.0

1,385.2

1,784.1

1,161.0

224.2

1,398.6

385.5

216.9

39.3

59.6

492.6

$

388.8

$

87.8

97.1

226.0

$

99.9

$

0.1

473.7

382.6

91.1

8.8

54.1

28.2

(125.4)

(125.4)

(125.4)

—

—

13.9

$

(13.9) $

$

—

8,981.8

7,182.7

1,799.1

324.6

874.4

600.1

106.1

136.5

88.5

207.0

12.1

23.2

10.2

16.5

66

 
 
 
USA

Canada

EMEA

Rest of
World

Other/
Elimin-
ations(1)

Consolidated

Year ended December 31, 2014

$

6,081.4

$

1,512.1

$

2,230.1

$

550.3

$

— $ 10,373.9

(in millions)

Net sales:

External customers

Inter-segment

Total net sales

Cost of goods sold (exclusive of
depreciation)

Gross profit

Outbound freight and
handling

Warehousing, selling and
administrative (operating
expenses)

121.8

6,203.2

5,041.0

1,162.2

10.0

1,522.1

1,271.5

250.6

4.5

2,234.6

1,797.9

436.7

233.3

46.4

75.5

490.9

97.4

276.2

Adjusted EBITDA

$

438.0

$

106.8

$

85.0

$

Other operating expenses,
net

Depreciation

Amortization

Impairment charges

Interest expense, net

Loss on extinguishment of
debt

Other income, net

Income tax benefit

Net loss

—

550.3

469.1

81.2

10.3

53.3

17.6

(136.3)

(136.3)

(136.3)

—

—

5.7

$

(5.7) $

$

—

10,373.9

8,443.2

1,930.7

365.5

923.5

641.7

197.1

133.5

96.0

0.3

250.6

1.2

(1.1)

(15.8)

(20.1)

(1) 

Other/Eliminations represents the elimination of intersegment transactions as well as unallocated corporate costs consisting of costs 
specifically related to parent company operations that do not directly benefit segments, either individually or collectively.

USA. 

Net sales percentage change due to:

Gross profit percentage change due to:

Acquisitions

Reported sales volumes

Sales pricing and product mix
Total

0.6 % Acquisitions

(7.6)% Reported sales volumes

(5.0)%

Sales pricing, product costs and other
adjustments

(12.0)% Total

0.9 %

(7.6)%

1.2 %

(5.5)%

External sales in the USA segment were $5,351.5 million, a decrease of $729.9 million, or 12.0%, in the 
year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in external net sales from acquisitions was primarily due to the July 
2015 Chemical Associates and April 2015 Key Chemical acquisitions. The decrease in external net sales from 
reported sales volumes was primarily due to a reduction in sales of upstream oil and gas products driven by reduced 
market demand. The reduction in external net sales from changes in sales pricing and product mix was primarily 
driven by lower average selling prices primarily resulting from market driven deflationary pressures on upstream 
oil and gas product offerings and oil derived products as well as higher sales of lower priced oil and gas products. 
Gross profit decreased $63.9 million, or 5.5%, to $1,098.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2015. The 
increase  in  gross  profit  from  acquisitions  was  primarily  due  to  the  Chemical Associates  and  Key  Chemical 
acquisitions. Excluding the impact of volumes, gross profit increased due to changes in sales pricing, product costs 

67

 
and other adjustments primarily due to growth in the gross margin rates on several of our industrial chemicals 
driven by focused margin management efforts and the successful implementation of productivity initiatives in the 
year ended December 31, 2015. Gross margin increased from 19.1% in the year ended December 31, 2014 to 
20.5% during the year ended December 31, 2015.

Outbound freight and handling expenses decreased $16.4 million, or 7.0%, to $216.9 million in the year 
ended December 31, 2015 primarily due to lower reported sales volumes as well as lower diesel fuel costs partially 
offset by additional expenses from acquisitions. Operating expenses increased $1.7 million, or 0.3%, to $492.6 
million in the year ended December 31, 2015 due to higher personnel expenses of $13.0 million primarily due to 
annual  compensation  increases  and  acquisitions  as  well  as  higher  consulting  fees  of  $6.8  million  and  higher 
information technology expenses of $4.5 million related to internal projects focused on improving operations. 
These increases were partially offset by lower lease expense of $10.3 million primarily due to certain operating 
leases being replaced by purchased assets as well as capital leases, lower pension expense of $4.4 million related 
to higher expected returns on assets in the year ended December 31, 2015, and lower pallets and supplies costs of 
$1.9 million due to lower volumes. The remaining $6.0 million offsetting decrease related to several insignificant 
components.  Operating  expenses  as  a  percentage  of  external  sales  increased  from  8.1%  in  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2014 to 9.2% in the year ended December 31, 2015.

Adjusted EBITDA decreased by $49.2 million, or 11.2%, to $388.8 million in the year ended December 31, 
2015. Acquisitions contributed $4.0 million of additional Adjusted EBITDA in the year ended December 31, 2015. 
Adjusted EBITDA margin increased from 7.2% in the year ended December 31, 2014 to 7.3% in the year ended 
December 31, 2015 primarily as a result of improved gross margin partially offset by higher operating expenses 
as a percentage of external net sales.

Canada.

Net sales percentage change due to:

Gross profit percentage change due to:

Acquisitions

Reported sales volumes

Sales pricing and product mix
Foreign currency translation

Total

0.2 % Acquisitions

(0.7)% Reported sales volumes

5.9 %

Sales pricing, product costs and other
adjustments

(14.4)% Foreign currency translation

(9.0)% Total

1.1 %

(0.7)%

3.2 %

(14.1)%

(10.5)%

External sales in the Canada segment were $1,376.6 million, a decrease of $135.5 million, or 9.0%, in the 
year ended December 31, 2015. Foreign currency translation decreased external sales dollars as the US dollar 
strengthened against the Canadian dollar when comparing the year ended December 31, 2015 to the year ended 
December 31, 2014. On a constant currency basis, external sales dollars increased $81.7 million or 5.4%. The 
increase in external net sales from acquisitions was due to the October 2015 acquisition of Future/BlueStar. The 
decrease in external net sales from reported sales volumes was primarily due to decreases in sales of oil and gas 
products mostly driven by reduced market demand and lower methanol sales due to warmer weather conditions. 
These decreases were partially offset by increases in agricultural sales, which were primarily driven by favorable 
weather conditions, increases in mining driven by the stabilization of mineral and gold prices and increased sales 
to commodity and manufacturing based end markets, driven by the strengthening of the US dollar against the 
Canadian dollar increasing manufacturing activity within Canada’s eastern region. The increase in external net 
sales from changes in sales pricing and product mix was primarily driven by higher average selling prices resulting 
from margin management efforts. Gross profit decreased $26.4 million, or 10.5%, to $224.2 million in the year 
ended December 31, 2015. The increase in gross profit from acquisitions was due to the acquisition of Future/
BlueStar. Excluding the impact of volumes, gross profit increased due to changes in sales pricing, product costs 
and other adjustments primarily due to the positive impacts from margin management efforts across several industry 
sectors  during  the  year  ended  December 31,  2015.  Gross  margin  decreased  from  16.6%  in  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2014 to 16.3% in the year ended December 31, 2015 primarily due to  higher sales of lower margin 
products.

68

Outbound freight and handling expenses decreased $7.1 million, or 15.3%, to $39.3 million primarily due 
to foreign currency translation and lower reported sales volumes. Operating expenses decreased by $9.6 million, 
or 9.9%, to $87.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 and remained at 6.4% as a percentage of external 
sales in the year ended December 31, 2015. Foreign currency translation decreased operating expenses by 14.3% 
or $13.9 million. On a constant currency basis, operating expenses increased $4.3 million, or 4.4%, and the increase 
primarily related to increased personnel expenses of $7.5 million driven by annual compensation increases and 
higher headcount related to business needs partially offset by lower pension expense of $2.4 million resulting from 
the soft freeze of the Canadian pension plan. The remaining $0.8 million decrease related to several insignificant 
components.

Adjusted EBITDA decreased by $9.7 million, or 9.1%, to $97.1 million in the year ended December 31, 
2015. Foreign currency translation decreased Adjusted EBITDA by 14.4% or $15.4 million. On a constant currency 
basis, Adjusted  EBITDA  increased  $5.7  million  or  5.3%,  primarily  due  to  increased  external  sales  generating 
increased gross profit. Acquisitions contributed $0.8 million of additional Adjusted EBITDA in the year ended 
December 31, 2015. Adjusted EBITDA margin remained at 7.1% in the year ended December 31, 2015.

EMEA.

Net sales percentage change due to:

Gross profit percentage change due to:

Reported sales volumes

(9.1)% Reported sales volumes

Sales pricing and product mix
Foreign currency translation

Total

3.7 %

Sales pricing, product costs and other
adjustments

(14.8)% Foreign currency translation

(20.2)% Total

(9.1)%

13.7 %

(16.3)%

(11.7)%

External sales in the EMEA segment were $1,780.1 million, a decrease of $450.0 million, or 20.2%, in the 
year ended December 31, 2015. Foreign currency translation decreased external sales dollars primarily resulting 
from the US dollar strengthening against the euro and British pound when comparing the year ended December 31, 
2015 to the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease in external net sales from reported sales volumes was 
primarily due to the continuing implementation of restructuring initiatives focused on our product mix enrichment 
strategy. The increase in external net sales from changes in sales pricing and product mix was primarily driven by 
a shift in product mix towards products with higher average selling prices. Gross profit decreased $51.2 million, 
or 11.7%, to $385.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2015. Excluding the impact of volumes, gross profit 
increased due to changes in sales pricing, product costs and other adjustments primarily due to the continuing 
implementation of our product mix enrichment strategy including higher sales in the pharmaceutical product and 
ingredients end market. Gross margin increased from 19.6% in the year ended December 31, 2014 to 21.7% in the 
year ended December 31, 2015 primarily due to the factors impacting gross profit discussed above.

Outbound freight and handling expenses decreased $15.9 million, or 21.1%, to $59.6 million primarily due 
to foreign currency translation and lower reported sales volumes. Operating expenses decreased $50.2 million, or 
18.2%, to $226.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2015, but increased as a percentage of external sales 
from 12.4% in the year ended December 31, 2014 to 12.7% in the year ended December 31, 2015. Foreign currency 
translation  decreased  operating  expenses  by  16.7%  or  $46.2  million.  On  a  constant  currency  basis,  operating 
expenses decreased $4.0 million, or 1.4%, which was primarily related to lower pension expense of $5.0 million 
related to higher expected asset returns, lower lease expense of $2.0 million due to certain operating leases being 
replaced by capital leases and lower personnel expenses of $1.4 million due to reduced headcount from redundancy 
and restructuring initiatives. The remaining $4.4 million increase related to several insignificant components.

Adjusted EBITDA increased by $14.9 million, or 17.5%, to $99.9 million in the year ended December 31, 
2015. Foreign currency translation decreased Adjusted EBITDA by 15.7% or $13.3 million. On a constant currency 
basis, Adjusted EBITDA increased $28.2 million, or 33.2%, due to increased gross profit as well as slight reductions 
in operating expenses. Adjusted EBITDA margin increased from 3.8% in the year ended December 31, 2014 to 
5.6% in the year ended December 31, 2015 primarily as a result of the increase in gross margin.

69

Rest of World.

Net sales percentage change due to:

Gross profit percentage change due to:

Acquisitions

Reported sales volumes

Sales pricing and product mix
Foreign currency translation

Total

10.5 % Acquisitions

(2.0)% Reported sales volumes

(2.6)%

Sales pricing, product costs and other
adjustments

(19.8)% Foreign currency translation

(13.9)% Total

26.2 %

(2.0)%

17.6 %

(29.6)%

12.2 %

External sales in the Rest of World segment were $473.6 million, a decrease of $76.7 million, or 13.9%, in 
the year ended December 31, 2015. Foreign currency translation decreased external sales dollars when comparing 
the year ended December 31, 2015 to the year ended December 31, 2014 primarily due to the US dollar strengthening 
against the Mexican peso and Brazilian real. The increase in external net sales from acquisitions was primarily 
due  to  the  November  2014  acquisition  of  D’Altomare. The  decrease  in  external  net  sales  from  reported  sales 
volumes was primarily due to decreases in the Asia Pacific region partially offset by increases in Mexico. The 
decrease in external net sales from changes in sales pricing and product mix was primarily due to lower average 
selling prices resulting from market driven deflationary pressures on upstream oil and gas product offerings and 
oil derived products. Gross profit increased $9.9 million, or 12.2%, to $91.1 million in the year ended December 31, 
2015. The increase in gross profit from acquisitions was driven by the November 2014 acquisition of D’Altomare. 
Excluding the impact of volumes, gross profit increased due to changes in sales pricing, product costs and other 
adjustments primarily due to focused margin management efforts. Gross margin increased from 14.8% in the year 
ended December 31, 2014 to 19.2% in the year ended December 31, 2015 (17.7% excluding D’Altomare in the 
year ended December 31, 2015) primarily due to the factors impacting gross profit discussed above.

Outbound freight and handling expenses decreased $1.5 million, or 14.6%, to $8.8 million in the year ended 
December 31, 2015. Foreign currency translation decreased outbound freight and handling expenses by 21.4% or 
$2.2 million. On a constant currency basis, outbound freight and handling expenses increased $0.7 million or 6.8%, 
which was primarily due to D’Altomare. Operating expenses increased $0.8 million, or 1.5%, to $54.1 million in 
the year ended December 31, 2015 and increased as a percentage of external sales from 9.7% in the year ended 
December 31, 2014 to 11.4% in the year ended December 31, 2015.  D’Altomare contributed additional operating 
expenses of $10.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2015. Foreign currency translation decreased operating 
expenses  by  25.3%  or  $13.5  million.  Excluding  the  impact  of  D’Altomare  and  foreign  currency  translation, 
operating expenses increased $3.9 million primarily due to higher personnel expenses of $2.7 million driven by 
annual compensation increases and higher variable compensation. The remaining $1.2 million increase related to 
several insignificant components.

Adjusted EBITDA increased by $10.6 million, or 60.2%, to $28.2 million in the year ended December 31, 
2015. D’Altomare contributed additional Adjusted EBITDA of $9.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2015. 
Foreign currency translation decreased Adjusted EBITDA by 47.7% or $8.4 million. On a constant currency basis 
and  excluding  D’Altomare, Adjusted  EBITDA  increased  $9.2  million  primarily  due  to  increased  gross  profit. 
Adjusted EBITDA margin increased from 3.2% in the year ended December 31, 2014 to 6.0% in the year ended 
December 31, 2015 (5.0% excluding D’Altomare in the year ended December 31, 2015). The increase is a result 
of the increase in gross margin.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our primary source of liquidity is cash generated from our operations as well as borrowings under our credit 
facilities. During the year ended December 31, 2015, we restructured a significant portion of our long-term debt 
obligations. These debt refinancings extended our debt maturity profile and reduced our future interest payments. 
Refer to “Note 15: Debt” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information on these debt 
refinancings. As  of  December 31,  2016,  our  total  liquidity  was  approximately  $857.7  million  comprised  of 
$521.3 million available under our credit facilities and $336.4 million of cash and cash equivalents. Our primary 

70

liquidity and capital resource needs are to service our debt and to finance working capital, capital expenditures, 
other  liabilities,  cost  of  acquisitions  and  general  corporate  purposes. We  believe  that  funds  provided  by  these 
sources will be adequate to meet our liquidity and capital resource needs for at least the next 12 months under 
current operating conditions. We have significant working capital needs, although we have implemented several 
initiatives to improve our working capital and reduce the related financing requirements. The nature of our business, 
however, requires that we maintain inventories that enable us to deliver products to fill customer orders. As of 
December 31, 2016, we maintained inventories of $756.6 million, equivalent to approximately 48.7 days of sales 
(which we calculate on the basis of cost of goods sold for the trailing 90-day period).

The funded status of our defined benefit pension plans is the difference between our plan assets and projected 
benefit obligations. Our pension plans in the US and certain other countries had an underfunded status of $271.8 
million, $244.5 million and $304.2 million at December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. During 2016, we 
made contributions of $31.6 million. Based on current projections of minimum funding requirements, we expect 
to make cash contributions of $31.1 million to our defined benefit pension plans in 2017. The timing for any such 
requirement in future years is uncertain given the implicit uncertainty regarding the future developments of factors 
described in “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and “Note 8: Employee benefit plans” 
in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We may not be able to repatriate our cash and undistributed earnings held in foreign jurisdictions without 
incurring additional tax liabilities. See also “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for 
more information.

We may from time to time repurchase our debt or take other steps to reduce our debt. These actions may 
include open market repurchases, negotiated repurchases or opportunistic refinancing of debt. The amount of debt, 
if any, that may be repurchased or refinanced will depend on market conditions, trading levels of our debt, our 
cash position, compliance with debt covenants and other considerations. Our affiliates may also purchase our debt 
from time to time, through open market purchases or other transactions.

Cash Flows

The following table presents a summary of our cash flow activity for the periods set forth below:

(in millions)
Net cash provided by operating activities

Net cash used by investing activities

Net cash (used) provided by financing activities

Cash Provided by Operating Activities

Fiscal Year Ended

December 31,
2016

December 31,
2015

December 31,
2014

$

$

449.6
(136.0)
(166.1)

$

356.0
(294.4)
(19.8)

126.3
(148.2)
84.1

Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015

Cash  provided  by  operating  activities  increased  $93.6  million  from  $356.0  million  for  the  year  ended 

December 31, 2015 to $449.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Cash provided by operating activities increased by $32.7 million due to an increase in net income exclusive 
of non-cash items in the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. Refer to 
“Results of Operations” above for additional information.

Cash provided by operating activities increased $78.9 million primarily due to changes in projected benefit 
obligations and a reduction in contributions made to pensions and other postretirement benefit liabilities in the 
year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015.  The increase in cash provided 
by operating activities was also due to a $69.7 million increase from changes in prepaid expenses and other current 

71

 
 
assets, which primarily consisted of a $32.7 million increase from the change in income tax receivable primarily 
due to the prior year recognition of an income tax refund that was realized in the amount of  $14.1 million in 2016 
and a $37.0 million increase from the change in prepaid expenses primarily due to a change in rebates, deposits, 
and several other insignificant components.

The above increases were partially offset by a $52.7 million decrease in trade working capital, which includes 
trade accounts receivables, net, inventories and trade accounts payable. The reduction in cash flows from changes 
in trade working capital is largely attributable to reduced cash inflows associated with trade accounts receivables, 
net in the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended  December 31, 2015, which is primarily 
driven by more consistent year-over-year sales during the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year 
ended  December 31, 2015.  Partially offsetting the decrease in trade working capital attributable to trade accounts 
receivables, net was an increase in trade working capital related to trade accounts payable, reflecting improved 
payment terms. Also contributing to the decrease offsetting the increase in cash provided by operating activities 
was a $35.0 million decrease in other, net, which is primarily attributable to reductions in outstanding liabilities 
related to changes in redundancy and restructuring, accrued interest expense, and environmental reserves.  The 
decrease in other, net was partially offset by increased liabilities related to compensation.

Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2014

Cash  provided  by  operating  activities  increased  $229.7  million  from  $126.3  million  for  the  year  ended 

December 31, 2014 to $356.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. 

Cash provided by operating activities increased by $60.4 million due to an increase in net income exclusive 
of non-cash items in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. Refer to 
“Results of Operations” above for additional information.

The  increase  in  cash  flows  from  changes  in  operating  assets  and  liabilities  include  an  increase  of 
$318.3 million due to changes in trade accounts receivables, net, inventories and trade accounts payable. In the 
year ended December 31, 2015, trade accounts receivables, net, inventories and trade accounts payable provided 
cash because net sales during the three months ended December 31, 2015 were lower than net sales during the 
three months ended December 31, 2014 primarily due to sales declines within the oil and gas markets. In addition, 
inventory levels were higher than normal as of December 31, 2014 to support our customer driven initiative related 
to improving on-time delivery.

The increase in cash flows from changes in operating assets and liabilities also related to accrued interest 
expenses increasing $14.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to an increase of $0.4 million 
in the year ended December 31, 2014 resulting in a net increase of $14.0 million to cash provided by operations. 
The increase in accrued interest expenses is due to the July 2015 debt refinancing transactions altering the timing 
of interest payments.

The increase in cash flows from changes in operating assets and liabilities also includes an increase in other 
payables of $9.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to a decrease of $8.9 million in the year 
ended  December 31,  2014,  which  is  a  net  increase  of  $18.2  million. The  increase  relates  to  more  in-progress 
productivity projects during the year ended December 31, 2015 when compared to the year ended December 31, 
2014.

The increase in cash flows from changes in operating assets and liabilities was partially offset by changes 
in redundancy and restructuring liabilities. The redundancy and restructuring liabilities increased $32.2 million 
during the year ended December 31, 2014, which was primarily due to higher facility exit costs and employee 
termination costs. In the year ended December 31, 2015, the redundancy and restructuring liabilities decreased 
$1.9 million as payments were higher than new charges. As a result, cash provided by operating activities decreased 
by $34.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2015. Another factor offsetting the higher cash provided by 
changes in operating assets and liabilities was a reduction in pension and other postretirement benefit obligations 
of $52.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to an increase in the obligations of $72.8 million 
in the year ended December 31, 2014, which is a net decrease of $124.8 million. Refer to “Note 8: Employee 
benefit plans” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information. Cash provided by operations 

72

also decreased due to $11.0 million of higher variable compensation payments and decreased $7.6 million due to 
lower rebates driven by lower purchasing volumes during the year ended December 31, 2015. The remaining 
decrease of $3.7 million related to several insignificant components.

Cash Used by Investing Activities

Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015

Cash  used  by  investing  activities  decreased  $158.4  million  from  $294.4  million  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2015 to $136.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease primarily related to 
lower  acquisition  costs  of  $99.3  million  in  the  year  ended  December 31,  2016  compared  to  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2015.  We completed two acquisitions in the year ended 2016 compared to six acquisitions in the 
year ended December 31, 2015. Refer to “Note 18: Business combinations” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for additional information. In addition, there was reduced capital expenditures of $54.9 million in the 
year  ended  December 31,  2016  compared  to  the  year  ended  December 31,  2015.  The  decrease  in  capital 
expenditures is primarily due to reduced spending on transportation equipment and information technology assets. 
The remaining decrease in cash used by investing activities of $4.2 million did not contain any significant activity.

Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2014

Cash  used  by  investing  activities  increased  $146.2  million  from  $148.2  million  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2014 to $294.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase primarily related to six 
acquisitions in the year ended 2015 compared to one acquisition in the year ended December 31, 2014. Refer to 
“Note 18: Business combinations” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information. In 
addition, there was higher spending on capital expenditures of $31.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2015
compared  to  the  year  ended  December 31,  2014.  The  increases  in  capital  expenditures  primarily  related  to 
purchasing assets that replaced operating leases and increased information technology spend related to internal 
projects focused on improving operations. 

Cash (Used) Provided by Financing Activities

Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015

Cash  used  by  financing  activities  increased  $146.3  million  from  $19.8  million  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2015 to $166.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase in cash used by financing 
activities primarily relates to the net pay downs on debt of $182.8 million, offset by inflows from stock options 
exercised of $16.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.  For the year ended December 31, 2015, in 
comparison, debt pay downs were largely offset by the June 2015 IPO and July 2015 debt refinancing activity.

Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2014

Cash used by financing activities increased $103.9 million from cash provided of $84.1 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2014 to cash used of $19.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in 
cash used by financing activities was primarily due to the July 2015 refinancing. As part of the refinancing activity, 
the former senior term loan facilities were paid in full and replaced with the new Senior Term Loan Facility and 
the Senior Unsecured Notes. The pay-off amount related to the former facility was $80.9 million more than the 
new debt balance related to the new Senior Term Loan Facility and Senior Unsecured Notes. Furthermore, financing 
fees paid increased by $23.3 million due to the July 2015 debt refinancing activity in the year ended December 31, 
2015 being more significant than the March 2014 debt refinancing activity.

Also contributing to the increase in cash used by financing activities was a $96.5 million smaller increase 
in our outstanding balances within our ABL facilities during the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the 
year ended December 31, 2014. The reduced increase in the ABL balances during the year ended December 31, 
2015 primarily related to improved cash flows from operations in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared 
to December 31, 2014.

73

The increase in cash used by financing activities was partially offset by closing our June 2015 IPO and a 
concurrent private placement of equity during the year ended December 31, 2015. The proceeds, net of fees, related 
to the IPO and concurrent private placement of equity were $763.6 million. Concurrent with the IPO and private 
placement of equity, we paid the remaining principal balance of $650.0 million related to the Senior Subordinated 
Notes. This resulted in a net cash inflow from financing activities of $113.6 million. The remaining increase of 
$16.8 million primarily related to increased payments on capital leases and several other insignificant components.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations that require us to make future cash payments as 
of December 31, 2016. The future contractual requirements include payments required for our operating and capital 
leases, indebtedness and other long-term liabilities reflected on our balance sheet.

(in millions)
Short-term financing(1)
Capital leases(1)
Long-term debt, including current 
maturities(1)
Interest(2)
Minimum operating lease payments

Estimated environmental liability 
payments(3)
Total(4)(5)(6)

Total

2017

2018 - 2019

2020 - 2021

Thereafter

Payment Due by Period

$

$

25.3

63.4

$

25.3

19.2

2,919.1

768.1

246.1

101.4

89.8

145.9

56.9

30.2

— $

— $

21.2

63.0

282.7

84.0

25.5

15.2

198.2

250.5

55.6

15.5

—

7.8

2,568.1

89.0

49.6

30.2

$

4,123.4

$

367.3

$

476.4

$

535.0

$

2,744.7

(1) 
(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

(6) 

See “Note 15: Debt” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.
Interest payments on debt are calculated for future periods using interest rates in effect as of December 31, 2016. Projected interest 
payments include the related effects of interest rate swap agreements. Certain of these projected interest payments may differ in the 
future based on changes in floating interest rates, foreign currency fluctuations or other factors or events. The projected interest 
payments  only  pertain  to  obligations  and  agreements  outstanding  at  December 31,  2016.  See  “Note  15:  Debt”  and  “Note  17: 
Derivatives” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further discussion regarding our debt instruments and related interest 
rate agreements, respectively. On January 19, 2017, the Company amended the Senior Term B loan agreement which will result in 
reduction of future interest payments. Impact of 2017 amendment is not factored into the projected interest payments shown above. 
See "Note 23: Subsequent events" in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further discussion regarding amendment of 
Senior Term B loan.   
Included in the less than one year category is $12.9 million related to environmental liabilities for which the timing is uncertain. The 
timing of payments is unknown and could differ based on future events. For more information see “Note 19: Commitments and 
contingencies” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Due to the high degree of uncertainty related to the timing of future cash outflows associated with unrecognized income tax benefits, 
we are unable to reasonably estimate beyond one year when settlement will occur with the respective taxing authorities and have 
excluded such liabilities from this table. At December 31, 2016, we reported a liability for unrecognized tax benefits of $4.3 million. 
For more information see “Note 7: Income taxes” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
This table excludes our pension and postretirement medical benefit obligations. Based on current projections of minimum funding 
requirements,  we  expect  to  make  cash  contributions  of  $31.1  million  to  our  defined  benefit  pension  plans  in  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2017. The timing for any such requirement in future years is uncertain given the implicit uncertainty regarding the 
future developments of factors described in “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and “Note 8: Employee 
benefit plans” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Pursuant to the terms of the purchase agreements related to the Future/BlueStar, Arrow Chemical, WEG and Polymer Technologies 
acquisitions, we are conditionally obligated to make earn-out payments up to $7.6 million excluding Future/Bluestar, which has no 
fixed maximum payout. These earn-out payments are excluded from the table as there is a high degree of uncertainty regarding the 
future performance of the acquired companies and thus the payout amounts. Refer to “Note 18: Business combinations” in Item 8 
of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

We expect that we will be able to fund our remaining obligations and commitments with cash flow from 
operations. To the extent we are unable to fund these obligations and commitments with cash flow from operations; 
we intend to fund these obligations and commitments with proceeds from available borrowing capacity under our 
Senior ABL Facility or under future financings.

74

 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have few off-balance sheet arrangements. In recent years, our principal off-balance sheet arrangements 
have consisted primarily of operating leases for facility space, rail cars and some equipment leasing and we expect 
to  continue  these  practices.  For  additional  information  on  these  leases,  see  “Note  19:  Commitments  and 
contingencies” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We do not use special purpose entities that would 
create off-balance sheet financing.

Critical Accounting Estimates

General

Preparation of our financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make a number 
of significant estimates and assumptions that form the basis for our determinations as to the carrying values of 
assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses that are not readily apparent from other 
sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

We consider an accounting estimate to be critical if that estimate requires that we make assumptions about 
matters that are highly uncertain at the time we make that estimate and if different estimates that we could reasonably 
have  used  or  changes  in  accounting  estimates  that  are  reasonably  likely  to  occur  could  materially  affect  our 
consolidated financial statements. We believe that the following critical accounting estimates reflect our more 
significant  estimates  and  assumptions  used  in  the  preparation  of  our  consolidated  financial  statements.  Our 
significant accounting policies are described in “Note 2: Significant accounting policies” in Item 8 of this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize net sales when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery of products has occurred 
or services are provided to customers, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably 
assured. Net sales includes product sales, billings for freight and handling charges and fees earned for services 
provided, net of any discounts, returns, customer rebates and sales or other revenue-based tax. We recognize product 
sales and billings for freight and handling charges when products are considered delivered to the customer under 
the terms of the sale. Fee revenues are recognized when services are completed.

Our sales to customers in the agriculture end markets often provide for a form of inventory protection through 
credit and re-bill, as well as understandings pursuant to which price changes from producers may be passed through 
to the customer. These arrangements require us to make estimates of potential returns of unused product as well 
as revenue deferral to the extent the sales price is not considered determinable. The estimates used to determine 
the amount of revenue associated with product likely to be returned are based on past experience adjusted for any 
current market conditions.

Goodwill

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually, or between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances 
change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. Goodwill 
is tested for impairment at a reporting unit level using either a qualitative assessment, commonly referred to as a 
“step zero” test, or a quantitative assessment, commonly referred to as a “step one” test. For each of the reporting 
units, the Company has the option to perform either the step zero or the step one test. 

The step zero goodwill impairment test utilizes qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than 
not that the fair value of the reporting units is less than its carrying value. Qualitative factors include: macroeconomic 
conditions; legal and regulatory environment; industry and market considerations; overall financial performance 
and cost factors to determine whether a reporting unit is at risk for goodwill impairment.  In the event a reporting 
unit fails the step zero goodwill impairment test, it is necessary to perform the step one goodwill impairment test. 

75

The step one goodwill impairment test compares the estimated fair value of each reporting unit with the 
reporting unit’s carrying value (including goodwill). If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying 
value, an indication of goodwill impairment exists for the reporting unit and we must perform step two of the 
impairment  test  (measurement).  Step  two  of  the  impairment  test,  if  necessary,  requires  the  identification  and 
estimation of the fair value of the reporting unit’s individual assets, including currently unrecognized intangible 
assets, and liabilities in order to calculate the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. Under step two, 
an impairment loss is recognized to the extent the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds the 
implied fair value. The See “Note 12: Goodwill and intangible assets” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 
10-K for additional information related to goodwill.

At October 1, 2016, we performed our annual impairment review via step zero and concluded that the fair 
value  exceeded  the  carrying  value  for  all  reporting  units  with  goodwill  balances.    There  were  no  events  or 
circumstances  from  the  date  of  assessment  through  December 31,  2016  that  would  affect  this  conclusion. 
Accordingly, further step one and step two testing was not required to be performed.

Determining the fair value of a reporting unit requires judgment and involves the use of significant estimates 
and assumptions by management. The inputs that create the most sensitivity in our goodwill valuation model are 
the discount rate, terminal growth rate, estimated cash flow projections and market multiples. We can provide no 
assurance that a material impairment charge will not occur in a future period. Our estimates of future cash flows 
may differ from actual cash flows that are subsequently realized due to many factors, including future worldwide 
economic conditions and the expected benefits of our initiatives. Any of these potential factors, or other unexpected 
factors, may cause us to re-evaluate the carrying value of goodwill.

Environmental Liabilities

As  more  fully  described  in  “Note  2:  Significant  accounting  policies”  and  “Note  19:  Commitments  and 
contingencies” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we recognize environmental contingency liabilities 
for  probable  and  reasonably  estimable  losses  associated  with  environmental  remediation.  The  estimated 
environmental contingency liability includes incremental direct costs of investigations, remediation efforts and 
post-remediation monitoring. The total environmental reserve at December 31, 2016, and 2015 was $95.8 million
and $113.2 million, respectively.

Our environmental reserves are subject to numerous uncertainties that affect our ability to accurately estimate 
our costs, or our share of costs if multiple parties are responsible. These uncertainties involve the legal, regulatory 
and  enforcement  parameters  governing  environmental  assessment  and  remediation,  the  nature  and  extent  of 
contamination at these sites, the extent and cost of assessment and remediation efforts required, the choice of 
remediation and, in the case of sites with multiple responsible parties, the number and financial strength of other 
potentially  responsible  parties.  In  addition,  our  determination  as  to  whether  a  loss  is  probable  may  change, 
particularly as new facts emerge as to the nature or extent of any non-compliance with environmental laws and 
the costs of assessment and remediation. Our revisions to the environmental reserve estimates have ranged between 
$11.3 million to $1.9 million between 2016 and 2014.

Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Obligations

As described more fully in “Note 2: Significant accounting policies” and “Note 8: Employee benefit plans” 
in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we sponsor defined benefit pension plans in the US and various 
other countries. We determine these pension costs and obligations using actuarial methodologies that use several 
statistical and judgmental factors. These assumptions include discount rates, rates for expected return on assets, 
mortality rates, retirement rates and for some plans rates for compensation increases, as determined by us within 
certain guidelines. Actual experience different from those estimated and changes in assumptions can result in the 
recognition of gains and losses in earnings as our accounting policy is to recognize changes in the fair value of 
plan assets or each plan’s projected benefit obligation in the fourth quarter of each year (the “mark to market” 
adjustment), unless an earlier remeasurement is required.

76

For the year ended December 31, 2015, our average pension discount rate increased by 32 basis points, 
resulting in a decrease in our pension plan benefit obligation of $46.2 million. For the year ended December 31, 
2016, we decreased our average pension discount rate by 54 basis points, resulting in an increase in our pension 
plan benefit obligation of $114.0 million. Our expected long-term rate of return on pension plan assets is 6.85% 
and 6.79% for 2016 and 2015, respectively. Actual returns can vary from the expected long-term rate each year. 
Actual returns (losses) for 2016 and 2015 were $106.4 million, or 10.9%, and $(1.3) million or (0.1%), respectively.  
Our expected return on plan assets is calculated using the actual fair value of plan assets. Due to the phasing out 
of  benefits  under  our  postretirement  benefit  plan,  changes  in  assumptions  have  an  immaterial  effect  on  that 
obligation. 

A 25 basis point reduction in the average pension discount rate would result in an increase of $50.0 million 
in pension plan benefit obligation as of the year ended December 31, 2016. The following table demonstrates the 
impact of a 25 basis point decrease in our assumed discount rate and separately a 100 basis point decrease in our 
expected return on plan assets on our 2017 defined benefit pension cost (credit).  

 (in millions)
Assumed discount rate

Expected return on plan assets

Income Taxes

2017 Net Benefit Cost
(Income)

$

(1.3)
9.4

We are subject to income taxes in the jurisdictions in which we sell products and earn revenues, including 
the United States, Canada and various Latin American, Asian-Pacific and European jurisdictions. By their nature, 
a number of our tax positions require us to apply significant judgment in order to properly evaluate and quantify 
our  tax  positions  and  to  determine  our  provision  for  income  taxes.  GAAP  sets  forth  a  two-step  approach  to 
recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by 
determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be 
sustained upon examination, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step 
is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement. 
GAAP specifically prohibits the use of a valuation allowance as a substitute for derecognition of tax positions and 
also requires expanded disclosures. See “Note 7: Income taxes” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Although we believe we have adequately reserved for our uncertain tax positions, the final outcome of these 
tax matters may be different than our provision. We adjust our reserves for tax positions in light of changing facts 
and circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit, the refinement of an estimate or changes in tax laws. To the 
extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, the differences are recorded 
as adjustments to the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made. The provision 
for income taxes includes the impact of reserve provisions and changes to reserves that are considered appropriate. 
The interest and penalties related to these reserves are recorded as a component of interest expense and warehousing, 
selling and administrative expenses, respectively.

Our future effective tax rates could be adversely affected by changes in the valuation of our deferred tax 
assets or liabilities, or changes in tax laws, regulations, accounting principles or interpretations thereof. In addition, 
we are subject to examination of our income tax returns by various tax authorities. We regularly assess the likelihood 
of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provisions for income 
taxes.

We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected tax consequences of temporary differences 
between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts using enacted tax rates in effect for the 
year  the  differences  are  expected  to  reverse.  Significant  judgment  in  the  forecasting  of  taxable  income  using 
historical and projected future operating results is required in determining our provision for income tax and the 
related asset and liabilities.

77

 
In the event that the actual outcome of future tax consequences differs from our estimates and assumptions 
due to changes or future events such as tax legislation, geographic mix of the earnings, completion of tax audits 
or earnings repatriation plans, the resulting change to the provision for income taxes could have a material effect 
on the consolidated statements of operations and consolidated balance sheets.

We have placed a valuation allowance on certain deferred tax assets, including certain of our foreign net 
operating loss carry forwards. We intend to maintain the valuation allowances until sufficient positive evidence 
exists to support the reversal of the valuation allowances.

In evaluating our ability to realize our deferred tax assets, in full or in part, we consider all available positive 
and  negative  evidence,  including  our  past  operating  results,  our  forecast  of  future  market  growth,  forecasted 
earnings, future taxable income and prudent and feasible tax planning strategies.

The assumptions utilized in determining future taxable income require significant judgment and are consistent 
with the plans and estimates we are using to manage the underlying businesses. We believe it is more likely than 
not that the remaining deferred tax assets recorded on our balance sheet will ultimately be realized. In the event 
we were to determine that we would not be able to realize all or part of our net deferred tax assets in the future, 
an  adjustment  to  the  deferred  tax  assets  would  be  charged  to  earnings  in  the  period  in  which  we  make  such 
determination.

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

See “Note 2: Significant accounting policies” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Accounting Pronouncements Issued But Not Yet Adopted

See “Note 2: Significant accounting policies” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 7A. 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies

Our principal financial instruments, other than derivatives, comprise credit facilities and other long-term 
debt as well as cash and cash equivalents. We have various other financial instruments, such as accounts receivable 
and accounts payable, which arise directly from our operations. We make use of various financial instruments 
under a financial policy. We use derivative financial instruments to reduce exposure to fluctuations in foreign 
exchange rates and interest rates in certain limited circumstances described below. While these derivative financial 
instruments are subject to market risk, principally based on changes in currency exchange and interest rates, the 
impact of these changes on our financial position and results of operations is generally offset by a corresponding 
change in the financial or operating items we are seeking to hedge. We follow a strict policy that prohibits trading 
in financial instruments other than to acquire and manage these hedging positions. We do not hold or issue derivative 
or other financial instruments for speculative purposes, or to hedge translation risk.

The principal risks arising from our financial instruments are interest rate risk, product price risk, foreign 
currency risk and credit risk. Our board of directors reviews and approves policies designed to manage each of 
these  risks,  which  are  summarized  below.  We  also  monitor  the  market-price  risk  arising  from  all  financial 
instruments. The interest rate risk to which we are subject at year end is discussed below. Our accounting policies 
for  derivative  financial  instruments  are  set  out  in  our  summary  of  significant  accounting  policies  at  “Note  2: 
Significant accounting policies” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Interest Rate Risk

Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our long-term debt obligations. 
Under our hedging policy, we seek to maintain an appropriate amount of fixed-rate debt obligations, either directly 
or effectively through interest rate derivative contracts that fix the interest rate payable on all or a portion of our 
floating rate debt obligations. We assess the anticipated mix of the fixed versus floating amount of debt once a 

78

year, in connection with our annual budgeting process, with the purpose of hedging variability of interest expense 
and interest payments on our variable rate bank debt and maintaining a mix of both fixed and floating rate debt. 
As of December 31, 2016, approximately 75% of our debt was fixed rate after consideration of interest rate swap 
contracts.

The interest rates related to our long-term debt decreased since December 31, 2014 due to the July 2015 debt 
refinancing. Refer to “Note 15: Debt” in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information. 
As a result, the impact on our earnings before taxes has materially changed when considering a change in variable 
interest rates.

Below is a chart showing the sensitivity of both a 100 basis point and 200 basis point increase in interest 

rates (including the impact of derivatives), with other variables held constant on our earnings before tax.

(in millions)
100 basis point increase in variable interest rates

200 basis point increase in variable interest rates

Foreign Currency Risk

Year Ended
December 31, 2016
6.8
$

13.5

Because we conduct our business on an international basis in multiple currencies, we may be adversely 
affected by foreign exchange rate fluctuations. Although we report financial results in US dollars, a substantial 
portion of our net sales and expenses are denominated in currencies other than the US dollar, particularly the euro, 
the Canadian dollar and European currencies other than the euro, including the British pound sterling. Fluctuations 
in exchange rates could therefore significantly affect our reported results from period to period as we translate 
results in local currencies into US dollars. We have not used derivative instruments to hedge the translation risk 
related to earnings of foreign subsidiaries.

Additionally, our investments in EMEA, Canada and Rest of World are subject to foreign currency risk. 
Currency fluctuations result in non-cash gains and losses that do not impact income before income taxes, but 
instead are recorded as accumulated other comprehensive loss in equity in our consolidated balance sheet. We do 
not hedge our investment in non-US entities because those investments are viewed as long-term in nature.

There are also situations where we invoice sales and incur costs in currencies other than those currencies in 
which we record the financial results for a business operation. These exposures are typically of short duration and 
not material to our overall results. We tend to hedge this transaction risk either through specific hedges for significant 
transactions or through hedging on a portfolio basis to address currency transaction mismatches embedded in the 
large number of smaller transactions. Our sensitivity to net transactional currency movements are shown in the 
table below. 

In 2015, we issued a euro-denominated Term B Loan under our Senior Term Loan Facility in the amount of 
€250.0 million which is held by Univar USA, a US dollar denominated entity. The issuance of this loan increased 
our exposure to changes in the value of the euro against the US dollar. The Euro Term B Loan has a variable interest 
rate based on short-term Eurodollar LIBOR interest rates. In January 2017, we transferred approximately 70% of 
the outstanding balance of the Euro Term B Loan to the US dollar tranche of the Term B Loan, significantly reducing 
our currency exposure on this loan. In addition, our subsidiaries may advance or accept intercompany loans in 
currencies other than the business unit’s currency for financial reporting purposes. Our policy is not to hedge these 
balance sheet revaluations due to the long-term nature of the underlying obligations. Our sensitivity to currency 
movements on both of these types of loans are also shown in the table below. 

The majority of our currency risk arising on cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and loan balances 
denominated in currencies other than those which we record the financial results for a business operation stem 
from exposures to the US dollar, euro or British pound sterling. The following table illustrates the sensitivity of 

79

 
our 2016 consolidated earnings before income taxes, net of foreign currency derivative instruments, to a 10% 
increase in the value of the US dollar, euro, and, British pound sterling with all other variables held constant.

(in millions)
10% strengthening of US dollar

10% strengthening of Euro

10% strengthening of British pound

Product Price Risk

Year ended December 31, 2016

Effect on
income

Effect on
Income due to 
euro loan

$

(5.6) $
(3.7)
0.3

24.0
(26.4)
—

Our business model is to buy and sell at “spot” prices in quantities approximately equal to estimated customer 
demand. We do not take significant “long” or “short” positions in the products we sell in an attempt to speculate 
on changes in product prices. As a result, we are not significantly exposed to changes in product selling prices or 
costs and our exposure to product price risk is not material. Because we maintain inventories in order to serve the 
needs of our customers, we are subject to the risk of reductions in market prices for chemicals we hold in inventory, 
but we actively manage this risk and have reduced our exposure by improving sales forecasting and reducing the 
period of projected sales for which inventories are held, as well as incorporating low working capital targets within 
employee incentive plans.

Credit Risk

We have a credit policy in place and monitor exposure to credit risk on an ongoing basis. We perform credit 
evaluations on all customers requesting credit above a specified exposure level. In the normal course of business, 
we provide credit to our customers, perform ongoing credit evaluations of these customers and maintain reserves 
for potential credit losses. In certain situations, we will require upfront cash payment, collateral and/or personal 
guarantees based on the credit worthiness of the customers. We typically have limited risk from a concentration 
of credit risk as no individual customer represents greater than 10% of the outstanding accounts receivable balance.

Investments, if any, are only in liquid securities and only with counterparties with appropriate credit ratings. 
Transactions involving derivative financial instruments are with counterparties with which we have a signed netting 
agreement  and  which  have  appropriate  credit  ratings.  We  do  not  expect  any  counterparty  to  fail  to  meet  its 
obligations.

80

 
ITEM 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 
2014

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 
2016, 2015 and 2014

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Page
82

84

85

86

87

88

89

81

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Univar Inc. 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Univar Inc. as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, 
and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders' equity, and 
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016. These financial statements are the 
responsibility  of  the  Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  these  financial 
statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, 
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the 
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial 
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated 
financial position of Univar Inc. at December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the consolidated results of its operations and 
its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016, in conformity with U.S. generally 
accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States), Univar Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established 
in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission (2013 framework), and our report dated February 28, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Chicago, Illinois

February 28, 2017

82

 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Univar Inc. 

We have audited Univar Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria 
established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of 
the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). Univar Inc. management is responsible for 
maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal 
control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Assessment of Internal Control over 
Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial 
reporting based on our audit. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included 
obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness 
exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, 
and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit 
provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting 
includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, 
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable 
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance 
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made 
only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable 
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s 
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. 
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may 
become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures 
may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Univar Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting 
as of December 31, 2016, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States), the consolidated financial statements of Univar Inc. as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for each of 
the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016, and our report dated February 28, 2017, expressed an 
unqualified opinion thereon. 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Chicago, Illinois

February 28, 2017

83

 
 
UNIVAR INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in millions, except per share data)
Net sales

Cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation)

Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Outbound freight and handling

Warehousing, selling and administrative

Other operating expenses, net

Depreciation
Amortization

Impairment charges

Total operating expenses

Operating income

Other (expense) income:

Interest income

Interest expense

Loss on extinguishment of debt

Other (expense) income, net

Total other expense

(Loss) income before income taxes

Income tax (benefit) expense

Net (loss) income

(Loss) income per common share:

Basic

Diluted

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

Basic
Diluted

Note

$

Year ended December 31,

$

2016
8,073.7

6,346.6

1,727.1

2015
8,981.8

7,182.7

1,799.1

2014
$ 10,373.9

8,443.2

1,930.7

286.6

877.8

104.5

152.3
85.6

133.9

324.6

874.4

106.1

136.5
88.5

—

365.5

923.5

197.1

133.5
96.0

0.3

1,640.7

86.4

1,530.1

269.0

1,715.9

214.8

3.9
(163.8)
—
(6.1)
(166.0)
(79.6)
(11.2)
(68.4) $

(0.50) $
(0.50)

137.8
137.8

4.3
(211.3)
(12.1)
(23.2)
(242.3)
26.7

10.2

16.5

0.14

0.14

119.6
120.1

$

$

8.2
(258.8)
(1.2)
1.1
(250.7)
(35.9)
(15.8)
(20.1)

(0.20)
(0.20)

99.7
99.7

$

$

4

13

15

6

7

3

3

3
3

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

84

 
 
 
UNIVAR INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(in millions)
Net (loss) income

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

Foreign currency translation

Pension and other postretirement benefits adjustment

Derivative financial instruments

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

Comprehensive loss

Year ended December 31,

Note

2016

2015

2014

$

(68.4) $

16.5

$

(20.1)

10

10

10

36.3
(1.8)
—

34.5
(33.9) $

$

(212.6)
(7.3)
3.7
(216.2)
(199.7) $

(118.3)
(7.3)
(0.9)
(126.5)
(146.6)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

85

 
 
 
UNIVAR INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in millions, except per share data)
Assets

Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade accounts receivable, net

Inventories

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total current assets

Property, plant and equipment, net

Goodwill

Intangible assets, net

Deferred tax assets

Other assets

Total assets
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

Current liabilities:

Short-term financing

Trade accounts payable

Current portion of long-term debt

Accrued compensation

Other accrued expenses

Total current liabilities

Long-term debt

Pension and other postretirement benefit liabilities

Deferred tax liabilities

Other long-term liabilities

Total liabilities

Stockholders’ equity:

Preferred stock, 200.0 million shares authorized at $0.01 par value
with no shares issued or outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and
2015

Common stock, 2.0 billion shares authorized at $0.01 par value with
138.8 million and 138.0 million shares issued and outstanding at
December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively

Additional paid-in capital

Accumulated deficit

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

10

Total stockholders’ equity

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

86

December 31,

Note

2016

2015

$

336.4

$

188.1

950.3

756.6

134.8

2,178.1

1,019.5

1,784.4

339.2

18.2

50.5

1,026.2

803.4

178.6

2,196.3

1,082.5

1,745.1

518.9

3.5

66.1

$

5,389.9

$

5,612.4

11

12

12

7

15

$

25.3

$

15

14

15

8

7

852.3

109.0

65.6

287.3

1,339.5

2,845.0

268.6

17.2

109.7

33.5

836.0

59.9

62.8

301.3

1,293.5

3,057.4

251.8

58.0

135.0

4,580.0

4,795.7

—

1.4

2,251.8
(1,053.4)
(389.9)
809.9

—

1.4

2,224.7
(985.0)
(424.4)
816.7

$

5,389.9

$

5,612.4

 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in millions)

Operating activities:

Net (loss) income

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization

Impairment charges

Amortization of deferred financing fees and debt discount

Amortization of pension credit from accumulated other comprehensive loss

Loss on extinguishment of debt

Contingent consideration fair value adjustment

Deferred income taxes

Recognition of previously uncertain tax benefits

Stock-based compensation expense

Other
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Trade accounts receivable, net

Inventories

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Trade accounts payable

Pensions and other postretirement benefit liabilities

Other, net

Net cash provided by operating activities
Investing activities:

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

Purchases of businesses, net of cash acquired

Other

Net cash used by investing activities
Financing activities:

Proceeds from sale of common stock

Proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt

Payments on long-term debt and capital lease obligations

Short-term financing, net

Financing fees paid

Shares repurchased

Stock option exercises

Other

Net cash (used) provided by financing activities

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

Cash paid during the period for:

Income taxes

Interest, net of capitalized interest

Non-cash activities:

Year ended December 31,
2014
2015
2016

Note

$

(68.4) $

16.5

$

(20.1)

13

8

15

19

7

9

18

15

15

15
15

9

237.9

133.9

7.9

(4.5)

—

—

(31.6)

—

10.4

(0.9)

70.2

42.0

40.1

12.0

26.9

(26.3)

449.6

225.0

—

12.2

229.5

0.3

16.5

(11.9)

(11.9)

12.1

—

(7.4)

—

7.5

(2.0)

198.7

82.3

(29.6)

(104.1)

(52.0)

8.7

356.0

1.2

(1.0)

(19.6)

(18.4)

12.1

3.3

(63.2)

(90.9)

(8.2)

12.7

72.8

11.2

126.3

(90.1)

(145.0)

(113.9)

9.4

(53.6)

(1.7)

9.5

(153.4)

(5.5)

8.9

(42.2)

(1.0)

(136.0)

(294.4)

(148.2)

—

765.3

— 2,806.6

(178.2)

(3,547.8)

(4.6)

—

—

16.9

(0.2)

(166.1)

0.8

148.3

188.1

(11.5)

(28.7)

(3.6)

3.0

(3.1)

(19.8)

(59.7)

(17.9)

206.0

3.0

177.5

(79.2)

(8.2)

(5.4)

(8.0)

6.2

(1.8)

84.1

(36.6)

25.6

180.4

$ 336.4

$ 188.1

$ 206.0

$

14.9

$

38.2

$

23.7

148.9

169.7

238.5

Additions of property, plant and equipment included in trade accounts payable and
other accrued expenses
Additions of property, plant and equipment under a capital lease obligation

11.5

29.6

10.1

67.7

9.3

2.6

87

 
 
UNIVAR INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in millions, except per share data)

Common
stock
(shares)

Common
stock

Additional
paid-in
capital

Accumulated
deficit

Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)

Total

Balance, January 1, 2014

100.0

$

— $ 1,444.0

$

(981.0) $

(81.7) $

381.3

Net loss

Foreign currency translation adjustment,
net of tax $9.3

Pension and other postretirement benefits
adjustment, net of tax $4.6

Derivative financial instruments, net of
tax $0.5

Share issuances

Share repurchases

Stock option exercises

Stock-based compensation

Excess tax benefit from stock-based
compensation

—

—

—

—

0.2

(0.4)

0.3

0.1

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

3.0

(7.8)

6.2

12.1

0.1

(20.1)

—

(20.1)

—

—

—

—

(0.2)

—

—

—

(118.3)

(118.3)

(7.3)

(7.3)

(0.9)

—

—

—

—

—

(0.9)

3.0

(8.0)

6.2

12.1

0.1

Balance, December 31, 2014

100.2

$

— $ 1,457.6

$

(1,001.3) $

(208.2) $

248.1

Net income

Foreign currency translation adjustment,
net of tax $7.4

Pension and other postretirement benefits
adjustment, net of tax $4.6

Derivative financial instruments, net of
tax $(2.1)

Share issuances

Change in par value of common stock to
$0.01

Share repurchases

Stock option exercises

Stock-based compensation

Usage of excess tax benefit from stock-
based compensation

—

—

—

—

37.7

—

(0.2)

0.2

0.1

—

Balance, December 31, 2015

138.0

$

Net loss

Foreign currency translation adjustment,
net of tax $23.9

Pension and other postretirement benefits
adjustment, net of tax $1.5

Stock option exercises

Stock-based compensation

Other

—

—

—

0.8

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

1.4

—

—

—

—

1.4

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

761.5

(1.4)

(3.4)

3.0

7.5

(0.1)

16.5

—

16.5

—

—

—

—

—

(0.2)

—

—

—

(212.6)

(212.6)

(7.3)

(7.3)

3.7

—

—

—

—

—

—

3.7

761.5

—

(3.6)

3.0

7.5

(0.1)

$ 2,224.7

$

(985.0) $

(424.4) $

816.7

—

—

—

16.9

10.4

(0.2)

(68.4)

—

(68.4)

—

—

—

—

—

36.3

36.3

(1.8)

—

—

—

(1.8)

16.9

10.4

(0.2)

Balance, December 31, 2016

138.8

$

1.4

$ 2,251.8

$

(1,053.4) $

(389.9) $

809.9

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

88

UNIVAR INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015 AND
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, 2015 AND 2014

1. Nature of operations

Headquartered in Downers Grove, Illinois, Univar Inc. (“Company” or “Univar”) is a leading global chemical 
and ingredients distributor and provider of specialty services. The Company’s operations are structured into four 
operating segments that represent the geographic areas under which the Company manages its business:

•  Univar USA (“USA”)

•  Univar Canada (“Canada”)

•  Univar Europe, the Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”)

•  Rest of the World (“Rest of World”)

Rest of World includes certain developing businesses in Latin America (including Brazil and Mexico) and 

the Asia-Pacific region.

Initial public offering

On June 23, 2015, the Company closed its initial public offering (“IPO”) in which the Company issued and 
sold 20.0 million shares of common stock at a public offering price of $22.00 per share. In addition, the Company 
completed a concurrent private placement of $350.0 million for shares of common stock (17.6 million shares) to 
Dahlia  Investments  Pte.  Ltd.,  an  indirect  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  Temasek  Holdings  (Private)  Limited 
(“Temasek”).  The  Company  received  total  net  proceeds  of  approximately  $760.0  million  after  deducting 
underwriting  discounts  and  commissions  and  other  offering  expenses  of  approximately  $30.0  million.  These 
expenses were recorded against the proceeds received from the IPO.

Certain selling stockholders sold an additional 25.3 million shares of common stock in the IPO and concurrent 

private placement. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of these shares.

In connection with the IPO and pursuant to Rule 424(b), the Company filed its final prospectus with the 

Securities and Exchange Commission on June 19, 2015.

2. Significant accounting policies

Basis of presentation

The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with accounting 
principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of America  (“US  GAAP”).  Unless  otherwise  indicated,  all 
financial data presented in these consolidated financial statements are expressed in US dollars.

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries. 
Subsidiaries  are  consolidated  if  the  Company  has  a  controlling  financial  interest,  which  may  exist  based  on 
ownership of a majority of the voting interest, or based on the Company’s determination that it is the primary 
beneficiary of a variable interest entity. The Company did not have any material interests in variable interest entities 
(“VIEs”) during the years presented in these consolidated financial statements. All intercompany balances and 
transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

89

Use of estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to 
make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported and disclosed in the financial statements and 
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates.

Recently issued and adopted accounting pronouncements

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15 “Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to 
Continue as a Going Concern.” The core principle of the guidance is that an entity’s management should evaluate 
whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s 
ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are available to 
be issued. When management identifies conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about an entity’s ability 
to continue as a going concern, management should consider whether its plans that are intended to mitigate those 
relevant conditions or events that will alleviate the substantial doubt are adequately disclosed in the footnotes to 
the financial statements. This guidance is effective for the annual period ending after December 15, 2016, and for 
annual periods and interim periods thereafter. Early adoption is permitted and the Company has elected to adopt 
the ASU  as  of  January  1,  2016. The  adoption  of  this ASU  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Company’s 
consolidated financial statements.

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-02 “Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis” (Topic 810). 
The core principle of the guidance is to provide amendments to the current consolidation guidance. The revised 
consolidation guidance, among other things, modifies the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar 
legal entities are VIEs or voting interest entities, eliminates the presumption that a general partner should consolidate 
a limited partnership and modifies the consolidation analysis of reporting entities that are involved with VIEs 
through fee arrangements and related party relationships. This guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim 
periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company has elected to adopt the ASU as of 
January 1, 2016 and the adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated 
financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-04 “Compensation-Retirement Benefits (Practical Expedient for 
the Measurement Date of an Employer’s Defined Benefit Obligation and Plan Assets)” (Topic 715). The core 
principle of the guidance is that it provides a practical expedient for companies to measure interim remeasurements 
for significant events that occur on other than a month-end date. The guidance permits entities to remeasure defined 
benefit plan assets and obligations using the month-end date that is closest to the date of the significant event. The 
decision to apply the practical expedient to interim remeasurements for significant events can be made for each 
significant event. This guidance is effective prospectively for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, 
beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company has elected to adopt the ASU as of January 1, 2016 and the 
adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In April  2015,  the  FASB  issued ASU  2015-05  “Intangibles-Goodwill  and  Other-Internal-use  software 
(Customer’s Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement” (Subtopic 350-40). The ASU provides 
customers with guidance on determining whether a cloud computing arrangement contains a software license that 
should be accounted for as internal-use software. If a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license, 
then the customer should account for the software license element of the arrangement consistent with the acquisition 
of other software licenses. If a cloud computing arrangement does not include a software license, the customer 
should account for the arrangement as a service contract. This guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim 
periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company has elected to adopt the ASU as of 
January 1, 2016 and the ASU is applied prospectively to all arrangements entered that occur after the effective 
date. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11 "Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory" (Topic 330). The 
core principle of the guidance is that an entity should measure inventory at the "lower of cost and net realizable 
value" and options that currently exist for "market value" will be eliminated. The ASU defines net realizable value 
as the "estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable cost of completion, 

90

disposal, and transportation." This guidance is effective for the fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, 
including interim periods within those financial years. Early adoption is permitted and the Company has elected 
to adopt the ASU as of June 30, 2016. The ASU is applied prospectively and the adoption of the ASU did not have 
a significant impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

Accounting pronouncements issued but not yet adopted

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (Topic 606), which 
supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 605, “Revenue 
Recognition.” This new revenue standard creates a single source of revenue guidance for all companies in all 
industries and is more principles-based than the current revenue guidance. The standard will be effective for public 
entities for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. The new guidance must be 
adopted using either a full retrospective approach, under which all years included in the financial statements will 
be presented under the revised guidance, or a modified retrospective approach, under which financial statements 
will be prepared under the revised guidance for the year of adoption, but not for prior years. Under the modified 
retrospective method, entities will recognize a cumulative catch-up adjustment to the opening balance of retained 
earnings at the effective date for contracts that still require performance by the entity, and disclose all line items 
in the year of adoption as if they were prepared under the old revenue guidance. The core principle of the guidance 
is that "an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an 
amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or 
services." In achieving this objective, an entity must perform five steps: (1) identify the contract(s) with a customer, 
(2)  identify  the  performance  obligations  of  the  contract,  (3)  determine  the  transaction  price,  (4)  allocate  the 
transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract, and (5) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity 
satisfies a performance obligation. In addition, the standard requires additional new disclosures of the nature, 
amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers.

The  Company  anticipates  using  the  modified  retrospective  approach  in  implementing  the  new  revenue 
standard.   The Company has established a project team who are currently scoping revenue streams and reviewing 
customer contracts to identify and evaluate the potential impacts of the provisions of ASC 606.  Based on an early 
assessment,  the  Company  expects  to  make  changes  to  estimation  processes  related  to  arrangements  that  may 
involve, among other items, potential returns of unused products, as well as revenue deferral to the extent the sales 
price is not considered determinable. These changes may likely impact the timing of revenue recognition during 
the year for sales to customers in the agriculture end market, principally in Canada. At this time, the Company is 
continuing to work in accordance with its project plan to assess all potential impacts of the new guidance but 
expects to complete the implementation of the new standard by January 1, 2018.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01 “Financial Instrument – Recognition and Measurement of 
Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities” (Subtopic 825-10). The core principle of the guidance is that an entity 
should  classify  equity  securities  with  readily  determinable  fair  values  as  “trading”  or  “available-for-sale”  and 
requires equity securities to be measured at fair value with changes in the fair value recognized through net income. 
For equity investments that do not have readily determinable fair values, remeasurement is required at fair value 
either upon the occurrence of an observable price change or upon identification of impairment. The ASU defines 
an equity investment as “investments in partnerships, unincorporated joint ventures and limited liability companies 
that do not result in consolidation and are not accounted for under the equity method”. This guidance is applied 
as a cumulative-effect adjustment to the balance sheet as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption and is 
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. 
Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this accounting 
standard update on its internal processes, operating results and financial reporting. The impact is currently not 
known or reasonably estimable.

In  February  2016,  the  FASB  issued ASU  2016-02  “Leases”  (Topic  842),  which  supersedes  the  lease 
recognition requirements in ASC Topic 840, “Leases.” The core principal of the guidance is that an entity should 
recognize assets and liabilities arising from a lease for both financing and operating leases, along with additional 
qualitative and quantitative disclosures. The standard will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 

91

2018, including interim periods within such fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The guidance is to be applied 
using a modified retrospective transition method with the option to elect a package of practical expedients. The 
Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this accounting standard update on its internal 
processes, operating results and financial reporting. The impact is currently not known or reasonably estimable.

In  March  2016,  the  FASB  issued ASU  2016-09  “Compensation  –  Stock  Compensation”  (Topic  718)  – 
“Improvement to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting.” The core principal of the guidance is to simplify 
several aspects of the accounting for employee share-based payment transactions including the accounting for 
income taxes, forfeitures, and statutory tax withholding requirements, as well as classification of related amounts 
within the statement of cash flows. The standard will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 
2016, including interim periods within such fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The guidance is to be applied 
using a modified retrospective method by means of a cumulative-effect adjustment to equity as of the beginning 
of the period in which the guidance is adopted. The Company does not expect a significant impact to its consolidated 
financial statements when it adopts this ASU.

In  June  2016,  the  FASB  issued ASU  2016-13  "Financial  Instruments  -  Credit  Losses"  (Topic  326)  - 
"Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments." The ASU requires entities to use a Current Expected 
Credit Loss model which is a new impairment model based on expected losses rather than incurred losses.  Under 
the model, an entity would recognize an impairment allowance equal to its current estimate of all contractual cash 
flows that the entity does not expect to collect from financial assets measured at amortized cost. The entity's estimate 
would consider relevant information about past events, current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts, 
which will result in recognition of lifetime expected credit losses upon initial recognition of the related assets. This 
guidance will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within 
such  fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this ASU on its internal 
processes, operating results and financial reporting.  The impact is currently not known or reasonably estimable.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15 “Statement of Cash Flows” (Topic 230) - “Classification of 
Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments.” The ASU clarifies and provides specific guidance on eight cash flow 
classification issues that are not currently addressed by current guidance; and therefore, reduces the current diversity 
in practice. The standard will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim 
periods within such fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The guidance is to be applied using a retrospective 
transition method to each period presented. The Company does not expect any impact to its consolidated statement 
of operations or consolidated balance sheet since the ASU only addresses classification items within the statement 
of cash flows. 

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16 "Income Taxes" (Topic 740) - "Intra-Entity Transfers of 
Assets Other Than Inventory." The ASU eliminates the exception that prohibits the recognition of current and 
deferred income taxes for an intra-entity asset transfer until the asset has been sold to an outside party for assets 
other than inventory. The standard will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including 
interim periods within such fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted as of the beginning of an annual reporting 
period for which financial statements (interim or annual) have not yet been issued. The Company does not expect 
a significant impact to its consolidated financial statements when it adopts this ASU.

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-17 "Consolidation" (Topic 810) - "Interest Held through Related 
Parties That Are under Common Control." The core principle of the guidance is to provide amendments to the 
current consolidation guidance. The revised consolidation guidance modifies how a reporting entity that is a single 
decision maker of a VIE should treat indirect interests in the entity held through related parties that are under 
common control with the reporting entity when determining whether it is the primary beneficiary of that VIE. This 
guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2016. 
Early adoption is permitted. This guidance is to be applied retrospectively to all relevant prior periods beginning 
with the fiscal year in which the amendments in ASU 2015-02 were applied.  The Company does not expect a 
significant impact to its consolidated financial statements when it adopts this ASU.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18 “Statement of Cash Flows” (Topic 230) - “Restricted 
Cash.” The ASU clarifies and provides specific guidance on restricted cash classification issues that are not currently 

92

addressed by current guidance; and therefore, reduces the current diversity in practice. The standard will be effective 
for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  2017,  including  interim  periods  within  such  fiscal  years.  Early 
adoption is permitted. The guidance is to be applied using a retrospective transition method to each period presented. 
The Company does not expect any impact to its consolidated statement of operations or consolidated balance sheet 
since the ASU only addresses classification items within the statement of cash flows. 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01 "Business Combinations" (Topic 805) - "Clarifying the 
Definition of a Business." The core principle of the guidance is to clarify the definition of a business with the 
objective of adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as 
acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses.  The standard will be effective for fiscal years beginning after 
December 15, 2017, including interim periods within such fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted immediately, 
pending nonrecognition of the business transaction in previously issued or made available financial statements. 
The Company does not expect a significant impact to its consolidated financial statements when it adopts this 
ASU.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04 "Intangibles - Goodwill and Other" (Topic 350) - "Simplifying 
the Test for Goodwill Impairment." The core principle of the guidance is to simplify the accounting for goodwill 
impairments by eliminating step 2 from the goodwill impairment test.  The new standard allows an entity to calculate 
goodwill impairment as the excess of a reporting unit's carrying amount in comparison to the reporting unit's fair 
value.  The standard will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods 
within  such  fiscal  years.  Early  adoption  is  permitted,  including  adoption  in  an  interim  period,  for  goodwill 
impairment tests performed on dates after January 1, 2017. The Company does not expect a significant impact to 
its consolidated financial statements when it adopts this ASU.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include all highly-liquid investments with an original maturity at the time of 
purchase of three months or less that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash. Cash at banks earn 
interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates.

Trade accounts receivable, net

Trade accounts receivable are stated at the invoiced amount, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts.

In the normal course of business, the Company provides credit to its customers, performs ongoing credit 
evaluations of these customers and maintains reserves for potential credit losses. In certain situations, the Company 
will require up-front cash payment, collateral and/or personal guarantees based on the credit worthiness of the 
customer.

The allowance for doubtful accounts was $13.4 million and $14.4 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, 
respectively. The allowance for doubtful accounts is estimated based on prior experience, as well as an individual 
assessment of collectability based on factors that include current ability to pay, bankruptcy and payment history.

Inventories

Inventories  consist  primarily  of  products  purchased  for  resale  and  are  stated  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  net 
realizable  value.  Inventory  cost  is  determined  by  the  weighted  average  cost  method.  Inventory  cost  includes 
purchase price from producers net of any rebates received, inbound freight and handling, and direct labor and other 
costs incurred to blend and repackage product and excludes depreciation expense. The Company recognized $6.6 
million, $0.8 million and $0.8 million of lower of cost or net realizable value adjustments to certain of its inventories 
in the year ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The expense related to these adjustments is 
included in cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation) in the consolidated statements of operations.

93

Producer incentives

The Company has arrangements with certain producers that provide discounts when certain measures are 
achieved, generally related to purchasing volume. Volume rebates are generally earned and realized when the 
related products are purchased during the year. The reduction in cost of goods sold (exclusive of depreciation) is 
recorded when the related products, on which the rebate was earned, are sold. Discretionary rebates are recorded 
when received. The unpaid portion of rebates from producers is recorded in prepaid expenses and other current 
assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

Property, plant and equipment, net

Property, plant and equipment are carried at historical cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Expenditures 
for improvements that add functionality and/or extend useful life are capitalized. The Company capitalizes interest 
costs on significant capital projects, as an increase to property, plant and equipment. Repair and maintenance costs 
are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is recorded on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of each 
asset from the time the asset is ready for its intended purpose, with consideration of any expected residual value.

The estimated useful lives of plant, property and equipment are as follows:

Buildings
Main components of tank farms
Containers
Machinery and equipment
Furniture, fixtures and others
Information technology

10-50 years
5-40 years
2-15 years
5-20 years
5-20 years
3-10 years

The Company evaluates the useful life and carrying value of property, plant and equipment for impairment 
if an event occurs or circumstances change that would indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. If an 
asset is tested for possible impairment, the Company compares the carrying amount of the related asset group to 
future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by that asset group. If the carrying amount of the asset 
group is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, an impairment loss is recognized to the extent that 
the carrying amount exceeds its estimated fair value.

Leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized over the lesser of the term of the applicable lease, 

including renewable periods if reasonably assured, or the useful life of the improvement.

Assets under capital leases where ownership transfers to the Company at the end of the lease term or the 
lease agreement contains a bargain purchase option are depreciated over the useful life of the asset. For remaining 
assets under capital leases, the assets are depreciated over the lesser of the term of the applicable lease, including 
renewable periods if reasonably assured, or the useful life of the asset with consideration of any expected residual 
value.

Refer to “Note 11: Property, plant and equipment, net” for further information.

Goodwill and intangible assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired 

in business combinations.

Goodwill  is  tested  for  impairment  annually  on  October 1,  or  between  annual  tests  if  an  event  occurs  or 
circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying 
amount. Goodwill is tested for impairment at a reporting unit level using either a qualitative assessment, commonly 
referred to as a “step zero” test, or a quantitative assessment, commonly referred to as a “step one” test.  For each 
of the reporting units, the Company has the option to perform either the step zero or the step one test.

94

We elected the step zero test to evaluate goodwill for impairment for each of the reporting units during 2016.  
The step zero goodwill impairment test utilizes qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not 
that the fair value of the reporting units is less than its carrying value. Qualitative factors include: macroeconomic 
conditions; legal and regulatory environment; industry and market considerations; overall financial performance 
and cost factors to determine whether a reporting unit is at risk for goodwill impairment.  In the event a reporting 
unit fails the step zero goodwill impairment test, it is necessary to perform the step one goodwill impairment test. 

In prior years, the Company tested for goodwill impairment at a reporting level using a two-step test. The 
step one goodwill impairment test compares the estimated fair value of each reporting unit with the reporting unit’s 
carrying value (including goodwill). If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, an indication 
of goodwill impairment exists for the reporting unit and the Company must perform step two of the impairment 
test (measurement). Step two of the impairment test, if necessary, would require the identification and estimation 
of the fair value of the reporting unit’s individual assets, including currently unrecognized intangible assets and 
liabilities in order to calculate the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. Under step two, an impairment 
loss is recognized to the extent the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds the implied fair value.

Intangible  assets  consist  of  customer  and  producer  relationships  and  contracts,  intellectual  property 
trademarks, trade names, non-compete agreements and exclusive distribution rights. Intangible assets have finite 
lives and are amortized over their respective useful lives of 2 to 20 years. Amortization of intangible assets is based 
on the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible assets are consumed or otherwise used up which 
is based on the undiscounted cash flows, or when not reliably determined, on a straight-line basis. Intangible assets 
are tested for impairment if an event occurs or circumstances change that indicates the carrying value may not be 
recoverable. Refer to “Note 13: Impairment charges” for further information.

Customer relationship intangible assets represent the fair value allocated in purchase price accounting for 
the ongoing relationships with an existing customer base acquired in a business combination. The fair value of 
customer  relationships  is  determined  using  the  excess  earnings  methodology,  an  income  based  approach. The 
excess earnings methodology provides an estimate of the fair value of customer relationship assets by deducting 
economic costs, including operating expenses and contributory asset charges from revenue expected to be generated 
by the asset. These estimated cash flows are then discounted to the present value equivalent.

Refer to “Note 12: Goodwill and intangible assets” for further information.

Short-term financing

Short-term financing includes bank overdrafts and short-term lines of credit. Refer to “Note 15: Debt” for 

further information.

Long-term debt

Long-term debt consists of loans with original maturities greater than one year. Fees paid in connection with 
the  execution  of  line-of-credit  arrangements  are  included  in  other  assets  and  fees  paid  in  connection  with  the 
execution of a recognized debt liability as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability. These 
fees are amortized using the effective interest method over the term of the related debt or expiration of the line-
of-credit arrangement. Refer to “Note 15: Debt” for further information.

Income taxes

The Company is subject to income taxes in the US and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment 
in the forecasting of taxable income using historical and projected future operating results is required in determining 
the Company’s provision for income taxes and the related assets and liabilities. The provision for income taxes 
includes income taxes paid, currently payable or receivable and those deferred.

In the event that the actual outcome of future tax consequences differs from the Company’s estimates and 
assumptions due to changes or future events such as tax legislation, geographic mix of the earnings, completion 

95

of tax audits or earnings repatriation plans, the resulting change to the provision for income taxes could have a 
material effect on the consolidated statement of operations and consolidated balance sheet.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax 
basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using enacted tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect 
when the differences reverse. Deferred tax assets are also recognized for the estimated future effects of tax loss 
carryforwards. The effect on deferred taxes of changes in tax rates is recognized in the period in which the revised 
tax rate is enacted.

The Company records valuation allowances to reduce deferred tax assets to the extent it believes it is more 
likely than not that a portion of such assets will not be realized. In making such determinations, the Company 
considers all available positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, 
projected  future  taxable  income,  tax  planning  strategies,  and  the  ability  to  carry  back  losses  to  prior  years. 
Realization is dependent upon generating sufficient taxable income prior to expiration of tax attribute carryforwards. 
Although realization is not assured, management believes it is more likely than not that all of the deferred tax assets 
will be realized, or if not, a valuation allowance has been recorded. The Company continues to monitor the value 
of its deferred tax assets, as the amount of the deferred tax assets considered realizable, could be reduced in the 
near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward periods are reduced, or current tax planning 
strategies are not implemented.

US GAAP prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the accounting and financial 
statement disclosure of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The evaluation of a tax position 
is a two-step process. The first step requires the Company to determine whether it is more likely than not that a 
tax position will be sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the position. The second step 
requires the Company to recognize in the financial statements each tax position that meets the more likely than 
not criteria, measured at the amount of benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within interest expense 
and  warehousing,  selling  and  administrative,  respectively,  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of 
operations. Accrued interest and penalties are included within either other accrued expenses or other long-term 
liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

Refer to “Note 7: Income taxes” for further information.

Pension and other postretirement benefit plans

The Company sponsors several defined benefit and defined contribution plans. The Company’s contributions 

to defined contribution plans are charged to income during the period of the employee’s service.

The  benefit  obligation  and  cost  of  defined  benefit  pension  plans  and  other  postretirement  benefits  are 
calculated based upon actuarial valuations, which involves making assumptions about discount rates, expected 
rates of return on assets, future salary increases, future health care costs, mortality rates and future pension increases. 
Due to the long-term nature of these plans, such estimates are subject to significant uncertainty.

The projected benefit obligation is calculated separately for each plan based on the estimated future benefit 
employees have earned in return for their service based on the employee’s expected date of retirement. Those 
benefits are discounted to determine the present value of the benefit obligations using the projected unit-credit 
method. A liability is recognized on the balance sheet for each plan with a projected benefit obligation in excess 
of plan assets at fair value. An asset is recorded for each plan with plan assets at fair value in excess of the projected 
benefit obligation.

The Company recognizes the actuarial gains or losses that arise during the period within other operating 
expenses, net in the consolidated statement of operations. This “mark to market” adjustment is recognized at each 
December 31. This adjustment primarily includes gains and losses resulting from changes in discount rates and 
the difference between the expected rate of return on plan assets and actual plan asset returns. Curtailment and 
settlement  gains  and  losses  are  recognized  in  other  operating  expenses,  net  in  the  statement  of  operations. 
Curtailment losses must be recognized in the statement of operations when it is probable that a curtailment will 

96

occur  and  its  effects  are  reasonably  estimable.  However,  a  curtailment  gain  is  recognized  in  the  statement  of 
operations when the related employees terminate or the plan suspension or amendment is adopted, whichever is 
applicable. Settlement gains and losses are recognized in the period in which the settlement occurs, regardless of 
how probable it is at an earlier date that the settlement will occur and despite the fact that the probable gain or loss 
may be reasonably estimable before the settlement actually takes place. All other components of net periodic benefit 
cost are classified as warehousing, selling and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. 
The Company recognizes prior service costs or credits that arise during the period in other comprehensive loss, 
and amortizes these items in subsequent periods as components of net periodic benefit cost.

The fair value of plan assets is used to calculate the expected return on assets component of the net periodic 

benefit cost.

Refer to “Note 8: Employee benefit plans” for further information.

Leases

All leases that are determined not to meet any of the capital lease criteria are classified as operating leases. 
Operating lease payments are recognized as an expense in the statement of operations on a straight-line basis over 
the lease term.

The Company leases certain vehicles and equipment that qualify for capital lease classification. Assets under 
capital leases are carried at historical cost, net of accumulated depreciation and are included in property, plant and 
equipment, net in the consolidated balance sheet. Depreciation expense related to the capital lease assets is included 
in  depreciation  expense  in  the  consolidated  statement  of  operations.  Refer  to  “Note  11:  Property,  plant  and 
equipment, net” for further information.

The present value of minimum lease payments under a capital lease is included in current portion of long-
term debt and long-term debt in the consolidated balance sheet. The capital lease obligation is amortized utilizing 
the effective interest method and interest expense related to the capital lease obligation is included in interest 
expense in the consolidated statement of operations. Refer to “Note 19: Commitments and contingencies” for 
further information.

Contingencies

A loss contingency is recorded if it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred 
and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company evaluates, among other factors, the degree 
of probability of an unfavorable outcome and the ability to make a reasonable estimate of the amount of the ultimate 
loss. Changes in these factors and related estimates could materially affect the Company’s financial position and 
results of operations. Legal expenses are recorded as legal services are provided. Refer to “Note 19: Commitments 
and contingencies” for further information.

Environmental liabilities

Environmental contingencies are recognized for probable and reasonably estimable losses associated with 
environmental remediation. Incremental direct costs of the investigation, remediation effort and post-remediation 
monitoring  are  included  in  the  estimated  environmental  contingencies.  Expected  cash  outflows  related  to 
environmental remediation for the next 12 months and amounts for which the timing is uncertain are reported as 
current within other accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheets. The long-term portion of environmental 
liabilities is reported within other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets on an undiscounted basis, 
except  for  sites  for  which  the  amount  and  timing  of  future  cash  payments  are  fixed  or  reliably  determinable. 
Environmental remediation expenses are included within warehousing, selling and administrative expenses in the 
consolidated statements of operations, unless associated with disposed operations, in which case such expenses 
are included in other operating expenses, net.

Environmental costs are capitalized if the costs extend the life of the property, increase its capacity and/or 

mitigate or prevent contamination from future operations.

97

Refer to “Note 19: Commitments and contingencies” for further information.

Revenue recognition

The Company recognizes net sales when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery of products 
has occurred or services are provided to customers, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is 
reasonably assured. Net sales includes product sales, billings for freight and handling charges and fees earned for 
services  provided,  net  of  any  discounts,  returns,  customer  rebates  and  sales  or  other  revenue-based  tax.  The 
Company recognizes product sales and billings for freight and handling charges when products are considered 
delivered to the customer under the terms of the sale. Fee revenues are recognized when services are completed.

The Company’s sales to customers in the agriculture end market, principally in Canada, often provide for a 
form of inventory protection through credit and re-bill as well as understandings pursuant to which certain price 
changes from chemical producers may be passed through to the customer. These arrangements require us to make 
estimates of potential returns of unused chemicals as well as revenue deferral to the extent the sales price is not 
considered determinable. The estimates used to determine the amount of revenue associated with product likely 
to be returned are based on past experience adjusted for any current market conditions.

Foreign currency translation

The functional currency of the Company’s subsidiaries is the local currency, unless the primary economic 
environment requires the use of another currency. Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are translated 
into the functional currency of each subsidiary at the rate of exchange on the date of transaction. Monetary assets 
and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency of each subsidiary at 
period-end exchange rates. These foreign currency transaction gains and losses are recognized in other (expense) 
income, net in the consolidated statements of operations.

Foreign currency gains and losses relating to intercompany borrowings that are considered a part of the 
Company’s  investment  in  a  foreign  subsidiary  are  reflected  as  a  component  of  currency  translation  within 
accumulated other comprehensive loss in stockholders’ equity. In the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 
2014, total foreign currency losses related to such intercompany borrowings were $34.8 million, $11.2 million and 
$7.1 million, respectively.

Assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries are translated into US dollars at period-end exchange rates. 
Income and expense accounts of foreign subsidiaries are translated at the average exchange rates for the period. 
The net exchange gains and losses arising on this translation are reflected as a component of currency translation 
within accumulated other comprehensive loss in stockholders’ equity.

Stock-based compensation plans

The Company measures the total amount of employee stock-based compensation expense for a grant based 
on the grant date fair value of each award and recognizes the stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line 
basis over the requisite service period for each separately vesting tranche of an award. Stock-based compensation 
is  based  on  awards  expected  to  vest  and,  therefore,  has  been  reduced  by  estimated  forfeitures.  Stock-based 
compensation expense is classified within other operating expenses, net in the consolidated statements of operations. 
Refer to “Note 9: Stock-based compensation” for further information.

Share repurchases

The Company does not hold any treasury shares as all shares of common stock are retired upon repurchase. 
Furthermore, when share repurchases occur and the common stock is retired, the excess of repurchase price over 
par  is  allocated  between  additional  paid-in  capital  and  accumulated  deficit  such  that  the  portion  allocated  to 
additional paid-in-capital being limited to the additional paid-in-capital created from that particular share issuance 
(i.e. the book value of those shares) plus any resulting leftover additional paid-in-capital from previous share 
repurchases in instances where the repurchase price was lower than the original issuance price.

98

Fair value

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an 
orderly  transaction  between  market  participants  at  the  measurement  date.  US GAAP  specifies  a  hierarchy  of 
valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable. 
Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the 
Company’s market assumptions. These two types of inputs have created the following fair-value hierarchy: 

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.

Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar 
instruments  in  markets  that  are  not  active;  and  model-derived  valuation  in  which  all 
significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets.

Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or 
significant value drivers are unobservable.

When available, the Company uses quoted market prices to determine fair value and classifies such items 
as Level 1. In cases where a market price is not available, the Company will make use of observable market-based 
inputs to calculate fair value, in which case the items are classified as Level 2. If quoted or observable market 
prices are not available, fair value is based upon internally developed valuation techniques that use, where possible, 
current  market-based  or  independently  sourced  market  information.  Items  valued  using  internally  generated 
valuation techniques are classified according to the lowest level input that is significant to the valuation, and may 
be classified as Level 3 even though there may be significant inputs that are readily observable. Refer to “Note 
16: Fair value measurements” for further information.

Certain financial instruments, such as derivative financial instruments, are required to be measured at fair 
value on a recurring basis. Other financial instruments, such as the Company’s own debt, are not required to be 
measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The Company elected to not make an irrevocable election to measure 
financial instruments and certain other items at fair value.

Derivatives

The Company uses derivative financial instruments, such as foreign currency contracts, interest rate swaps 
and interest rate caps to manage its risks associated with foreign currency and interest rate fluctuations. Derivative 
financial instruments are recorded in either prepaids and other current assets, other assets, other accrued expenses 
or other long-term liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheets at fair value. The fair value of forward 
currency contracts is calculated by reference to current forward exchange rates for contracts with similar maturity 
profiles. The fair value of interest rate swaps is determined by estimating the net present value of amounts to be 
paid under the agreement offset by the net present value of the expected cash inflows based on market rates and 
associated yield curves. For derivative contracts with the same counterparty where the Company has a master 
netting arrangement with the counterparty, the fair value of the asset/liability is presented on a net basis within the 
consolidated balance sheets. Refer to “Note 16: Fair value measurements” for additional information relating to 
the gross and net balances of derivative contracts. Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments are 
recognized in the consolidated statements of operations unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. Cash 
flows associated with derivative financial instruments are recognized in the operating section of the consolidated 
statements of cash flows.

For  the  purpose  of  hedge  accounting,  derivatives  are  classified  as  either  fair  value  hedges,  where  the 
instrument hedges the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability, or cash flow hedges, 
where the instrument hedges the exposure to variability in cash flows that are either attributable to a particular risk 
associated with a recognized asset or liability or a highly probable forecasted transaction. Gains and losses on 
derivatives that meet the conditions for fair value hedge accounting are recognized immediately in the consolidated 
statements of operations, along with the offsetting gain or loss on the related hedged item. For derivatives that 
meet the conditions for cash flow hedge accounting, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is 
recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss on the consolidated balance sheet and the ineffective portion 
99

is recognized immediately in other (expense) income, net within the consolidated statement of operations. Amounts 
in accumulated other comprehensive loss are reclassified to the consolidated statement of operations in the same 
period in which the hedged transactions affect earnings.

For derivative instruments designated as hedges, the Company formally documents the hedging relationship 
to  the  hedged  item  and  its  risk  management  strategy. The  Company  assesses  the  effectiveness  of  its  hedging 
instruments at inception and on an ongoing basis. Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument 
is sold, expired, terminated or exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting.

Refer to “Note 17: Derivatives” for further information.

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during 
each period, which excludes nonvested restricted stock units, nonvested restricted stock, and stock options. Diluted 
earnings  per  share  is  based  on  the  weighted  average  number  of  common  shares  and  dilutive  common  share 
equivalents outstanding during each period. The Company reflects common share equivalents relating to stock 
options, nonvested restricted stock, and nonvested restricted stock units in its computation of diluted weighted 
average shares outstanding unless the effect of inclusion is anti-dilutive. The effect of dilutive securities is calculated 
using the treasury stock method. Refer to “Note 3: Earnings per share” for further information.

3. Earnings per share

The following table presents the basic and diluted earnings per share computations:

(in millions, except per share data)
Basic:

Net (loss) income

Weighted average common shares outstanding

Basic (loss) income per common share

Diluted:

Net (loss) income

Weighted average common shares outstanding

Effect of dilutive securities:
Stock compensation plans(1)
Weighted average common shares outstanding – diluted
Diluted (loss) income per common share

Year ended December 31,

2016

2015

2014

$

$

$

$

(68.4) $
137.8
(0.50) $

(68.4) $
137.8

—

137.8
(0.50) $

$

$

$

16.5

119.6

0.14

16.5

119.6

0.5

120.1

0.14

$

(20.1)
99.7
(0.20)

(20.1)
99.7

—

99.7
(0.20)

(1) 

Stock options to purchase approximately 3.3 million, 2.0 million, and 5.0 million shares of common stock and restricted stock of 0.0 
million, 0.0 million, and 0.4 million were outstanding during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, but 
were not included in the calculation of diluted income (loss) per share as the impact of these stock options and restricted stock would 
have been anti-dilutive.

100

 
4. Other operating expenses, net

Other operating expenses, net consisted of the following items:

(in millions)

Pension mark to market loss

Pension curtailment and settlement gains

Acquisition and integration related expenses

Stock-based compensation expense

Restructuring charges
Advisory fees to CVC and CD&R(1)
Contract termination fee to CVC and CD&R

Other

$

Year ended December 31,

2016

2015

2014

$

68.6
(1.3)
5.5

10.4

8.0
—

—

13.3

21.1
(4.0)
7.1

7.5

33.8
2.8

26.2

11.6

$

117.8

—

3.7

12.1

46.2
5.9

—

11.4

Total other operating expenses, net

$

104.5

$

106.1

$

197.1

(1) 

Significant stockholders are CVC Capital Partners (“CVC”) and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC (“CD&R”).

5. Restructuring charges

Restructuring  charges  relate  to  the  implementation  of  several  regional  strategic  initiatives  aimed  at 
streamlining  the  Company’s  cost  structure  and  improving  its  operations.  These  actions  primarily  resulted  in 
workforce reductions, lease termination costs and other facility rationalization costs.  The following table presents 
cost information related to restructuring plans that have not been completed as of December 31, 2016 and does 
not contain any estimates for plans that may be developed and implemented in future periods.

(in millions)

USA

Canada

EMEA

ROW

Other

Total

Anticipated total costs

Employee termination costs

Facility exit costs

Other exit costs

Total

Incurred to date costs

Inception of plans through
December 31, 2016

Employee termination costs

Facility exit costs

Other exit costs

Total

Inception of plans through
December 31, 2015

Employee termination costs

Facility exit costs

Other exit costs

Total

$

$

$

$

$

$

16.8

22.8

1.7

$

5.2

$

21.6

$

—

—

3.5

6.8

41.3

$

5.2

$

31.9

$

16.8

19.6

1.7

$

5.2

$

21.6

$

—

—

3.5

6.8

38.1

$

5.2

$

31.9

$

16.4

14.0

1.7

$

4.1

$

25.6

$

—

—

3.1

6.7

32.1

$

4.1

$

35.4

$

101

4.4

0.2

—

4.6

4.4

0.2

—

4.6

2.0

0.2

—

2.2

$

$

$

$

$

$

5.8

—

0.8

6.6

5.8

—

0.8

6.6

5.3

—

0.8

6.1

$

$

$

$

$

$

53.8

26.5

9.3

89.6

53.8

23.3

9.3

86.4

53.4

17.3

9.2

79.9

 
The following tables summarize activity related to accrued liabilities associated with redundancy and 

restructuring:

(in millions)
Employee termination costs

Facility exit costs

Other exit costs

Total

(in millions)
Employee termination costs

Facility exit costs

Other exit costs
Total

$

$

$

$

January 1,
2016

Charge to
earnings

Cash paid

Non-cash
and other

December 31,
2016

$

31.0

15.5

0.1

46.6

$

0.4

6.0

0.1

6.5

$

$

(24.5) $
(8.3)
(0.2)
(33.0) $

— $

—

—

— $

6.9

13.2

—

20.1

January 1,
2015

Charge to
earnings

Cash paid

Non-cash
and other

December 31,
2015

27.8

20.4

0.3
48.5

$

$

28.3

$

2.4

3.0
33.7

$

(22.9) $
(7.2)
(3.2)
(33.3) $

(2.2) $
(0.1)
—
(2.3) $

31.0

15.5

0.1
46.6

Restructuring liabilities of $10.1 million and $34.5 million were classified as current in other accrued expenses 
in  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  as  of  December 31,  2016  and  2015,  respectively. The  long-term  portion  of 
restructuring  liabilities  of  $10.0  million  and  $12.1  million  were  recorded  in  other  long-term  liabilities  in  the 
consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively and primarily consists of facility exit 
costs that are expected to be paid within the next five years.

While the Company believes the recorded restructuring liabilities are adequate, revisions to current estimates 

may be recorded in future periods based on new information as it becomes available.

6. Other (expense) income, net

Other (expense) income, net consisted of the following gains (losses):

(in millions)
Foreign currency transactions

Foreign currency denominated loans revaluation
Undesignated foreign currency derivative instruments(1)
Undesignated interest rate swap contracts(1)
Ineffective portion of cash flow hedges(1)
Loss due to discontinuance of cash flow hedges(1)
Debt refinancing costs(2)
Other

Total other (expense) income, net

$

$

Year ended December 31,

2016

2015

2014

(0.6) $
(13.7)
(1.8)
10.1

—

—

—
(0.1)
(6.1) $

(0.8) $
8.9
(4.8)
2.0
(0.4)
(7.5)
(16.5)
(4.1)
(23.2) $

(0.6)
8.3
(3.9)
—

0.2

—

—
(2.9)
1.1

(1) 
(2) 

Refer to “Note 17: Derivatives” for more information.
Refer to “Note 15: Debt” for more information.

102

 
 
 
7. Income taxes

For financial reporting purposes, income (loss) before income taxes includes the following components:

(in millions)
Income (loss) before income taxes

United States

Foreign

Total income (loss) before income taxes

Year ended December 31,

2016

2015

2014

$

$

(131.3) $
51.7
(79.6) $

(13.0) $
39.7

26.7

$

(6.4)
(29.5)
(35.9)

The expense (benefit) for income taxes is summarized as follows:

(in millions)
Current:

Federal

State

Foreign

Total current

Deferred:

Federal

State

Foreign

Total deferred

Total income tax expense (benefit)

Year ended December 31,

2016

2015

2014

$

$

(0.1) $
0.1

20.4

20.4

(15.1)
(3.0)
(13.5)
(31.6)
(11.2) $

0.6

2.5

14.5

17.6

(12.3)
1.7

3.2
(7.4)
10.2

$

$

(18.6)
5.4

17.0

3.8

(11.3)
(1.0)
(7.3)
(19.6)
(15.8)

103

 
 
The reconciliation between the US statutory tax rate and the Company’s effective tax rate is presented as 

follows:

(in millions)
US federal statutory income tax expense (benefit) applied
to income (loss) before income taxes

$

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

Foreign tax rate differential

Non-taxable interest income

Valuation allowance release on expired or utilized tax
attributes

Expiration of tax attributes

Foreign losses not benefited

Effect of flow-through entities

Non-deductible stock-based compensation

Non-deductible expense

Recognition of previously uncertain tax benefits

Adjustment to prior year tax due to changes in estimates

Change in statutory income tax rates

Deemed dividends from foreign subsidiaries

Non-deductible interest expense

Withholding and other taxes based on income

Foreign exchange rate remeasurement

Revaluation due to Section 987 tax law change

Other

Total income tax expense (benefit)

Year ended December 31,

2016

2015

2014

(27.8) $
(2.9)
(5.8)
(10.8)

9.3

$

3.3
(6.5)
(14.1)

(24.7)
4.4

8.0
(9.0)
1.7

3.4
(1.4)
0.3

2.7

1.4

2.6

0.5
(1.0)
45.0

(9.0)
8.1

7.5

4.2

3.5

3.5
(2.5)
1.6

1.1

0.6

0.5

0.5
(0.4)
—
(1.0)
10.2

$

(12.6)
1.8
(4.2)
(13.8)

(0.2)
0.2

21.7

3.6

0.3

2.9
(18.4)
0.2

0.4

0.4

1.1

0.9

0.7

—
(0.8)
(15.8)

2.2
(11.2) $

$

104

 
The consolidated deferred tax assets and liabilities are detailed as follows:

(in millions)
Deferred tax assets:

Net operating loss carryforwards

Environmental reserves

Interest

Tax credit and capital loss carryforwards

Pension

Flow-through entities

Stock options

Inventory

Other temporary differences

Gross deferred tax assets

Valuation allowance

Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

Deferred tax liabilities:

Property, plant and equipment, net

Intangible assets

Other temporary differences

Deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

The changes in the valuation allowance were as follows:

(in millions)
Beginning balance

Increase related to current foreign net operating losses

Decrease related to utilization of net operating loss carryforwards

Decrease related to expiration of tax attributes

Foreign currency

Decrease related to other items

Ending balance

December 31,

2016

2015

$

124.1

$

122.1

40.2

93.8

4.5

105.4

15.6

11.4

8.7

17.8
421.5
(167.9)
253.6

(165.2)
(85.3)
(2.1)
(252.6)
1.0

$

46.4

95.1

10.1

95.9

39.4

11.7

5.0

33.8
459.5
(193.0)
266.5

(179.0)
(138.1)
(3.9)
(321.0)
(54.5)

December 31,

2016

2015

193.0

$

5.3
(20.6)
(4.5)
(4.6)
(0.7)
167.9

$

204.1

9.2
(2.5)
(7.6)
(9.8)
(0.4)
193.0

$

$

$

As of December 31, 2016, the total remaining tax benefit of available federal, state and foreign net operating 
loss carryforwards recognized on the balance sheet amounted to $55.5 million (tax benefit of operating losses of 
$124.1 million reduced by a valuation allowance of $68.5 million). Total net operating losses at December 31, 
2016 and 2015 amounted to $415.1 million and $428.3 million, respectively. If not utilized, $92.7 million of the 
available loss carryforwards will expire between 2017 and 2021; subsequent to 2021, $127.8 million will expire. 
The remaining losses of $194.6 million have an unlimited life.

The U.S. federal and certain state net operating loss carryforwards are subject to limitations under Section 382 
of the Internal Revenue Code (“the Code”) and applicable state tax law. Under Section 382, the Company is required 
to track whether it experiences an ownership change within the meaning of Section 382 of the Code. Generally, 
an ownership change occurs if a loss corporation experiences a cumulative owner shift of more than 50% over a 

105

 
 
three year period. On August 18, 2016, Univar’s majority shareholder, Univar, N.V., sold a portion of its interest 
in Univar. This disposition by Univar, N.V., in combination with various ownership shifts occurring during the 
three year testing period (including Univar’s initial public offering on June 23, 2015) caused an ownership change 
within the meaning of Section 382. The ownership change subjects the Company's U.S. federal and certain state 
net operating loss carryforwards to an annual limitation. It has been determined that the annual Section 382 limitation 
is large enough that it should not limit the Company’s ability to offset future taxable income. Accordingly, the 
Company believes there is no impact on the consolidated financial statements. 

As the result of intercompany dividend payments from Canada to the US in prior years, the Company had 
unused carryforward foreign tax credits as of December 31, 2015 of $3.9 million. These unused foreign tax credits 
were subject to a ten-year carryforward life. As of December 31, 2016, all carryforward foreign tax credits have 
expired. 

Except as required under US tax law, the Company does not provide for US taxes on approximately $676.0 
million of cumulative undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries that have not been previously taxed since the 
Company  intends  to  invest  such  undistributed  earnings  indefinitely  outside  of  the  US.  Determination  of  the 
unrecognized deferred tax liability that would be incurred if such amounts were not indefinitely reinvested is not 
practicable.

The  changes  in  unrecognized  tax  benefits  included  in  other  long-term  liabilities,  excluding  interest  and 

penalties, are as follows:

(in millions)
Beginning balance

Increase for tax positions of prior years

Reductions due to the statute of limitations expiration

Foreign exchange

Ending balance

Year ended
December 31,

2016

2015

$

$

5.2

$

0.4
(1.3)
—

4.3

$

8.5

—
(2.3)
(1.0)
5.2

The  Company’s  unrecognized  tax  benefit  consists  largely  of  foreign  interest  expense  liabilities  as  of 
December 31, 2016. The Company believes that it is reasonably possible that approximately $1.5 million of its 
currently remaining unrecognized tax benefits may be recognized by the end of 2017 as a result of an audit or a 
lapse of the statute of limitations.

The Company has net $4.3 million and $5.2 million of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2016 and 
2015, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, 
would affect the effective tax rate for continuing and discontinued operations was $4.3 million. No remaining 
unrecognized tax benefits relate to tax positions for which ultimate deductibility is highly certain, but for which 
there is uncertainty as to the timing of such deductibility. Recognition of these tax benefits, if any, would not have 
an impact on the effective tax rate.

The total liability included in other long-term liabilities associated with the interest and penalties was $0.3 
million and $0.0 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company recorded $0.3 million, $(0.6) 
million and $0.1 million in interest expense related to unrecognized tax benefits in the consolidated statements of 
operations for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

The  Company  files  income  tax  returns  in  the  US  and  various  state  and  foreign  jurisdictions.  As  of 
December 31,  2016,  the  Company’s  tax  years  for  2013  through  2015  are  subject  to  examination  by  the  tax 
authorities. With limited exceptions or limitations on adjustment due to net operating loss carrybacks or utilization, 
as  of  December 31,  2016,  the  Company  generally  is  no  longer  subject  to  US  federal,  state,  local  or  foreign 
examinations by tax authorities for years before 2013.

106

 
In 2007, the outstanding shares of Univar N.V., the ultimate public company parent of the Univar group at 
that time, were acquired by investment funds advised by CVC. To facilitate the acquisition and leveraged financing 
of Univar N.V. by CVC, a restructuring of some of the companies in the Univar group, including its Canadian 
operating company, was completed (the “Restructuring”). In February 2013, the Canada Revenue Agency (“CRA”) 
issued a Notice of Assessment, asserting the General Anti-Avoidance Rule (“GAAR”) against the Company’s 
subsidiary Univar Holdco Canada ULC (“Univar Holdco”) for withholding tax of $29.4 million (Canadian), relating 
to this Restructuring. Univar Holdco appealed the assessment, and the matter was litigated in the Tax Court of 
Canada in June 2015. On June 22, 2016, the Tax Court of Canada issued its judgment in favor of the CRA. The 
Company strongly disagrees with the decision of the Tax Court of Canada and filed its appeal to the Canadian 
Federal Court of Appeal on June 30, 2016.  The Company filed its Memorandum of Fact and Law with the Canadian 
Court of Appeal on October 6, 2016 and the Respondent's Memorandum of Fact and Law was filed on November 
21, 2016. A $44.7 million (Canadian) Letter of Credit, covering the initial assessment of $29.4 million (Canadian) 
and interest of $15.3 million (Canadian), has been issued with respect to this assessment. The Letter of Credit 
amount was amended in December 2016 to $52.1 million (Canadian) to include $7.4 million (Canadian) in accrued 
interest. 

In  September  2014,  also  relating  to  the  Restructuring,  the  CRA  issued  the  2008  and  2009  Notice  of 
Reassessments for federal corporate income tax liabilities of $11.9 million (Canadian) and $11.0 million (Canadian), 
respectively, and a departure tax liability of $9.0 million (Canadian). Likewise, in April 2015, the Company’s 
subsidiary received the 2008 and 2009 Alberta Notice of Reassessments of $6.0 million (Canadian) and $5.8 million
(Canadian), respectively. These Reassessments reflect the additional tax liability and interest relating to those tax 
years should the CRA be successful in its assertion of the GAAR relating to the Restructuring described above.

In September 2016, the CRA notified the Company that it agreed to accept security on the above reassessed 
federal amounts in the form of a Letter of Credit and subsequently the Company requested that it refrain from 
further collection efforts related to this assessment until the outcome of the appeal of the GAAR matter is concluded. 
The CRA denied the Company's request, and the Company initiated a review of the matter at the Canada Federal 
Court in January 2017. The Company expects a decision on the matter in mid-2017.

At December 31, 2016, the total Canadian federal and provincial tax liability assessed related to these matters, 
inclusive of interest of $38.7 million (Canadian), is $111.8 million (Canadian).  The Company has not recorded 
any liabilities for these matters in its financial statements, as it believes it is more likely than not that the ruling 
will be reversed on appeal and the Company’s position will be sustained.

8. Employee benefit plans

Defined benefit pension plans

The Company sponsors defined benefit plans that provide pension benefits for employees upon retirement 

in certain jurisdictions including the US, Canada, United Kingdom and several other European countries.

On July 1, 2015, the defined benefit plan in Canada was amended, such that the remaining members accruing 
benefits under the defined benefit provisions ceased future accrual of credited service under the defined benefit 
provision. These members commenced participation under a defined contribution benefit plan for service as of 
July 1, 2015. Future salary increases will continue to be reflected in their legacy defined pension benefits for the 
foreseeable future.

The US, Canada and United Kingdom defined benefit pension plans are closed to new entrants. Benefits 
accrued by participants in the United Kingdom plan were frozen as of December 1, 2010. Benefits accrued by 
participants in the US plans were frozen as of December 31, 2009. These amendments to freeze benefits were made 
in conjunction with a benefit plan review which provides for enhanced benefits under defined contribution plans 
available to all employees in the United Kingdom and the US.

107

The following summarizes the Company’s defined benefit pension plans’ projected benefit obligations, plan 

assets and funded status:

(in millions)
Change in projected benefit
obligations:
Actuarial present value of benefit
obligations at beginning of year

Service cost

Interest cost

Benefits paid

Plan amendments

Settlement
Curtailment

Actuarial loss (gain)

Foreign exchange and other

Actuarial present value of benefit
obligations at end of year

Change in the fair value of plan
assets:
Plan assets at beginning of year

Actual return on plan assets

Contributions by employer

Benefits paid

Settlement

Foreign exchange and other

Plan assets at end of year

Funded status at end of year

Domestic

Year ended
December 31,

Foreign

Year ended
December 31,

Total

Year ended
December 31,

2016

2015

2016

2015

2016

2015

$

691.9

$

728.8

$

531.7

$

614.1

$ 1,223.6

$ 1,342.9

—

32.0

—

30.8

(32.1)

(30.1)

—

—
—

27.9

—

—

—
—

(37.6)

—

2.5

18.3
(23.9)
(1.6)
—
(1.3)
86.1
(56.3)

5.4

20.1
(29.6)
—
(19.0)
(2.6)
(5.1)
(51.6)

2.5

50.3
(56.0)
(1.6)
—
(1.3)
114.0
(56.3)

5.4

50.9
(59.7)
—
(19.0)
(2.6)
(42.7)
(51.6)

$

719.7

$

691.9

$

555.5

$

531.7

$ 1,275.2

$ 1,223.6

$

497.6

$

522.1

$

481.5

$

40.1

3.5

(32.1)

—

—

(13.9)

19.5

(30.1)

—

—

509.1

497.6

$ (210.6) $ (194.3) $

66.3

28.1
(23.9)
—
(57.7)
494.3
(61.2) $

$

12.6

979.1

516.6

106.4

$ 1,038.7
(1.3)
59.6
40.1
(59.7)
(29.6)
(17.6)
(17.6)
(40.6)
(40.6)
481.5
979.1
(50.2) $ (271.8) $ (244.5)

31.6
(56.0)
—
(57.7)
1,003.4

Net amounts related to the Company’s defined benefit pension plans recognized in the consolidated 

balance sheets consist of:

(in millions)
Overfunded net benefit obligation in
other assets

Current portion of net benefit
obligation in other accrued expenses

Domestic

December 31,

Foreign

December 31,

Total

December 31,

2016

2015

2016

2015

2016

2015

$

— $

— $

— $

9.5

$

— $

9.5

(3.6)

(3.3)

(1.9)

(1.9)

(5.5)

(5.2)

Long-term portion of net benefit
obligation in pension and other
postretirement benefit liabilities
Net liability recognized at end of year $ (210.6) $ (194.3) $

(191.0)

(207.0)

(59.3)
(61.2) $

(248.8)
(266.3)
(57.8)
(50.2) $ (271.8) $ (244.5)

108

 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes defined benefit pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in 

excess of plan assets:

Domestic

December 31,

Foreign

December 31,

Total

December 31,

(in millions)
Accumulated benefit obligation

Fair value of plan assets

$

2016
719.7

509.1

$

2015
691.9

497.6

$

2016
412.5

379.5

$

2015

71.4

36.3

2016
$ 1,132.2

$

888.6

2015
763.3

533.9

The following table summarizes defined benefit pension plans with projected benefit obligations in excess 

of plan assets:

Domestic

December 31,

Foreign

December 31,

Total

December 31,

(in millions)
Projected benefit obligation

Fair value of plan assets

$

2016
719.7

509.1

$

2015
691.9

497.6

$

2016
555.5

494.3

$

2015
207.7

148.0

2016
$ 1,275.2

1,003.4

$

2015
899.6

645.6

The total accumulated benefit obligation for domestic defined benefit pension plans as of December 31, 2016
and 2015 was $719.7 million and $691.9 million, respectively, and for foreign defined benefit pension benefit 
plans as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $524.4 million and $505.2 million, respectively.

The  following  table  summarizes  the  components  of  net  periodic  benefit  cost  (credit)  recognized  in  the 

consolidated statements of operations related to defined benefit pension plans:

Domestic

Foreign

Total

Year ended December 31,

Year ended December 31,

Year ended December 31,

2016

2015

2014

2016

2015

2014

2016

2015

2014

$ — $ — $ — $

2.5

$

5.4

$

7.0

$

2.5

$

5.4

$

32.0

30.8

31.6

18.3

20.1

23.2

50.3

50.9

(32.5)

(35.8)

(32.1)

(28.7)

—

—

—

—

12.1

84.3

—

20.3

(1.3)

48.5

(30.2)
(1.4)
(2.6)
12.5

(28.1)
—

—

35.2

(61.2)
—
(1.3)
68.8

(66.0)
(1.4)
(2.6)
24.6

7.0

54.8

(60.2)
—

—

119.5

$

19.8

$

7.1

$

83.8

$

39.3

$

3.8

$

37.3

$

59.1

$

10.9

$ 121.1

(in millions)
Service cost

Interest cost

Expected
return on
plan assets
Settlement(1)
Curtailment(1)
Actuarial loss
Net periodic
benefit cost

(1) 

The settlement and curtailment gains are a result of the restructuring activities in the EMEA segment.

The  following  summarizes  pre-tax  amounts  included  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  at 

December 31, 2016 related to pension plan amendments: 

(in millions)
Net prior service credit

Defined benefit
pension plans

$

1.6

109

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the amounts in accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31, 
2016 that are expected to be amortized as components of net periodic benefit credit during the next fiscal year 
related to pension amendments:

(in millions)
Prior service credit

Other postretirement benefit plan

Defined benefit
pension plans

$

0.2

Other  postretirement  benefits  relate  to  a  health  care  plan  for  retired  employees  in  the  US.  In  2009,  the 
Company approved a plan to phase out the benefits provided under this plan by 2020. As a result of this change, 
the benefit obligation was reduced by $76.8 million and a curtailment gain of $73.1 million was recognized in 
accumulated other comprehensive loss and was being amortized to the consolidated statements of operations over 
the average future service period, which is fully amortized as of December 31, 2016.

The following summarizes the Company’s other postretirement benefit plan’s accumulated postretirement 

benefit obligation, plan assets and funded status:

(in millions)
Change in accumulated postretirement benefit obligations:
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations at beginning of year

Service cost

Interest cost

Contributions by participants

Benefits paid

Actuarial gain

Actuarial present value of benefit obligations at end of year
Change in the fair value of plan assets:
Plan assets at beginning of year

Contributions by employer

Contributions by participants
Benefits paid

Plan assets at end of year

Funded status at end of year

Other postretirement
benefits

Year ended December 31,

2016

2015

$

$

$

$

3.4

—

0.1

0.3
(0.8)
(0.2)
2.8

$

$

— $

0.5

0.3
(0.8)
—
(2.8) $

6.7

0.1

0.2

0.5
(0.6)
(3.5)
3.4

—

0.1

0.5
(0.6)
—
(3.4)

Net amounts related to the Company’s other postretirement benefit plan recognized in the consolidated balance 
sheets consist of: 

(in millions)
Current portion of net benefit obligation in other accrued expenses

Long-term portion of net benefit obligation in pension and other
postretirement benefit liabilities
Net liability recognized at end of year

110

Other postretirement
benefits

December 31,

2016

2015

$

$

(0.5) $

(2.3)
(2.8) $

(0.4)

(3.0)
(3.4)

 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the components of net periodic benefit credit recognized in the consolidated 

statements of operations related to other postretirement benefit plans: 

(in millions)
Service cost

Interest cost

Amortization of unrecognized prior service credits

Actuarial gain

Net periodic benefit credit

$

$

Other postretirement
benefits

Year ended December 31,

2016

2015

2014

— $

(0.1)
4.5

0.2

4.6

(0.1) $
(0.2)
11.9

3.5

$

15.1

$

(0.1)
(0.4)
11.9

1.7

13.1

The following summarizes pre-tax amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive loss related to 

other postretirement benefit plans: 

(in millions)
Net prior service credit

Actuarial assumptions

Defined benefit pension plans

Other postretirement
benefits

December 31,      

2016

2015

$

— $

4.5

The significant weighted average actuarial assumptions used in determining the benefit obligations and net 

periodic benefit cost (credit) for the Company’s defined benefit plans are as follows:

Actuarial assumptions used to determine
benefit obligations at end of period:

Discount rate

Expected annual rate of compensation
increase

Domestic

December 31,

Foreign

December 31,

2016

2015

2016

2015

4.39%

4.74%

N/A

N/A

2.84%

2.87%

4.25%

2.86%

Actuarial assumptions used to
determine net periodic benefit cost
(credit) for the period:

Discount rate

Expected rate of return on plan
assets

Expected annual rate of
compensation increase

Domestic

Foreign

Year ended December 31,

Year ended December 31,

2016

2015

2014

2016

2015

2014

4.74%

4.31%

5.25%

3.65%

3.51%

4.29%

7.50%

7.50%

7.50%

6.18%

6.07%

6.06%

N/A

N/A

N/A

2.86%

2.80%

2.82%

111

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rates are used to measure benefit obligations and the interest cost component of net periodic benefit 
cost (credit). The Company selects its discount rates based on the consideration of equivalent yields on high-quality 
fixed income investments at each measurement date. Discount rates are based on a benefit cash flow-matching 
approach and represent the rates at which the Company’s benefit obligations could effectively be settled as of the 
measurement date.

For domestic defined benefit plans, the discount rates are based on a hypothetical bond portfolio approach. 
The hypothetical bond portfolio is constructed to comprise AA-rated corporate bonds whose cash flow from coupons 
and maturities match the expected future plan benefit payments.

The discount rate for the foreign defined benefit plans are based on a yield curve approach. For plans in 
countries with a sufficient corporate bond market, the expected future benefit payments are matched with a yield 
curve derived from AA-rated corporate bonds, subject to minimum amounts outstanding and meeting other selection 
criteria. For plans in countries without a sufficient corporate bond market, the yield curve is constructed based on 
prevailing government yields and an estimated credit spread to reflect a corporate risk premium.

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets reflects management’s expectations on long-term average 
rates of return on funds invested to provide for benefits included in the benefit obligations. The long-term rate of 
return assumptions are based on the outlook for equity and fixed income returns, with consideration of historical 
returns,  asset  allocations,  investment  strategies  and  premiums  for  active  management  when  appropriate. 
Assumptions reflect the expected rates of return at the beginning of the year.

The  Company  adopted  new  US  mortality  tables  in  the  year  ended  December 31,  2014  for  purposes  of 
determining the Company’s mortality assumption used in the US defined benefit plans’ liability calculation. The 
new assumptions considered the Society of Actuary’s recent mortality experience study and reflect a version of 
the  table  and  future  improvements  produced.  The  updated  mortality  assumption  resulted  in  an  increase  of 
approximately $32.0 million or 4.5% to the benefit obligation as of December 31, 2014 after reflecting the discount 
rate change.

Other postretirement benefit plan

For  the  other  postretirement  benefit  plan,  the  discount  rate  used  to  determine  the  benefit  obligation  at 
December 31, 2016 and 2015 was 4.37% and 4.54%, respectively. The discount rate used to determine net periodic 
benefit credit for the year ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was 4.54%, 3.80% and 4.02%, respectively. 
Health care cost increases did not have a significant impact on the Company’s postretirement benefit obligations 
in the years presented as a result of the 2009 plan to phase out the health care benefits provided under the US plan.

Plan assets

Plan assets for defined benefit plans are invested in global equity and debt securities through professional 
investment managers with the objective to achieve targeted risk adjusted returns and to maintain liquidity sufficient 
to fund current benefit payments. Each funded defined benefit plan has an investment policy that is administered 
by plan trustees with the objective of meeting targeted asset allocations based on the circumstances of that particular 
plan. The investment strategy followed by the Company varies by country depending on the circumstances of the 
underlying plan. Less mature plan benefit obligations are funded by using more equity securities as they are expected 
to achieve long-term growth while exceeding inflation. More mature plan benefit obligations are funded using a 
higher allocation of fixed income securities as they are expected to produce current income with limited volatility. 
The Company  has  adopted  a  dynamic  investment  strategy  whereby  as  the  plan  funded  status  improves,  the 
investment  strategy  is  migrated  to  more  liability  matching  assets,  and  return  seeking  assets  are  reduced.  Risk 
management practices include the use of multiple asset classes for diversification purposes. Specific guidelines 
for each asset class and investment manager are implemented and monitored.

112

The weighted average target asset allocation for defined benefit pension plans in the year ended December 31, 

2016 is as follows:

Asset category:

Equity securities

Debt securities

Other

Total

Domestic

Foreign

50.0%

45.0%

5.0%

100.0%

35.9%

52.9%

11.2%

100.0%

Plan asset valuation methodologies are described below:

Fair value methodology
Cash

Description
This represents cash at banks. The amount of cash in the bank account represents the fair 
value.

Investment funds

Values are based on the net asset value of the units held at year end. The net asset values 
are based on the fair value of the underlying assets of the funds, minus their liabilities, 
and then divided by the number of units outstanding at the valuation date. The funds are 
traded on private markets that are not active; however, the unit price is based primarily 
on observable market data of the fund’s underlying assets.

Insurance contracts

The fair value is based on the present value of the accrued benefit.

Domestic defined benefit plan assets

The Company classified its domestic plan assets according to the fair value hierarchy described in “Note 2: 
Significant accounting policies.” The following summarizes the fair value of domestic plan assets by asset category 
and level within the fair value hierarchy.

(in millions)
Cash
Investments funds(1)
Total

December 31, 2016

Total

Level 1

Level 2

$

$

2.4

506.7

509.1

$

$

2.4

—

2.4

$

$

—

506.7

506.7

(1) 

This category includes investments in 30.0% in US equities, 20.0% in non-US equities, 44.9% in US corporate bonds and 5.1% in 
other investments.

(in millions)
Cash
Investments funds(1)
Total

December 31, 2015

Total

Level 1

Level 2

$

$

2.3

495.3

497.6

$

$

2.3

—

2.3

$

$

—

495.3

495.3

(1) 

This category includes investments in 30.3% in US equities, 19.6% in non-US equities, 45.1% in US corporate bonds and 5.0% in 
other investments.

113

 
 
 
Foreign defined benefit plan assets

The Company classified its foreign plan assets according to the fair value hierarchy described in “Note 2: 
Significant accounting policies.” The following summarizes the fair value of foreign plan assets by asset category 
and level within the fair value hierarchy:

(in millions)
Cash

Investments:

Investment funds(1)
Insurance contracts

Total investments

Total

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

December 31, 2016

$

4.6

$

4.6

$

— $

474.1

15.6

489.7

—

—

—

474.1

—

474.1

$

494.3

$

4.6

$

474.1

$

—

—

15.6

15.6

15.6

(1) 

This category includes investments in 8.4% in US equities, 30.2% in non-US equities, 2.8% in US corporate bonds, 24.0% in non-
US corporate bonds, 0.3% in US government bonds, 25.9% in non-US government bonds and 8.4% in other investments.

The following table presents changes in the foreign plan assets valued using significant unobservable inputs 

(Level 3):

(in millions)
Balance at January 1, 2016

Actual return to plan assets:

Related to assets still held at year end

Purchases, sales and settlements, net

Foreign exchange

Balance at December 31, 2016

Insurance
contracts

13.8

2.2

0.1
(0.5)
15.6

$

$

The following summarizes the fair value of foreign plan assets by asset category and level within the fair 

value hierarchy:

(in millions)
Cash
Investments:

Investment funds(1)
Insurance contracts

Total investments

Total

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

December 31, 2015

$

7.6

$

7.6

$

— $

460.1

13.8

473.9

—

—

—

460.1

—

460.1

$

481.5

$

7.6

$

460.1

$

—

—

13.8

13.8

13.8

(1) 

This category includes investments in 11.6% in US equities, 29.7% in non-US equities, 4.1% in US corporate bonds, 24.2% in non-
US corporate bonds, 0.3% in US government bonds, 17.7% in non-US government bonds and 12.4% in other investments.

114

 
 
 
The following table presents changes in the foreign plan assets valued using significant unobservable inputs 

(Level 3):

(in millions)
Balance at January 1, 2015

Actual return on plan assets:

Related to assets still held at year end

Purchases, sales and settlements, net

Foreign exchange

Balance at December 31, 2015

Contributions

Insurance
contracts

14.8

0.6
(0.1)
(1.5)
13.8

$

$

The Company expects to contribute approximately $8.4 million and $22.7 million to its domestic and foreign 
defined benefit pension plan funds in 2017, respectively, including direct payments to plan participants in unfunded 
plans. The Company does not plan on making any discretionary contributions in 2017. In many countries, local 
pension protection laws have been put in place, which have introduced minimum funding requirements for qualified 
pension plans. As a result, the Company’s required funding of contributions to its pension plans may vary in the 
future.

Benefit payments

The following table shows benefit payments that are projected to be paid from plan assets in each of the next 

five years and in aggregate for five years thereafter:

(in millions)
2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022 through 2026

Defined contribution plans

Defined benefit pension plans

Domestic

Foreign

Total

Other
postretirement
benefits

$

$

34.7

36.1

37.6

38.8

40.0

215.7

$

15.5

16.1

18.9

17.6

18.9

108.2

$

50.2

52.2

56.5

56.4

58.9

323.9

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.1

0.1

0.3

The Company provides defined contribution plans to assist eligible employees in providing for retirement 
or other future needs. Under such plans, company contribution expense amounted to $33.4 million, $31.4 million
and $30.8 million in the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Multi-employer plans

The Company has 18 union bargaining agreements in the US that stipulate contributions to one of three union 
pension trusts. These bargaining agreements are generally negotiated on three-year cycles and cover employees 
in driver and material handler positions at 16 represented locations.

The  risks  of  participating  in  these  multi-employer  plans  are  different  from  single-employer  plans  in  the 

following aspects:

•  Assets contributed to the multi-employer plan by the Company may be used to provide benefits to 

employees of other participating employers.

115

 
• 

• 

If the Company stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by 
the remaining participating employers.

If the Company chooses to stop participating in some of its multi-employer plans, it may be required 
to pay those plans an amount based on the underfunded status of the plan, referred to as a withdrawal 
liability.

The Company’s participation in these plans for the annual period ended December 31, 2016 is outlined in 
the table below. The “EIN/Pension Plan Number” column provides the Employee Identification Number (EIN) 
and the three-digit plan number. Unless otherwise noted, the most recent Pension Protection Act (PPA) zone status 
available in 2016 and 2015 is for the plan’s year end at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. 
The zone status is based on information that the Company received from the plan and is certified by the plan’s 
actuary. Among other factors, plans in the “red zone” are less than 65 percent funded, plans in the “yellow zone” 
are less than 80 percent funded and plans in the “green zone” are at least 80 percent funded. The “FIP/RP Status 
Pending/Implemented” column indicates plans for which a financial improvement plan (FIP) or a rehabilitation 
plan (RP) is either pending or has been implemented. The last column lists the expiration dates of the collective-
bargaining agreement(s) to which the plans are subject. There are no minimum contributions required for future 
periods by the collective-bargaining agreements, statutory obligations or other contractual obligations.

Pension fund
Western
Conference of
Teamsters
Pension Plan

Central States,
Southeast and
Southwest
Areas Pension
Plan

New England
Teamsters and
Trucking
Industry
Pension Fund

PPA zone status

2016

2015

FIP/RP
status
pending/
implemented

Contributions(1)

Year ended
December 31,

2016

2015

2014

Surcharge
imposed

Green

Green

No

$ 1.7

$ 1.4

$ 1.4

No

EIN/
Pension
plan 
number

91-61450
47/001

36-60442
43/001

Red as of 
January 
1, 2015

Red as of
January 1,
2014

4/1/6372
430

Red as of 
October 
1, 2014

Red as of
October 1,
2014

Implemented

1.1

1.1

1.1

No

Implemented

0.1

0.1

0.1

No

Total
contributions:

$ 2.9

$ 2.6

$ 2.6

Expiration
dates of
collective
bargaining
agreement
(s)

April 30, 
2017 to
July 31, 
2019

January 31, 
2017
to
October 
31, 2019

June 30,
2017

(1) 

The plan contributions by the Company did not represent more than five percent of total contributions to the plans as indicated in the 
plans’ most recently available annual report.

9. Stock-based compensation

In June 2015, the Company replaced and succeeded the Univar Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2011 
Plan”) with the Univar Inc. 2015 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”). The 2011 Plan will have no 
further awards granted and any available reserves under the 2011 Plan were terminated and not transferred to the 
2015 Plan. There were no changes to the outstanding awards related to the 2011 Plan.

The 2015 Plan allows the Company to issue awards to employees, consultants, and directors of the Company 
and its subsidiaries. Awards may be made in the form of stock options, stock purchase rights, restricted stock, 
restricted  stock  units,  performance  shares,  performance  units,  stock  appreciation  rights,  dividend  equivalents, 
deferred share units or other stock-based awards.

116

 
As of December 31, 2016, under the 2011 Plan there were 3.4 million shares authorized related to outstanding 

stock options and under the 2015 plan there were 3.8 million shares authorized.

For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, the Company recognized total stock-
based compensation expense within other operating expenses, net of $10.4 million, $7.5 million and $12.1 million, 
and a net tax expense (benefit) relating to stock-based compensation expense of $0.1 million, $(2.6) million and 
$(4.2) million.

Stock options

Stock options granted under the 2011 and 2015 Plans expire ten years after the grant date and generally 
become exercisable over a four-year period or less, based on continued employment, with annual vesting. The 
exercise price of a stock option is determined at the time of each grant and in no case will the exercise price be 
less than the fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. Participants have no stockholder 
rights until the time of exercise. The Company will issue new shares upon exercise of stock options granted under 
the Plan. 

The following reflects stock option activity under the 2011 and 2015 Plans:

Outstanding at January 1, 2016

Granted

Exercised

Forfeited

Outstanding at December 31, 2016

Exercisable at December 31, 2016
Expected to vest after December 31, 2016(1)

Number of
stock
options
5,088,026

Weighted-
average
exercise price
19.81
$

—

(891,715)

(561,578)

3,634,733

2,902,260

659,226

—

18.99

19.65

20.03

19.92

20.47

Weighted-
average
remaining
contractual
term (in years)

Aggregate
intrinsic value
(in millions)

$

4.1

7.7

24.5

5.2

(1) 

The expected to vest stock options are the result of applying the pre-vesting forfeiture rate assumptions to nonvested stock options 
outstanding.

As of December 31, 2016, the Company has unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to 
nonvested stock options of approximately $1.3 million, which will be recognized over a weighted-average period 
of 1.1 years.

Restricted stock

Non-vested restricted stock primarily relates to awards for members of the Company’s Board of Directors 
which vest over 12 months. The price of restricted stock is determined at the time of each grant and in no case will 
be less than the fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. Nonvested shares of restricted 
stock may not be sold or transferred and are subject to forfeiture until vesting. Both vested and nonvested shares 
of  restricted  stock  are  included  in  the  Company’s  shares  outstanding.  Dividend  equivalents  are  available  for 
nonvested shares of restricted stock if dividends are declared by the Company during the vesting period.

117

 
The following table reflects restricted stock activity under the 2015 Plan:

Nonvested at January 1, 2016

Granted

Vested

Forfeited

Nonvested at December 31, 2016

Restricted
stock

237,219

$

78,145
(68,904)
(160,263)
86,197

Weighted
average
grant-date
fair value

21.83

18.15

23.82

21.02

18.43

As of December 31, 2016, the Company has unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to 
nonvested restricted stock awards of approximately $0.7 million, which will be recognized over a weighted-average 
period of 0.4 years.

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of restricted stock was $27.00 and $18.54 in 2015 and 2014, 

respectively.

Restricted stock units (RSUs)

RSUs awarded to employees generally vest in three or four equal annual installments, subject to continued 
employment. Each RSU converts into one share of Univar common stock on the applicable vesting date. RSUs 
may not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred until they vest and are subject to forfeiture. The grant date fair 
value is based on the market price of Univar stock on that date.

The Company also awarded RSUs to the Chief Executive Officer that include both a time-based vesting 
condition and a performance-based vesting condition. The RSUs that only consist of time-based vesting condition 
vest over 12 months with monthly vesting. The RSUs that consists of both performance and time-based vesting 
condition are based on two different tranches. The number of units that vest in the first tranche depends on the 
Company's closing stock price of $25 or higher for twenty consecutive trading days during a three year period and 
continued employment for a year after the grant date. As for the second tranche, the number of units that vest 
depends on the Company's closing stock price of $30 or higher for twenty consecutive trading days during a four
year period and continued employment for a year after the grant date. Only vested shares of RSUs are included in 
the Company’s shares outstanding.

The following table reflects RSUs activity under the 2015 Plans:

Nonvested at January 1, 2016

Granted

Vested

Forfeited

Nonvested at December 31, 2016

Number of
Restricted Stock 
Unit

Weighted-
average
grant-date fair 
value

— $

1,380,802
(72,915)
(298,000)
1,009,887

—

13.35

18.66

12.88

13.10

As of December 31, 2016, the Company has unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to 
nonvested RSUs awards of approximately $5.0 million, which will be recognized over a weighted-average period 
of 1.1 years.

118

Employee stock purchase plan

During November 2016, our Board of Directors approved the Univar Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or 
ESPP, authorizing the issuances of up to 2.0 million shares of the Company's common stock effective January 1, 
2017. The ESPP allows qualified participants to purchase the Company's common stock at 95% of its market price 
during the last day of two offering periods in each calendar year. The first offering period is January through June, 
and the second from July through December. Our stock purchase plan is designed to attract and retain employees 
while also aligning employees’ interests with the interests of our stockholders.

Stock-based compensation fair value assumptions

The fair value of the Company’s common stock was used to establish the exercise price of stock options 
granted, grant date fair value of restricted stock and RSUs awards and as an input in the valuation of stock option 
awards and performance-based RSUs at each grant date. Prior to the Company’s June 2015 IPO, as discussed in 
Note 1, the Company obtained contemporaneous quarterly valuations performed by an unrelated valuation specialist 
in support of each award. The fair value of the Company’s common stock was determined utilizing both income 
and market approaches, discounted for the lack of marketability. A discounted cash flow analysis was used to 
estimate  fair  value  under  the  income  approach. The  market  approach  consisted  of  an  analysis  of  multiples  of 
comparable companies whose securities are traded publicly as well as other indicated market values of the Company 
by third parties. After the IPO, the fair value of the Company’s stock that is factored into the fair value of stock 
options and utilized for restricted stock and RSUs is based on the grant date closing price on the New York Stock 
Exchange.

The Monte Carlo simulation was used to calculate the fair value of performance-based RSUs. The length of 
each performance period was used as the expected term in the simulation for each respective tranche. The weighted 
average grant-date fair value of performance-based RSUs was $10.49 for the year ended December 31, 2016. The 
weighted-average assumptions under the Monte Carlo simulation model were as follows:

Risk-free interest rate(1)
Expected dividend yield(2)
Expected volatility(3)

Year ended
December 31, 2016
1.0%

—

45.0%

(1) 
(2) 
(3) 

The risk-free interest rate is based on the US Treasury yield for a period in years over which performance condition is satisfied.
The Company currently has no expectation of paying cash dividends on its common stock.
As the Company does not have sufficient historical volatility data, the expected volatility is based on the average historical data of 
a peer group of public companies over a period equal to the expected term of the performance-based RSUs.

The Black-Scholes-Merton option valuation model was used to calculate the fair value of stock options. The 
weighted average grant-date fair value of stock options was $6.78 and $7.21 for the years ended December 31, 
2015  and  2014,  respectively.   The  weighted  average  grant-date  fair  value  is  not  provided  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2016, as there were no stock options granted during the period. The weighted-average assumptions 
used under the Black-Scholes-Merton option valuation model were as follows:

119

 
Risk-free interest rate(1)
Expected dividend yield(2)
Expected volatility(3)
Expected term (years)(4)

Year ended December 31,

2015

2014

1.7%

—

28.3%

6.2

1.8%

—

34.5%

6.0

(1) 

(2) 
(3) 

(4) 

The risk-free interest rate is based on the US Treasury yield for a term consistent with the expected term of the stock options at the 
time of grant.
The Company currently has no expectation of paying cash dividends on its common stock.
As the Company does not have sufficient historical volatility data, the expected volatility is based on the average historical data of 
a peer group of public companies over a period equal to the expected term of the stock options.
As the Company does not have sufficient historical exercise data under the 2011 and 2015 Plans, the expected term is based on the 
average of the vesting period of each tranche and the original contract term of 10 years.

Additional stock-based compensation information

The following table provides additional stock-based compensation information:

(in millions)
Total intrinsic value of stock options exercised

Fair value of restricted stock and RSUs vested

10. Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Year ended December 31,

2016

2015

2014

$

$

4.0

2.7

$

0.4

2.9

1.1

3.0

The following table presents the changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss by component, net of 

tax.

(in millions)
Balance as of December 31, 2014

Other comprehensive loss before
reclassifications

$

Losses on
cash flow
hedges

Defined
benefit
pension items
10.3

Currency
translation
items

Total

$

(214.8) $

(208.2)

(3.7) $

(3.0)

—

(212.6)

(215.6)

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other
comprehensive loss

Net current period other comprehensive income
(loss)

6.7

3.7

Balance as of December 31, 2015

$

— $

Other comprehensive income before
reclassifications

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other
comprehensive loss

Net current period other comprehensive (loss)
income

—

—

—

Balance as of December 31, 2016

$

— $

(7.3)

—

(0.6)

(7.3)
3.0

$

(212.6)
(427.4) $

(216.2)
(424.4)

1.2

(3.0)

36.3

—

37.5

(3.0)

(1.8)
1.2

$

36.3
(391.1) $

34.5
(389.9)

120

 
 
 
 
The following is a summary of the amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss to 

Year ended
December 31,
2016(1)

Year ended
December 31,
2015(1)

Location of impact on
statement of operations

net income (loss).

(in millions)
Amortization of defined benefit
pension items:

Prior service credits
Tax expense

Net of tax

Cash flow hedges:

$

(4.5) $
1.5

(3.0)

Interest rate swap contracts

Interest rate swap contracts – loss
due to discontinuance of hedge
accounting

Tax benefit

Net of tax

—

—
—

—

Total reclassifications for the period

$

(3.0) $

(11.9) Warehousing, selling and administrative

4.6

Income tax expense (benefit)

(7.3)

3.1

Interest expense

7.5 Other (expense) income, net
(3.9)
Income tax expense (benefit)

6.7
(0.6)

(1) 

Amounts in parentheses indicate credits to net income in the consolidated statement of operations.

Refer to “Note 8: Employee benefit plans” for additional information regarding the amortization of defined 
benefit pension items, “Note 17: Derivatives” for cash flow hedging activity and “Note 2: Significant accounting 
policies” for foreign currency gains and losses relating to intercompany borrowings of a long-term nature that are 
reflected in currency translation items.

11. Property, plant and equipment, net

Property, plant and equipment, net consisted of the following:

(in millions)

Land and buildings

Tank farms

Machinery, equipment and other
Less: Accumulated depreciation

Subtotal

Work in progress

Property, plant and equipment, net(1)

December 31,

2016

2015

$

781.1

$

272.5

747.6
(811.5)
989.7

29.8

778.0

239.9

716.1
(723.5)
1,010.5

72.0

$

1,019.5

$

1,082.5

(1)  

As of December 31, 2016, property, plant and equipment amounts are net of impairment losses of $16.5 million. Refer to "Note 
13: Impairment charges" for further information. 

121

 
 
Included within property, plant and equipment, net are assets related to capital leases where the Company 

is the lessee. The below table summarizes the cost and accumulated depreciation related to these assets:

(in millions)
Capital lease assets, at cost

Less: accumulated depreciation

Capital lease assets, net

December 31,

2016

2015

$

$

76.5
(14.5)
62.0

$

$

63.5
(7.5)
56.0

Capitalized interest on capital projects was $0.2 million, $0.9 million and $0.5 million in the years ended 

December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

12. Goodwill and intangible assets

Goodwill

The following is a summary of the activity in goodwill by segment.

(in millions)
Balance, January 1, 2015

Additions

Purchase price adjustments

Foreign exchange

Balance, December 31, 2015

Additions

Purchase price adjustments

Foreign exchange

USA
1,254.0

$

Canada

EMEA

Rest of
World

$

488.7

$

— $

24.9

$

52.1

—

—

1,306.1

17.7

1.4

—

10.9

—
(78.9)
420.7

5.2

—

12.5

2.2

—
(0.1)
2.1

—
(0.9)
(0.1)
1.1

Total
1,767.6

65.2
(0.6)
(87.1)
1,745.1

22.9

0.5

15.9

—
(0.6)
(8.1)
16.2

—

—

3.5

Balance, December 31, 2016

$

1,325.2

$

438.4

$

$

19.7

$

1,784.4

Additions to goodwill in 2016 related to the acquisition of Bodine Services and Nexus Ag. Additions to 
goodwill in 2015 related to various acquisitions. The purchase price adjustments in 2016 relate to the Weavertown 
Environmental Group and Arrow Chemical acquisitions. Refer to “Note 18: Business Combinations” for further 
information. Accumulated impairment losses on goodwill were $296.6 million at January 1, 2015. Accumulated 
impairment  losses  on  goodwill  were  $246.3  million  and  $261.4  million  at  December 31,  2016  and  2015, 
respectively.

As of October 1, 2016, the Company performed its annual impairment review and concluded the fair value 
exceeded the carrying value for all reporting units with goodwill balances. There were no events or circumstances 
from the date of the assessment through December 31, 2016 that would affect this conclusion.

Determining the fair value of a reporting unit requires judgment and involves the use of significant estimates 
and assumptions by management. The Company can provide no assurance that a material impairment charge will 
not occur in a future period. The Company’s estimates of future cash flows may differ from actual cash flows that 
are subsequently realized due to many factors, including future worldwide economic conditions and the expected 
benefits of the Company’s initiatives. Any of these potential factors, or other unexpected factors, may cause the 
Company to re-evaluate the carrying value of goodwill.

122

Intangible assets, net

The  gross  carrying  amounts  and  accumulated  amortization  of  the  Company’s  intangible  assets  were  as 

follows:

(in millions)
Intangible assets (subject to
amortization):

December 31, 2016

December 31, 2015

Gross

Accumulated
amortization

Net

Gross

Accumulated
amortization

Net

Customer relationships(1) $
Other(2)

826.2

178.2

Total intangible assets

$ 1,004.4

$

$

(514.3) $

311.9

$

(150.9)

27.3

930.1

170.5

(665.2) $

339.2

$ 1,100.6

$

$

(446.6) $
(135.1)
(581.7) $

483.5

35.4

518.9

(1) 

(2) 

Net of impairment losses of $110.2 million recorded during the year ended December 31, 2016. Refer to "Note 13: Impairment 
charges" for further information.
Net of impairment losses of $3.5 million recorded during the year ended December 31, 2016. Refer to "Note 13: Impairment charges" 
for further information. 

Other intangible assets consist of intellectual property trademarks, trade names, producer relationships and 

contracts, non-compete agreements and exclusive distribution rights.

The estimated annual amortization expense in each of the next five years is as follows:

(in millions)
2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

$

56.4

49.3

44.2

40.2

31.9

13. Impairment charges

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company revised its business operating plan for servicing 
upstream oil and gas customers in its USA operating segment. In light of the current prolonged drop in oil prices, 
and consequential decrease in demand for certain products including high-value specialized blended products used 
in hydraulic fracking operations, the Company has narrowed its product line and service offering by curtailing 
certain highly specialized products and services that were being produced and sold to oil and gas customers. As a 
result,  the  Company  has  ceased  operations  at  three  production  facilities. The  Company  determined  that  these 
decisions have resulted in a triggering event with respect to long lived assets in an asset group, resulting in the 
assessment of recoverability of these long lived assets.  The Company performed step one of the impairment test 
and determined the carrying amount of the asset group exceeded the sum of the expected undiscounted future cash 
flows. Thus, the Company proceeded to step two of the impairment test where it was required to determine the 
fair value of the asset group and recognize an impairment loss if the carrying value exceeded the fair value. As a 
result of the impairment test, the Company recorded a non-cash, long-lived asset impairment charge of $113.7 
million related to intangible assets and $16.5 million related to property, plant and equipment within its consolidated 
statements of operations. The Company also recorded a non-cash, long-lived asset impairment charge of $0.3 
million related to assets held-for-sale.

The fair value of the asset group was determined using an income approach, which was comprised of multiple 
significant  unobservable  inputs  including:  (1)  the  estimate  of  future  cash  flows;  (2)  the  amount  of  capital 
expenditures required to maintain the existing cash flows; and (3) a terminal period growth rate equal to the expected 

123

 
 
rate of inflation. Accordingly, estimated fair value of the asset group is considered to be a Level 3 measurement 
in the fair value hierarchy.      

In addition to the charges discussed above, the Company also impaired $3.4 million of inventory deemed to 

be unsaleable in connection with the facility closures.

14. Other accrued expenses

Other accrued expenses that were greater than five percent of total current liabilities consisted of customer 
prepayments  and  deposits,  which  were  $84.6  million  and  $60.1  million  as  of  December 31,  2016  and  2015, 
respectively. 

15. Debt

Short-term financing

Short-term financing consisted of the following:

(in millions)
Amounts drawn under credit facilities

Bank overdrafts

Total

December 31,

2016

2015

$

$

12.1

13.2

25.3

$

$

13.4

20.1

33.5

The weighted average interest rate on short-term financing was 2.1% and 2.4% as of December 31, 2016

and 2015, respectively.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had $175.3 million and $172.4 million, respectively, in 

outstanding letters of credit and guarantees.

124

 
Long-term debt

Long-term debt consisted of the following:

(in millions)
Senior Term Loan Facilities:

December 31,

2016

2015

Term B Loan due 2022, variable interest rate of 4.25% at December 31, 2016 and
December 31, 2015

$ 2,024.4

$ 2,044.9

Euro Tranche Term Loan due 2022, variable interest rate of 4.25% at December
31, 2016 and December 31, 2015

259.9

270.8

Asset Backed Loan (ABL) Facilities:

North American ABL Facility due 2020, variable interest rate of 4.25% and
2.13% at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively

North American ABL Term Loan due 2018, variable interest rate of 3.75% and
3.36% at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively

152.0

278.0

83.3

100.0

Senior Unsecured Notes:

Senior Unsecured Notes due 2023, fixed interest rate of 6.75% at December 31,
2016 and December 31, 2015

Capital lease obligations

Total long-term debt before discount

Less: unamortized debt issuance costs and discount on debt

Total long-term debt

Less: current maturities

Total long-term debt, excluding current maturities

399.5

63.4

400.0

57.3

2,982.5
(28.5)
2,954.0
(109.0)
$ 2,845.0

3,151.0
(33.7)
3,117.3
(59.9)
$ 3,057.4

As of December 31, 2016, future contractual maturities of long-term debt including capital lease obligations 

are as follows:

(in millions)
2017

2018

2019

2020

2021
Thereafter

Total

$

109.0

51.2

33.0

182.9

30.5

2,575.9

$ 2,982.5

Long-term debt restructurings

On July 28, 2015, the Company entered into a new five year $1.4 billion North American Asset Backed Loan 
Facility (“new NA ABL Facility”) and terminated its existing $1.4 billion North American ABL Facility including 
the repayment of the existing North American ABL Term Loan. The new NA ABL Facility has a $1.0 billion
revolving loan tranche available to certain US subsidiaries, a $300.0 million revolving loan tranche for certain 
Canadian subsidiaries and a $100.0 million ABL Term Loan (“new ABL Term Loan”). The Company may elect 
to allocate the total $1.3 billion in revolving tranches between the US and Canadian borrowers. Under the two
revolving tranches, the borrowers may request loan advances and make loan repayments until the maturity date 
of July 28, 2020. The new ABL Term Loan and each revolving loan advance under the facility have a variable 
interest rate based on the current benchmark rate elected by the borrower plus a credit spread. The credit spread 

125

 
is determined by the elected benchmark rate and the average availability of the facility. The unused line fee for the 
revolver tranches under the new NA ABL Facility ranges from 0.25% to 0.375% per annum for the US and Canadian 
borrowers  depending  on  the  average  daily  outstanding  amount.  The  new  NA ABL  Term  Loan  is  payable  in 
installments of $16.7 million per quarter commencing December 31, 2016 with a final amortization payment on 
March 31, 2018, with the loan commitment expiring on July 28, 2018.

On July 1, 2015, the Company entered into a new Senior Term B loan agreement with a US dollar denominated 
tranche of $2,050.0 million and a new euro denominated tranche of €250.0 million. In addition, on July 1, 2015, 
the Company issued $400.0 million in Senior Unsecured Notes (“Unsecured Notes”). The proceeds from the new 
Senior Term B loan agreement and Senior Unsecured Notes as well as additional borrowings under the Company’s 
North American ABL Facility were used to repay in full the existing $2,669.2 million US dollar denominated Term 
B Loan and €126.8 million ($141.2 million) euro denominated Term B Loan.

The new Senior Term B loan agreement has a $2,050.0 million US dollar loan tranche and a €250.0 million
euro loan tranche. Both tranches have a variable interest rate based on LIBOR with a LIBOR floor of 1.00% and 
a credit spread of 3.25%. The US dollar tranche and euro tranche are payable in installments of $5.1 million and 
€0.6 million per quarter, respectively, commencing December 31, 2015 with the remaining balances due on the 
maturity date of July 1, 2022. The Company can prepay either loan tranche in whole or part without penalty after 
January 1, 2016.

The new $400.0 million issuance of Senior Unsecured Notes has a fixed interest rate of 6.75% payable semi-
annually. Principal is due upon the maturity date of July 15, 2023. The Company can prepay the Senior Unsecured 
Notes in whole or part at a premium above par on or after July 15, 2018 and without a premium on or after July 15, 
2020.

As a result of the July 2015 debt refinancing activity, the Company recognized debt refinancing costs of 
$16.5 million in other (expense) income, net in the consolidated statements of operations during the year ended 
December 31,  2015.  Refer  to  “Note  6:  Other  (expense)  income,  net”  for  further  information.  In  addition,  the 
Company recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt of $4.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2015.

On June 23, 2015, as part of the use of proceeds from the IPO and concurrent private placement discussed 
in Note 1, the Company paid the remaining principal balance of $650.0 million related to the Senior Subordinated 
Notes. As  a  result,  the  Company  recognized  a  loss  on  extinguishment  of  debt  of  $7.3  million  related  to  the 
unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs in the consolidated statements of operations in the year ended 
December 31 2015.

On March 24, 2014, certain of the Company’s European subsidiaries (the “Borrowers”) entered into a five
year €200 million Euro ABL Credit facility. The Euro ABL is a revolving credit facility pursuant to which the 
Borrowers may request loan advances and make loan repayments until the maturity date of March 22, 2019. Loan 
advances may be made in multiple currencies. Each loan advance under this facility has a variable interest rate 
based on the current benchmark rate (IBOR) for that currency plus a credit spread. The credit spread is determined 
by a pricing grid that is based on average availability of the facility. The unused line fee ranges from 0.25% to 
0.50% per annum depending on the average unused commitment as a percentage of the total commitment.

Simultaneously with the execution of the Euro ABL due 2019, certain of the Company’s European subsidiaries 
terminated a €68 million secured asset-based lending credit facility maturing December 31, 2016. As a result of 
this termination, the Company recognized a loss on extinguishment of $1.2 million in the consolidated statement 
of operations in the year ended December 31, 2014.

Borrowing availability and assets pledged as collateral

As  of  December 31,  2016,  availability  of  the  entire  $1.3  billion  in  North American ABL  Facility  credit 
commitments is determined based on the periodic reporting of available qualifying collateral, as defined in the 
North American ABL Facility credit agreement. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, $411.4 million and $375.0 million
were available under the North American ABL Facility, respectively. An unused line fee of 0.375% was in effect 
at December 31, 2016 and 2015.

126

As of December 31, 2016, availability of the entire €200 million Euro ABL due 2019 is determined based 
on the periodic reporting of available qualifying collateral, as defined in the Euro ABL credit agreement. The Euro 
ABL due 2019 is secured by the accounts receivable and inventory of the Borrowers and certain additional collateral. 
At  December 31,  2016  and  2015,  $109.9  million  and  $114.0  million  were  available  under  the  Euro  ABL, 
respectively. An unused line fee of 0.50% was in effect at December 31, 2016 and 2015.

The North American ABL Facility and North American ABL Term Loan are secured by substantially all of 
the assets of the US and Canadian operating subsidiaries of the Company. The Senior Term Loan Facilities are 
also secured by substantially all of the assets of the US operating and management subsidiaries. With respect to 
shared collateral, the North American ABL Facility, North American ABL Term Loan and the Senior Term Loan 
Facilities are secured by accounts receivable and inventories of the US operating subsidiaries of the Company. 
The obligations under the North American ABL Facility and North American ABL Term Loan are secured by a 
first  priority  lien  on  such  accounts  receivable  and  inventory,  and  the  obligations  under  the  Senior Term  Loan 
Facilities are secured by a second priority lien on such accounts receivable and inventory. Under the North American 
ABL Facility, Canadian entities secure the obligations of the Canadian borrower. In addition, 65% of the shares 
of all first-tier foreign subsidiaries owned by the US subsidiaries have been pledged as security to the lenders in 
respect  of  all  obligations.  The  Euro ABL  is  primarily  secured  by  accounts  receivable  and  inventories  of  the 
Company’s subsidiaries in Belgium, France, Germany, the Netherlands, Switzerland and United Kingdom.

Assets pledged under the North American ABL Facility, North American ABL Term Loan, Senior Term Loan 

Facilities and the Euro ABL are as follows:

(in millions)
Cash

Trade accounts receivable, net

Inventories

Prepaids and other current assets

Property, plant and equipment, net

Total

Debt covenants

December 31,

2016

2015

$

237.4

$

790.6

655.5

128.2

856.4

68.1

857.8

691.9

105.0

894.6

$

2,668.1

$

2,617.4

Under certain limited circumstances, the Company’s subsidiaries noted as borrowers and guarantors under 
the  new  NA ABL  Facility  and  NA ABL Term  Loan  are  subject  to  comply  with  a  fixed  charge  coverage  ratio 
maintenance covenant. Such covenant is calculated based on the consolidated financial results of the Company. 
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, such covenant was not in effect but the Company would have been in compliance 
if it was then in effect. The Company and its subsidiaries are also subject to a significant number of non-financial 
covenants in each of the credit facilities and the Senior Unsecured Notes that restrict the operations of the Company 
and its subsidiaries, including, without limitation, requiring that the net proceeds from certain dispositions and 
capital market debt issuances must be used as mandatory prepayments and restrictions on the incurrence of financial 
indebtedness outside of these facilities (including restrictions on secured indebtedness), prepaying subordinated 
debt, making dividend payments, making certain investments, making certain asset dispositions, certain transactions 
with affiliates and certain mergers and acquisitions.

16. Fair value measurements

The Company classifies its financial instruments according to the fair value hierarchy described in “Note 2: 

Significant accounting policies.”

127

 
Items measured at fair value on a recurring basis

The following table presents the Company’s assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis on a gross 

basis:

(in millions)
Financial current assets:
Forward currency contracts
Financial noncurrent assets:
Interest rate swap contracts
Financial current liabilities:
Forward currency contracts

Interest rate swap contracts

Contingent consideration
Financial noncurrent liabilities:
Interest rate swap contracts

Contingent consideration

Level 2

December 31,

Level 3

December 31,

2016

2015

2016

2015

$

0.5

$

0.2

$

— $

9.8

0.3

5.6
—

—

—

—

0.2

5.3
—

0.5

—

—

—

—
1.6

—

5.9

—

—

—

—
—

—

8.7

The net amounts related to foreign currency contracts included in prepaid and other current assets were $0.5 
million and $0.2 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The net amounts related to foreign 
currency contracts included in other accrued expenses were $0.3 million and $0.2 million as of December 31, 2016 
and 2015, respectively.

The following table is a reconciliation of the fair value measurements that use significant unobservable inputs 
(Level 3), which are contingent consideration liabilities (i.e. earn-outs) related to prior acquisitions. Refer to “Note 
18: Business Combinations” for further information discussing the business acquisitions resulting in contingent 
consideration liabilities, the terms of the earn-outs, the unobservable inputs factored into the fair value determination 
and the estimated impact on the consolidated financial statements related to changes in the unobservable inputs.

(in millions)
Fair value as of January 1

Additions

Fair value adjustments

Foreign currency

Payments

Fair value as of December 31

2016

2015

$

$

8.7

$

—
(0.7)
(0.1)
(0.4)
7.5

$

—

8.8

—
(0.1)
—

8.7

The fair value adjustment in 2016 related to various 2015 acquisitions. The 2016 fair value reduction was 
primarily due to actual financial performance and payouts. The fair value adjustment is recorded within other 
operating expenses, net in the consolidated statement of operations.

128

 
 
Financial instruments not carried at fair value

The estimated fair value of financial instruments not carried at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets 

were as follows:

(in millions)
Financial liabilities:

December 31, 2016

December 31, 2015

Carrying
amount

Fair
value

Carrying
amount

Fair
value

Long-term debt including current portion (Level 2)

$

2,954.0

$

3,019.1

$

3,117.3

$

3,056.5

The fair values of the long-term debt, including the current portions, were based on current market quotes 

for similar borrowings and credit risk adjusted for liquidity, margins, and amortization, as necessary.

Fair value of other financial instruments

The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, trade accounts payable and short-
term financing included in the consolidated balance sheets approximates fair value due to their short-term nature.

17. Derivatives

Interest rate swaps

At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had interest rate swap contracts in place with a total notional 
amount of $1.0 billion and $2.0 billion, respectively, whereby a fixed rate of interest (weighted average of 1.64%) is 
paid and a variable rate of interest (greater of 1.25% or three-month LIBOR) is received on the notional amount.

The objective of the interest rate swap contracts was to offset the variability of cash flows in three-month 
LIBOR indexed debt interest payments, subject to a 1.50% floor, attributable to changes in the aforementioned 
benchmark interest rate related to the Term B Loan due 2017. The Company entered into the swap contracts in 
2013, at that time the three-month LIBOR indexed debt interest payments were subject to a 1.50% LIBOR  floor. 
The interest rate floor related to the Term B Loan due 2017 (1.50%) was not identical to the interest rate floor of 
the interest rate swap contracts (1.25%), which resulted in hedge ineffectiveness.

Upon initiation of the interest rate swap contracts, changes in the cash flows of each interest rate swap were 
expected to be highly effective in offsetting the changes in interest payments on a principal balance equal to the 
notional amount of the derivative, attributable to the hedged risk. The effective portion of the gains and losses 
related to the interest rate swap contracts were initially recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss and 
then reclassified into earnings consistent with the underlying hedged item (interest payments). As of December 31, 
2015, the interest rate swap contracts no longer qualified for hedge accounting because the forecasted transactions 
as originally contemplated was no longer probable of occurring due to the July 1, 2015 Senior Term Loan Facility 
refinancing transactions. The forecasted transactions represented debt with interest payments with a variable interest 
rate based on three-month LIBOR and a credit spread of 3.50%, with a LIBOR floor of 1.50% whereas the new 
debt has interest payments with a variable interest rate based on LIBOR and a credit spread of 3.25% with a LIBOR 
floor of 1.00%. Refer to “Note 15: Debt” for more information related to the refinancing transactions.

As a result of discontinuing hedge accounting, a net loss of $4.7 million, net of tax of $2.8 million, related 
to the interest rate swaps included in accumulated other comprehensive loss was recognized in other (expense) 
income, net and income tax expense (benefit) in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended 
December 31, 2015. Future changes in fair value of the interest rate swap contracts are recognized directly in other 
(expense) income, net in the consolidated statement of operations. Refer to “Note 6: Other (expense) income, net” 
for additional information. The fair value of interest rate swaps is recorded in prepaids and other current assets, 
other assets, other accrued expenses or other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. Refer to “Note 
16: Fair value measurements” for further information.

129

 
On November 16, 2016, the Company executed interest rate swap contracts with a total notional amount of 
$2.0 billion effective June 2017 upon the expiration of both the existing interest rate swap contracts and interest 
rate caps, whereby a fixed rate of interest (weighted-average of 1.70%) is paid and a variable rate of interest (greater 
of 1.00% or three-month LIBOR) is received on the notional amount. The Company does not apply hedge accounting 
for the interest rate swap contracts, which will expire on June 30, 2020. Changes in fair value of the interest rate 
swap contracts are recognized directly in other (expense) income, net in the consolidated statement of operations. 
Refer to "Note 6: Other (expense) income, net" for additional information. 

Interest rate caps

At December 31, 2016, the Company had interest rate caps with a notional amount of $800 million, to the 
extent the quarterly LIBOR exceeded 1.00%; the Company would receive payment based on the notional amount 
and  the  spread  of  three-month  LIBOR  above  the  strike  price  of  1.00%. The  Company  does  not  apply  hedge 
accounting for the interest rate caps, which expire on June 30, 2017. 

As of December 31, 2016, upfront premium paid for these interest rate caps of $0.1 million are recorded in 
prepaids and other current assets within the consolidated balance sheets. The interest rate cap premiums will be 
amortized through interest expense over the life of the contracts within the consolidated statements of operations. 

Foreign currency derivatives

The Company uses forward currency contracts to hedge earnings from the effects of foreign exchange relating 
to  certain  of  the  Company’s  intercompany  and  third-party  receivables  and  payables  denominated  in  a  foreign 
currency. These derivative instruments are not formally designated as hedges by the Company and the terms of 
these instruments range from one to three months. Forward currency contracts are recorded at fair value in either 
prepaid expenses and other current assets or other accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheets, reflecting 
their short-term nature. Refer to “Note 16: Fair value measurements” for additional information. The fair value 
adjustments and gains and losses are included in other (expense) income, net within the consolidated statements 
of operations. Refer to “Note 6: Other (expense) income, net” for more information. The total notional amount of 
undesignated forward currency contracts were $111.0 million and $107.5 million as of December 31, 2016 and 
2015, respectively.

18. Business combinations

Year ended December 31, 2016 

In the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company completed two acquisitions. 

On March 2, 2016, the Company completed an acquisition of 100% of the equity interest in Bodine Services 
of Decatur, Inc.; Bodine Environmental Services, Inc.; and affiliated entities, operating as Bodine Services of the 
Midwest (“Bodine”), a regional provider of environmental and facilities maintenance services. This acquisition 
expands the Company’s footprint with additional service centers in key geographic markets since Bodine has 
expertise that is critical to helping customers effectively manage compliance with their operations by preventing 
waste and environmental concerns.

On March 22, 2016, the Company completed a definitive asset purchase agreement with Nexus Ag Business 
Inc. (“Nexus Ag”), a wholesale fertilizer distributor to the Western Canada agriculture market that offers a broad 
range  of  products,  including  micronutrients,  specialty  fertilizers,  potash,  phosphates,  and  liquid  and  soluble 
nutrients from leading North American producers.

The preliminary purchase price of these acquisitions was $53.3 million. The preliminary purchase price 
allocation includes goodwill of $22.9 million and intangibles $19.4 million. The operating results subsequent to 
the acquisition dates did not have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statement of the Company. 
The initial accounting for these acquisitions has only been preliminarily determined subject to final working capital 
adjustments and valuations of intangible assets and property, plant and equipment.  

130

The purchase price allocation for the Key Chemical, Inc., Chemical Associates, Inc., Arrow Chemical, Inc., 
Polymer Technologies Ltd., Weavertown Environmental Group, and Future/Blue Star 2015 acquisitions are now 
final. Purchase price adjustments on prior acquisitions resulted in additional cash payments of $0.3 million during 
the  year  ended  December 31,  2016.       The    fair  value  of    contingent  consideration  liabilities  relating  to  2015 
acquisitions is included within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Refer to "Note 16: Fair value measurements" for 
further information discussing the changes in fair value of contingent consideration liabilities. 

Year ended December 31, 2015 

In the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company completed six acquisitions for a total purchase price of 

$171.1 million.

On April 10, 2015, the Company completed an acquisition of 100% of the equity interest in Key Chemical, 
Inc., (“Key”), one of the largest distributors of fluoride to municipalities in the US, which the Company expects 
to help expand the Company’s offerings into municipal and other industrial markets.

On July 16, 2015, the Company entered into a definitive asset purchase agreement with Chemical Associates, 
Inc.  (“Chemical Associates”)  to  sell  the  Chemical Associates  business  to  the  Company.  Chemical Associates 
specializes  in  blending,  mixing,  and  packaging  of  formulated  oleochemical  products  and  serves  customers 
throughout the US and can supply packaged and bulk quantities.

On October 2, 2015, the Company completed an acquisition of 100% of the equity interest in Future Transfer 
Co.,  Inc.;  BlueStar  Distribution  Inc.;  and  BDI  Distribution  West  Inc.  (“Future/BlueStar”).  Future/BlueStar 
specializes in logistics, warehousing, packaging, and formulation services to the agriculture industry in Canada.

On  November 3,  2015,  the  Company  completed  an  acquisition  of  100%  of  the  equity  interest  in Arrow 
Chemical, Inc. (“Arrow Chemical”), an importer and distributor of active pharmaceutical ingredients (API) and 
other specialty chemistries in the US market.

On December 1, 2015, the Company completed an acquisition of 100% of the equity interest in Weaver 
Town Oil Services, Inc., and Weavertown Transport Leasing, Inc., operating as the Weavertown Environmental 
Group (“WEG”), a premier provider of environmental and facilities maintenance services in the US. The Company 
plans to integrate the WEG business with its ChemCare waste management service.

On December 16, 2015, the Company completed an acquisition of 100% of the equity interest in Polymer 
Technologies Ltd. (“Polymer”), a UK-based distributor of specialty chemicals for use in the radiation cured coatings 
industry. Polymer develops and markets chemicals which are used to formulate environmentally friendly paints, 
inks and adhesives.

131

Summarized financial information

As of December 31, 2015, the purchase price allocation for the acquisitions is as follows:

(in millions)
Purchase price:

Cash consideration

Contingent consideration

Other liability consideration

Allocation:

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade accounts receivable, net

Inventories

Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Property, plant and equipment, net

Goodwill

Definite-lived intangible assets

Deferred tax assets, net

Trade accounts payable

Other accrued expenses

Deferred tax liabilities

WEG

Other

Total

$

66.5

$

95.0

$

161.5

3.0

—

69.5

1.1

7.7

0.5

0.4
13.3

23.4

25.1

—
(1.5)
(0.5)
—

$

69.5

$

5.8

0.8

101.6

7.0

12.1

6.3

1.4
14.1

41.8

31.1

0.2
(7.6)
(1.7)
(3.1)
101.6

$

8.8

0.8

171.1

8.1

19.8

6.8

1.8
27.4

65.2

56.2

0.2
(9.1)
(2.2)
(3.1)
171.1

The consolidated financial statements include the results of acquired companies from the acquisition date. 
Net sales and net income of acquired companies included in the consolidated statement of operations for the year 
ended December 31, 2015, were $38.3 million and $1.9 million, respectively.

Transaction costs

Costs of approximately $2.0 million directly attributable to the acquisitions, consisting primarily of legal 
and consultancy fees, were expensed as incurred in other operating expenses, net in the consolidated statements 
of operations.

Goodwill and intangible assets

Substantially all of the goodwill recognized above was attributed to the expected synergies from combining 
the assets and activities of the acquisitions with those of the Company’s USA, Canada and EMEA segments. The 
goodwill arising on the Future/BlueStar and Polymer acquisitions is not tax-deductible and the goodwill arising 
on the Key, Chemical Associates, Arrow Chemical and WEG acquisitions is tax-deductible.

132

The intangible assets subject to amortization recognized consisted of the following:

(in millions)
WEG

Customer relationships

Other
Other acquisitions

Customer relationships

Other
Total

Fair value

Weighted average amortization
period in years

$

$

24.2

0.9

17.8

13.3

56.2

12.0

3.0

10.2

8.9

Contingent consideration liabilities

Pursuant to the terms of the purchase agreements related to the Future/BlueStar, Arrow Chemical, WEG and 
Polymer acquisitions, the Company is conditionally obligated to make earn-out payments based on the acquired 
companies’ performance in fiscal years subsequent to the acquisition year (earn-out period). The earn-out period 
for  these  acquisitions  ranges  from  2  to  3  years. As  part  of  the  allocation  of  the  purchase  price,  the  Company 
recognized $3.0 million and $5.8 million for WEG and the remaining acquisitions, respectively, in other long-term 
liabilities related to the fair value of the contingent considerations on the date of acquisition.

With  the  exception  of  Polymer,  the  earn-out  payment  formulas  are  based  on  measures  of  gross  profit. 
Polymer’s earn-out formula is based on a measure of sales. The maximum amount that the Company is contractually 
obligated to pay under these earn-out arrangements is $5.0 million for WEG and $2.6 million for Arrow Chemical 
and Polymer. There is no maximum for the earn-out payable to Future/BlueStar, which was deemed to have a fair 
value of $3.3 million as of December 31, 2016

The  contingent  consideration  arrangements  were  recognized  at  their  fair  value  based  on  a  real  options 
approach, which took into account management’s best estimate of the acquired companies’ performance during 
the earn-out periods, as well as achievement risk.

Since the acquisitions, the changes in the fair value adjustment is recorded within other operating expenses, 
net in the consolidated statement of operations. As of December 31, 2016, the fair value of contingent consideration 
was $7.5 million. Refer to "Note 16: Fair value measurements" for further information. 

Supplemental pro forma information (unaudited)

The following table presents summarized pro forma results of the Company and the acquired entities had 

the acquisition dates of all 2015 business combinations been January 1, 2014:

(in millions, except per share data)
Net sales

Net income (loss)

Income (loss) per common share – diluted

2015

9,078.3

23.6

0.20

$

$

2014
10,524.4
(7.7)
(0.08)

$

$

The supplemental pro forma information presents the combined operating results of the Company and the 
businesses  acquired,  adjusted  to  exclude  acquisition-related  costs,  to  include  the  additional  depreciation  and 
amortization expense associated with the effect of fair value adjustments recognized, and to include interest expense 
and amortization of debt issuance costs related to the Company’s borrowings used to fund the acquisitions.

133

Year ended December 31, 2014

Acquisition of D’Altomare Quimica Ltda.

On November 3, 2014, the Company completed an acquisition of 100% of the equity interest in D’Altomare, 
a Brazilian distributor of specialty chemicals and ingredients. This acquisition expands the Company’s geographic 
footprint and market presence in Brazil and across Latin America. The acquisition purchase price and operating 
results subsequent to the acquisition date did not have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements 
of the Company.

19. Commitments and contingencies

Lease commitments

Rental and lease commitments primarily relate to land, buildings and fleet. Operating lease expense for the 
years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were $83.3 million, $93.7 million and $107.4 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2016, minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable operating leases with lease 

terms in excess of one year are as follows:

(in millions)
2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

Thereafter
Total

Litigation

Minimum rental
commitments

$

$

56.9

44.0

40.0

31.5

24.1

49.6

246.1

In the ordinary course of business the Company is subject to pending or threatened claims, lawsuits, regulatory 
matters and administrative proceedings from time to time. Where appropriate the Company has recorded provisions 
in the consolidated financial statements for these matters. The liabilities for injuries to persons or property are in 
some instances covered by liability insurance, subject to various deductibles and self-insured retentions.

The Company is not aware of any claims, lawsuits, regulatory matters or administrative proceedings, pending 
or threatened, that are likely to have a material effect on its overall financial position, results of operations, or cash 
flows. However, the Company cannot predict the outcome of any claims or litigation or the potential for future 
claims or litigation.

The Company is subject to liabilities from claims alleging personal injury from exposure to asbestos. The 
claims result primarily from an indemnification obligation related to Univar USA Inc.’s 1986 purchase of McKesson 
Chemical Company from McKesson Corporation (“McKesson”). Univar USA’s obligation to indemnify McKesson 
for settlements and judgments arising from asbestos claims is the amount which is in excess of applicable insurance 
coverage, if any, which may be available under McKesson’s historical insurance coverage. Univar USA is also a 
defendant in a small number of asbestos claims. As of December 31, 2016, there were fewer than 290 asbestos-
related claims for which the Company has liability for defense and indemnity pursuant to the indemnification 
obligation. Historically, the vast majority of the claims against both McKesson and Univar USA have been dismissed 
without payment. While the Company is unable to predict the outcome of these matters, it does not believe, based 
upon current available facts, that the ultimate resolution of any of these matters will have a material effect on its 

134

 
overall financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. However, the Company cannot predict the outcome 
of any present or future claims or litigation and adverse developments could negatively impact earnings or cash 
flows in a particular future period.

Environmental

The Company is subject to various federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations that require 
environmental assessment or remediation efforts (collectively “environmental remediation work”) at approximately 
129  locations,  some  that  are  now  or  were  previously  Company-owned/occupied  and  some  that  were  never 
Company-owned/occupied (“non-owned sites”).

The Company’s environmental remediation work at some sites is being conducted pursuant to governmental 
proceedings or investigations, while the Company, with appropriate state or federal agency oversight and approval, 
is conducting the environmental remediation work at other sites voluntarily. The Company is currently undergoing 
remediation efforts or is in the process of active review of the need for potential remediation efforts at approximately 
103 current or formerly Company-owned/occupied sites. In addition, the Company may be liable for a share of 
the clean-up of approximately 26 non-owned sites. These non-owned sites are typically (a) locations of independent 
waste disposal or recycling operations with alleged or confirmed contaminated soil and/or groundwater to which 
the Company may have shipped waste products or drums for re-conditioning, or (b) contaminated non-owned sites 
near historical sites owned or operated by the Company or its predecessors from which contamination is alleged 
to have arisen.

In determining the appropriate level of environmental reserves, the Company considers several factors such 
as  information  obtained  from  investigatory  studies;  changes  in  the  scope  of  remediation;  the  interpretation, 
application and enforcement of laws and regulations; changes in the costs of remediation programs; the development 
of alternative cleanup technologies and methods; and the relative level of the Company’s involvement at various 
sites for which the Company is allegedly associated. The level of annual expenditures for remedial, monitoring 
and investigatory activities will change in the future as major components of planned remediation activities are 
completed and the scope, timing and costs of existing activities are changed. Project lives, and therefore cash flows, 
range from 2 to 30 years, depending on the specific site and type of remediation project.

On  December 9,  2014,  the  Company  was  issued  a  violation  notice  from  the  Pollution  Control  Services 
Department of Harris County, Texas (“PCS”). The notice relates to claims that the Company’s facility on Luthe 
Road in Houston, Texas operated with inadequate air emissions controls and improperly discharged certain waste 
without authorization. On March 6, 2015, PCS notified the Company that the matter was forwarded to the Harris 
County District Attorney’s Office with a request for an enforcement action. No such action was ever commenced, 
and, rather than litigate, the Company recently made a payment to PCS in settlement of this matter with no admission 
of a violation.

Although the Company believes that its reserves are adequate for environmental contingencies, it is possible, 
due to the uncertainties noted above, that additional reserves could be required in the future that could have a 
material effect on the overall financial position, results of operations, or cash flows in a particular period. This 
additional loss or range of losses cannot be recorded at this time, as it is not reasonably estimable.

Changes in total environmental liabilities are as follows:

(in millions)
Environmental liabilities at January 1

Revised obligation estimates

Environmental payments

Foreign exchange
Environmental liabilities at December 31

2016

2015

$

$

113.2

$

5.5
(22.5)
(0.4)
95.8

$

120.3

11.3
(17.8)
(0.6)
113.2

Environmental  liabilities  of  $30.2  million  and  $35.5  million  were  classified  as  current  in  other  accrued 
expenses in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The long-term portion 
135

of environmental liabilities is recorded in other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The total 
discount  on  environmental  liabilities  was  $5.6  million  and  $2.3  million  at  December 31,  2016  and  2015, 
respectively. The discount rate used in the present value calculation was 2.5% and 2.3% as of December 31, 2016
and 2015, respectively, which represent risk-free rates.

The Company manages estimated cash flows by project. These estimates are subject to change if there are 
modifications to the scope of the remediation plan or if other factors, both external and internal, change the timing 
of the remediation activities. The Company periodically reviews the status of all existing or potential environmental 
liabilities and adjusts its accruals based on all available, relevant information. Based on current estimates, the 
expected payments for environmental remediation for the next five years and thereafter at December 31, 2016 are 
as follows, with projects for which timing is uncertain included in the 2017 estimated amount of $12.9 million:

(in millions)
2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

Thereafter

Total

$

$

30.2

15.2

10.3

7.9

7.6

30.2

101.4

Customs and International Trade Laws

In April 2012, the US Department of Justice (“DOJ”) issued a civil investigative demand to the Company 
in connection with an investigation into the Company’s compliance with applicable customs and international trade 
laws and regulations relating to the importation of saccharin from 2002 through 2012. The Company also became 
aware in 2010 of an investigation being conducted by US Customs and Border Patrol (“CBP”) into the Company’s 
importation of saccharin. Finally, the Company learned that a civil plaintiff had sued the Company and two other 
defendants  in  a  Qui Tam  proceeding,  such  filing  having  been  made  under  seal  in  2012,  and  this  plaintiff  had 
requested that the DOJ intervene in its lawsuit.

The US government, through the DOJ, declined to intervene in the Qui Tam proceeding in November 2013 
and, as a result, the DOJ’s inquiry related to the Qui Tam lawsuit and its initial investigation demand are now 
finished. On February 26, 2014, the Qui Tam plaintiff also voluntarily dismissed its lawsuit against the Company. 
CBP, however, continued its investigation on the importation of saccharin by the Company’s subsidiary, Univar 
USA Inc. On July 21, 2014, CBP sent the Company a “Pre-Penalty Notice” indicating the imposition of a penalty 
against Univar USA Inc. in the amount of approximately $84.0 million. Univar USA Inc. responded to CBP that 
the proposed penalty was not justified. On October 1, 2014, the CBP issued a penalty notice to Univar USA Inc. 
for $84.0 million and has reaffirmed this penalty notice. On August 6, 2015, the DOJ filed a complaint on CBP’s 
behalf against Univar USA Inc. in the Court of International Trade seeking approximately $84.0 million in allegedly 
unpaid duties, penalties, interest, costs and attorneys’ fees. The Company continues to defend this matter vigorously. 
Univar USA Inc. has not recorded a liability related to this investigation as the Company believes a loss is not 
probable.

20. Related party transactions

During year ended December 31, 2016, CVC divested its entire investment in the Company in conjunction 

with secondary public offering.    

CD&R  and  CVC  charged  the  Company  a  total  of  $2.8  million  and  $5.9  million  in  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, for advisory services provided to the Company pertaining strategic 
consulting. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2015, there was a contract termination fee of $26.2 
million related to terminating consulting agreements between the Company and CVC and CD&R as a result of the 
136

 
June  2015  IPO.  Refer  to  Note  1  for  additional  information. These  amounts  were  recorded  in  other  operating 
expenses, net. Refer to “Note 4: Other operating expenses, net” for additional information.

The following table summarizes the Company’s sales and purchases with related parties within the ordinary 

course of business:

(in millions)
CVC(1):

Sales to affiliate companies

Purchases from affiliate companies

CD&R:

Sales to affiliate companies

Purchases from affiliate companies

Temasek:

Sales to affiliate companies

Purchases from affiliate companies

Year ended December 31,

2016

2015

2014

$

$

0.5

—

$

1.9

8.8

7.7

16.5

14.4

10.1

29.7

19.9

19.8

0.1

9.1

10.2

20.9

21.6

—

—

(1)  

Sales and purchases related information for CVC is disclosed until August 31, 2016. 

The following table summarizes the Company’s receivables due from and payables due to related parties:

(in millions)
Due from affiliates

Due to affiliates

21. Segments

December 31,

2016

2015

$

$

2.3

2.1

4.1

6.6

Management monitors the operating results of its operating segments separately for the purpose of making 
decisions about resource allocation and performance assessment. Management evaluates performance on the basis 
of Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as consolidated net income (loss), plus the sum of: interest 
expense, net of interest income; income tax expense (benefit); depreciation; amortization; other operating expenses, 
net; impairment charges; loss on extinguishment of debt; and other (expense) income, net.

Transfer prices between operating segments are set on an arms-length basis in a similar manner to transactions 
with third parties. Corporate operating expenses that directly benefit segments have been allocated to the operating 
segments. Allocable operating expenses are identified through a review process by management. These costs are 
allocated to the operating segments on a basis that reasonably approximates the use of services. This is typically 
measured on a weighted distribution of margin, asset, headcount or time spent.

Other/Eliminations represents the elimination of inter-segment transactions as well as unallocated corporate 
costs consisting of costs specifically related to parent company operations that do not directly benefit segments, 
either individually or collectively.

137

 
 
Financial information for the Company’s segments is as follows:

USA

Canada

EMEA

Rest of
World

Other/

Eliminations Consolidated

$ 4,706.7

$ 1,261.0

$ 1,704.2

$

401.8

$

— $ 8,073.7

104.4

4,811.1

3,769.7

1,041.4

191.5

517.5

8.3

4.5

1,269.3

1,708.7

1,047.4

221.9

1,324.6

384.1

34.1

83.8

54.9

210.5

Adjusted EBITDA

$

332.4

$

104.0

$

118.7

$

—

401.8

322.1

79.7

6.1

46.8

26.8

(117.2)
(117.2)

(117.2)
—

—

8,073.7

6,346.6

1,727.1

—

286.6

19.2
(19.2) $

$

$

877.8

562.7

104.5

152.3

85.6

133.9

159.9

6.1
(11.2)
(68.4)

(in millions)
Year ended December 31,
2016

Net sales:

External customers

Inter-segment

Total net sales

Cost of goods sold (exclusive
of depreciation)

Gross profit

Outbound freight and
handling

Warehousing, selling
and administrative

Other operating
expenses, net

Depreciation

Amortization

Impairment charges

Interest expense, net

Other expense, net

Income tax benefit

Net loss

Total assets

Property, plant and
equipment, net

Capital expenditures

$ 3,676.8

$ 1,856.2

$

857.4

$

211.3

$ (1,211.8) $ 5,389.9

671.1

56.5

148.3

17.4

144.8

12.2

18.2

2.8

37.1

1.2

1,019.5

90.1

138

(in millions)
Year ended December 31,
2015

Net sales:

External customers

Inter-segment

Total net sales

Cost of goods sold
(exclusive of depreciation)

Gross profit

Outbound freight and
handling

Warehousing, selling
and administrative

Adjusted EBITDA

Other operating
expenses, net

Depreciation

Amortization

Interest expense, net

Loss on extinguishment
of debt

Other expense, net

Income tax expense

Net income

Total assets

Property, plant and
equipment, net

Capital expenditures

USA

Canada

EMEA

Rest of
World

Other/

Eliminations Consolidated

$ 5,351.5

$ 1,376.6

$ 1,780.1

$

473.6

$

— $ 8,981.8

112.7

5,464.2

4,365.9

1,098.3

216.9

492.6
388.8

$

$

8.6

4.0

1,385.2

1,784.1

1,161.0

224.2

39.3

87.8
97.1

1,398.6

385.5

59.6

226.0
99.9

$

$

0.1

473.7

382.6

91.1

8.8

54.1
28.2

(125.4)
(125.4)

(125.4)
—

—

8,981.8

7,182.7

1,799.1

—

324.6

13.9
(13.9) $

$

$

874.4
600.1

106.1

136.5

88.5

207.0

12.1

23.2

10.2

16.5

$ 3,962.0

$ 1,709.7

$

947.2

$

233.6

$ (1,240.1) $ 5,612.4

714.9

106.8

133.3

16.1

167.7

17.2

20.3

3.4

46.3

1.5

1,082.5

145.0

139

(in millions)
Year ended December 31,
2014

Net sales:

External customers

Inter-segment

Total net sales

Cost of goods sold
(exclusive of depreciation)

Gross profit

Outbound freight and
handling

Warehousing, selling
and administrative

Adjusted EBITDA

Other operating
expenses, net

Depreciation

Amortization

Impairment charges

Interest expense, net

Loss on extinguishment
of debt

Other income, net

Income tax benefit

Net loss

USA

Canada

EMEA

Rest of
World

Other/

Eliminations Consolidated

$ 6,081.4

$ 1,512.1

$ 2,230.1

$

550.3

$

— $ 10,373.9

121.8

6,203.2

5,041.0

1,162.2

10.0

4.5

1,522.1

2,234.6

1,271.5

250.6

1,797.9

436.7

233.3

46.4

75.5

490.9
438.0

$

97.4
106.8

$

276.2
85.0

$

$

—

550.3

469.1

81.2

10.3

53.3
17.6

(136.3)
(136.3)

—

10,373.9

(136.3)
—

8,443.2

1,930.7

—

365.5

5.7
(5.7) $

$

$

923.5
641.7

197.1

133.5

96.0

0.3

250.6

1.2
(1.1)
(15.8)
(20.1)

Total assets (as adjusted*)

$ 4,130.4

$ 1,986.5

$ 1,059.2

$

310.8

$ (1,419.2) $ 6,067.7

Property, plant and
equipment, net

Capital expenditures

621.6

73.1

135.8

9.3

189.4

24.9

25.1

5.1

60.4

1.5

1,032.3

113.9

* 

Adjusted due to the adoption of ASU 2015-03 and ASU 2015-15. 

Business line information

Over 95% of the Company’s net sales from external customers relate to its industrial chemical business. 
Other sales to external customers relate to pest control products and equipment related to the pest management 
industry and services for collecting and arranging for the transportation of hazardous and nonhazardous waste.

Risks and concentrations

No single customer accounted for more than 10% of net sales in any of the years presented.

The  Company  is  exposed  to  credit  loss  and  loss  of  liquidity  availability  if  the  financial  institutions  or 
counterparties issuing us debt securities fail to perform. We minimize exposure to these credit risks by dealing 
with a diversified group of investment grade financial institutions. We manage credit risk by monitoring the credit 
ratings and market indicators of credit risk of our lending counterparties. We do not anticipate any nonperformance 
by any of the counterparties.

140

The Company has portions of its labor force that are a part of collective bargaining agreements. A work 
stoppage or other limitation on operations could occur as a result of disputes under existing collective bargaining 
agreements  with  labor  unions  or  government  based  work  counsels  or  in  connection  with  negotiation  of  new 
collective bargaining agreements. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, approximately 25 percent of the Company’s 
labor force is covered by a collective bargaining agreement. As of December 31, 2016, approximately 3 percent 
of the Company’s labor force is covered by a collective bargaining agreement that will expire within one year.

22. Quarterly financial information (unaudited)

The following tables contain selected unaudited statement of operations information for each quarter of the 
year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. The tables include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring 
adjustments, that is necessary for fair presentation of the consolidated financial position and operating results for 
the  quarters  presented.  Our  business  is  affected  by  seasonality,  which  historically  has  resulted  in  higher  sales 
volume during our second and third quarter.

Unaudited quarterly results for the year ended December 31, 2016 are as follows:

(in millions, except per share data)
Net sales

Gross profit

Net income (loss)

Income (loss) per share:

Basic and diluted

Shares used in computation of income (loss) per
share:

Basic

Diluted

March 31

June 30

$

1,999.0

$

2,262.5

September 301
1,999.7
$

December 312
1,812.5
$

430.3

14.0

445.4

39.8

438.1
(63.0)

413.3
(59.2)

$

0.10

$

0.29

$

(0.46) $

(0.43)

137.6

137.8

137.6

138.1

137.7

137.7

138.1

138.1

(1) 

(2) 

Included in the third quarter of 2016 was an impairment charge of $133.9 million. Refer to “Note 13: Impairment charges” for further 
information.
Included in the fourth quarter of 2016 was a loss of $68.6 million relating to the annual mark to market adjustment on the defined 
benefit pension and postretirement plans. Refer to “Note 8: Employee benefit plans” for further information.

Unaudited quarterly results for the year ended December 31, 2015 are as follows:

(in millions, except share and per share data)
Net sales
Gross profit

Net income (loss)

Income (loss) per share:

Basic and diluted

Shares used in computation of income (loss) per
share:

$

$

March 31

June 301

$

2,299.1
461.6

19.7

2,510.1
467.2
(12.4)

September 302
2,206.3
$
450.5

12.1

December 313
1,966.3
$
419.8
(2.9)

0.19

$

(0.12) $

0.09

$

(0.02)

Basic

Diluted

99.9

100.4

102.8

102.8

137.6

138.4

137.6

137.6

(1) 

Included in the second quarter of 2015 was a contract termination fee of $26.2 million related to terminating consulting agreements 
between the Company and CVC and CD&R as a result of the IPO. In addition, there was a loss on extinguishment of debt of $7.3 
million related to the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs and debt discount related to the Company paying the remaining 
principal balance related to the Senior Subordinated Notes. Refer to “Note 15: Debt” for further information. Also, there was a loss 

141

 
(2) 

(3) 

due to discontinuance of cash flow hedges of $7.5 million related to the interest rate swap contracts. Refer to “Note 17: Derivatives” 
for further information.
Included in the third quarter of 2015 was a loss on extinguishment of $4.8 million and debt refinancing expenses of $16.5 million 
related to the July 2015 debt refinancing transactions. Refer to “Note 15: Debt” for further information.
Included in the fourth quarter of 2015 was a loss of $21.1 million relating to the annual mark to market adjustment on the defined 
benefit pension and postretirement plans. Refer to “Note 8: Employee benefit plans” for further information.

23. Subsequent events

On January 19, 2017, the Senior Term B loan agreement was amended to lower the interest rate by 0.50%
from 3.25% to 2.75% and remove the 1.00% LIBOR floor. Annualized, interest savings is over $11.0 million. 
There is no change to total outstanding debt, maturities or covenants as a result of this amendment.  Total fees and 
expenses associated with the amendment are expected to be less than $5.0 million.  

On January 30, 2017, the compensation committee of the Company’s Board of Directors has approved a 
special equity award to be granted to Stephen D. Newlin, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, 
consisting of 300,000 restricted stock units, to be granted on January 30, 2017, and 300,000 stock options, to be 
granted on February 2, 2017, in each case under the Univar Inc. 2015 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan.

On January 31, 2017, certain of the Company’s stockholders, including investment funds affiliated with 
Clayton, Dubilier & Rice LLC and Dahlia Investments Pte. Ltd. and Temasek Holdings Limited entered into an 
underwriting agreement to sell 15,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.  After the transaction, Clayton, 
Dubilier & Rice LLC and Dahlia Investments Pte. Ltd. and Temasek Holdings Limited, ownership in the Company 
was 15.4% and 10.1%, respectively.

ITEM 9. 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING 
AND FINANCIAL DICLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of December 31, 2016, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of 
our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of 
the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under 
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended). Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and 
our Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are designed at a reasonable 
assurance level and are effective to provide reasonable assurance that information we are required to disclose in 
reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the 
time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), and that such 
information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our CEO and CFO, as appropriate, 
to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Changes in Internal Control

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in management’s evaluation 
pursuant to Rules 13a-15(d) of the Exchange Act during the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K 
that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial 
reporting for the company. Internal control over financial reporting is a process to provide reasonable assurance 

142

regarding the reliability of our financial reporting for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles 
generally accepted in the United States of America. Internal control over financial reporting includes maintaining 
records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect our transactions; providing reasonable assurance that 
transactions are recorded as necessary for preparation of our financial statements; providing reasonable assurance 
that receipts and expenditures of company assets are made in accordance with management authorization; and 
providing reasonable assurance that unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of company assets that could 
have a material effect on our financial statements would be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Because of its 
inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting is not intended to provide absolute assurance that a 
misstatement of our financial statements would be prevented or detected.

Management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial 
reporting based on the criteria set forth in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework). Based on the Company’s assessment, 
management  has  concluded  that  its  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  effective  as  of December 31, 
2016 to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial 
statements in accordance with GAAP. The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & 
Young LLP, has issued an audit report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, which appears 
in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

ITEM 9B. 

OTHER INFORMATION

None.

PART III

ITEM 10. 

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERANCE

Information about our directors is incorporated by reference from the discussion under the heading “Proposal 
1: Election of Directors” to be included in the Proxy Statement. Information about compliance with Section 16(a) 
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is incorporated by reference from the discussion under the 
heading  “Section  16(a)  Beneficial  Ownership  Reporting  Compliance”  to  be  included  in  the  Proxy  Statement. 
Information  about  our Audit  Committee,  including  the  members  of  the  Committee,  and  our Audit  Committee 
financial experts, is incorporated by reference from the discussion under the heading “Governance of the Company,” 
and headings “What is the composition of the Board of Directors and how often are members elected?,” “What is 
the Board’s Leadership Structure?,” “Who are this year’s nominees?”, “What are the committees of the Board?,” 
“Class II Directors Term Expiring in 2017”, and “Class III Directors Term Expiring in 2018, “ to be included in 
the Proxy Statement. Information about our Code of Conduct is incorporated by reference from the discussion 
under the heading “What are the Company’s Corporate Governance Guidelines and Ethics Policies?” to be included 
in the Proxy Statement. Information regarding our executive officers is presented under the heading “Executive 
Officers of the Registrant pursuant to Instruction 3 to Regulation S-K, Item 401(b)” to be included in the Proxy 
Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 11. 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information  appearing  under  the  headings  entitled  “Executive  Compensation”  and  “Compensation, 
Discussion and Analysis” to be included in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. However, 
pursuant to Instructions to Item 407(e)(5) of Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-K, the material 
appearing  under  the  heading  “Compensation  Committee  Report”  shall  not  be  deemed  to  be  “filed”  with  the 
Commission.

143

ITEM 12. 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND 
MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Information appearing under the heading entitled “Stock Ownership Information” to be included in the Proxy 

Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

A total of approximately 97.2 million shares of Common Stock held by the Equity Investors, who are deemed 
to be “affiliates” of the Company, have been excluded from the computation of market value of our common stock 
on the cover page of this Form 10-K. This total represents that portion of the shares reported as beneficially owned 
by our directors and executive officers as of June 30, 2016 which are actually issued and outstanding.

ITEM 13. 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS, AND 
DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Refer to the information under the captions entitled “How does the Board determine which directors are 
considered independent?” and “What relationships and policies does the Company have with respect to transactions 
with related persons?,” to be included in the Proxy Statement, all of which information is incorporated herein by 
reference.

ITEM 14. 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Refer to the information under the caption entitled “What fees did the Company pay to Ernst & Young LLP 
for audit and other services for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 and to Ernst & Young LLP for audit and 
other  services  for  the  fiscal  year  2015?”  to  be  included  in  the  Proxy  Statement,  all  of  which  information  is 
incorporated herein by reference.

144

PART IV

ITEM 15. 

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)(1) Financial Statements 

Reference is made to the information set forth in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which 

information is incorporated herein by reference.

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules 

These schedules are omitted because they are not required or because the information is set forth in the 

financial statements or the notes thereto. 

(a)(3) Exhibits

Exhibit
Number

3.1

3.2

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

10.1

10.2

10.3

Exhibit Description

Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Univar Inc., incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 of Univar Inc., filed June 23, 2015.

Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Univar Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 
to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 of Univar Inc., filed June 23, 2015.

Form of Common Stock Certificate, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration 
Statement on Form S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on June 8, 2015.

Fourth Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 
to the Form 10-K of Univar Inc., filed on March 3, 2016

Indenture, dated as of July 1, 2015, between Univar USA Inc., the guarantors listed on the signature 
pages thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Univar Inc., filed on July 7, 2015.

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 1, 2015, between Univar USA Inc., the guarantors 
listed on the signature pages thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Univar Inc., filed on July 7, 2015.

Form of 6.75% Senior Note due 2023 (included in Exhibit 4.3 hereto), incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 4.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Univar Inc., filed on July 7, 2015.

European ABL Facility Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2014, by and among Univar B.V., the 
other borrowers from time to time party thereto, Univar Inc., as guarantor, J.P. Morgan Securities 
LLC, as sole lead arranger and joint bookrunner, Bank of America, N.A., as joint bookrunner and 
syndication agent, and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as administrative agent and collateral agent, 
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Univar 
Inc., filed on August 14, 2014.

Agreement  in  Relation  to  Technical  Correction  Amendment  to  the  European  ABL  Facility 
Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2015, among Univar B.V. and J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, in its 
capacity as administrative agent, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.64 to the Registration 
Statement on Form S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on June 8, 2015.

ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2015 between Univar Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries, 
the several banks and financial institutions from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, 
N.A., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Univar Inc., 
filed on July 30, 2015.

145

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
10.4

10.5

10.6

10.7

10.8

10.9

10.10

10.11

10.12

10.13

10.14†

10.15†

ABL Collateral Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2015, made by Univar Inc., Univar USA Inc. and 
the guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto in favor of Bank of America, N.A, as collateral 
agent  for  the  banks  and  other  financial  institutions  that  are  parties  to  the  Credit Agreement, 
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Univar Inc., filed 
on July 30, 2015.

Notice and Confirmation of Grant of Security Interest in Copyrights, dated July 28, 2015, made 
by Univar USA Inc. in favor of Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent for the banks and other 
financial  institutions  that  are  parties  to  the  Credit  Agreement,  incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Univar Inc., filed on July 30, 2015.

Notice and Confirmation of Grant of Security Interest in Trademarks, dated July 28, 2015, made 
by Univar USA Inc., Magnablend, Inc. and ChemPoint.com Inc. in favor of Bank of America, 
N.A., as collateral agent for the banks and other financial institutions that are parties to the Credit 
Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Univar 
Inc., filed on July 30, 2015.

Notice and Confirmation of Grant of Security Interest in Patents, dated July 28, 2015, made by 
Magnablend, Inc. in favor of Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent for the banks and other 
financial  institutions  that  are  parties  to  the  Credit  Agreement,  incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Univar Inc., filed on July 30, 2015.

First Amendment to Credit Agreement and Amended Credit Agreement, dated as of January 19, 
2017 between Univar USA Inc., Univar Inc., the several banks and financial institutions from time 
to time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A.,  incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 
Current Report on Form 8-K of Univar Inc., filed on January 20, 2017.

Credit Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2015 between Univar USA Inc., Univar Inc., the several 
banks  and  financial  institutions  from  time  to  time  party  thereto  and  Bank  of America,  N.A., 
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Univar Inc., filed 
on July 7, 2015.

Term Loan Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2015, made by Univar Inc., 
Univar USA Inc. and the guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto in favor of Bank of 
America, N.A, as collateral agent for the banks and other financial institutions that are parties to 
the Credit Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 
8-K of Univar Inc., filed on July 7, 2015.

Notice and Confirmation of Grant of Security Interest in Copyrights, dated July 1, 2015, made by 
Univar USA Inc. in favor of Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent for the banks and other 
financial  institutions  that  are  parties  to  the  Credit  Agreement,  incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Univar Inc., filed on July 7, 2015.

Notice and Confirmation of Grant of Security Interest in Trademarks, dated July 1, 2015, made 
by Univar USA Inc., Magnablend, Inc. and ChemPoint.com Inc. in favor of Bank of America, 
N.A., as collateral agent for the banks and other financial institutions that are parties to the Credit 
Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Univar 
Inc., filed on July 7, 2015.

Notice and Confirmation of Grant of Security Interest in Patents, dated July 1, 2015, made by 
Magnablend, Inc. in favor of Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent for the banks and other 
financial  institutions  that  are  parties  to  the  Credit  Agreement,  incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Univar Inc., filed on July 7, 2015.

Letter Agreement, dated January 31, 2013, by and among Univar N.V., CD&R Univar Holdings, 
L.P. and Mark J. Byrne, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Registration Statement 
on Form S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on August 14, 2014.

Employment Agreement,  dated  as  of April  19,  2012,  by  and  between  Univar  Inc.  and  J.  Erik 
Fyrwald, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 
of Univar Inc., filed on August 14, 2014.

146

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
10.16†

10.17†

Resignation Agreement and Release, dated as of May 3, 2016, by and between Univar Inc. and 
Mr. Fyrwald incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of 
Univar Inc., filed on May 3, 2016.

Employment Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2013, by and between Univar Inc. and Stephen 
N. Landsman, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Form 10-K of Univar Inc., filed 
on March 3, 2016.

10.18†*

  2016 Univar Inc. Management Incentive Plan.

10.19†

10.20†

10.21†

10.22†

10.23†

10.24†*

10.25†*

10.26†

10.27†

10.28†

10.29†

10.30†

10.31†

10.32†

10.33†

Univar Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, effective as of March 28, 2011, incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.32 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on August 14, 
2014.

Amendment No. 1 to the Univar Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, dated as of November 30, 2012, 
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Univar 
Inc., filed on August 14, 2014.

Form of Employee Stock Option Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the 
Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on August 14, 2014.

Employee Restricted Stock Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2012, by and between Univar 
Inc. and J. Erik Fyrwald, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registration Statement 
on Form S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on August 14, 2014.

Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Valued Investment Plan, dated as of May 29, 2014, incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Form 10-K of Univar Inc., filed on March 3, 2016

First Amendment to the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Valued Investment Plan, dated as of May 
31, 2016.

Second Amendment to the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Valued Investment Plan, dated as of 
June 27, 2016.

Univar  Canada  Ltd.  Supplemental  Benefits  Plan,  dated  as  of  June 12,  2007,  incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the Form 10-K of Univar Inc., filed on March 3, 2016.

Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Benefits Retirement Plan, dated as of July 1, 2004, incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 10.45 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on 
August 14, 2014.

First Amendment to the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan, dated as of May 17, 
2005, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to the Form 10-K of Univar Inc., filed on March 
3, 2016.

Second Amendment to the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan, dated as of August 
24, 2006,  incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the Form 10-K of Univar Inc., filed on 
March 3, 2016.

Third Amendment to the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan, dated as of June 11, 
2007, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the Form 10-K of Univar Inc., filed on March 
3, 2016.

Fourth Amendment to the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan, dated as of December 
6, 2007, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.46 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of 
Univar Inc., filed on August 14, 2014.

Fifth Amendment to the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan, dated as of December 
6, 2007, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the Form 10-K of Univar Inc., filed on 
March 3, 2016.

Sixth Amendment to the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan, dated as of December 
19, 2007, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to the Form 10-K of Univar Inc., filed on 
March 3, 2016.

147

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
10.34†

10.35†

10.36†

10.37†

10.38†

10.39†

10.40†

10.41†

10.42†

10.43†

10.44

10.45

10.46

10.47

Seventh Amendment to the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan, dated as of June 19, 
2008, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to the Form 10-K of Univar Inc., filed on March 
3, 2016.

Eighth Amendment to the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan, dated as of December 
23, 2008, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to the Form 10-K of Univar Inc., filed on 
March 3, 2016.

Ninth Amendment to the Univar USA Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan, dated as of December 
21, 2009, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to the Form 10-K of Univar Inc., filed on 
March 3, 2016.

Univar Inc. 2015 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to 
the Registration Statement on Form S-8 of Univar Inc., filed June 23, 2015.

Employment Agreement, dated as of December 8, 2014, by and between Univar Inc. and Carl J. 
Lukach, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of 
Univar Inc., filed on May 26, 2015.

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2014, by and between 
Univar Inc. and Mark J. Byrne, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.51 to the Registration 
Statement on Form S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on May 26, 2015.

Consulting Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2015, by and between Univar Inc. and Mark J. 
Byrne, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.52 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of 
Univar Inc., filed on May 26, 2015.

Employment Agreement, dated as of January 10, 2011, by and between Univar Europe Limited 
and David Jukes, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.53 to the Registration Statement on Form 
S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on May 26, 2015.

Offer Letter, dated April 19, by and between Univar Europe Limited and David Jukes, incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Univar Inc., filed on April 19, 
2016.

Amendment Agreement, dated as of April 18, 2016, by and between Univar Europe Limited and 
David Jukes, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of 
Univar Inc., filed on April 19, 2016.

Indemnification Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2010, by and among CVC European Equity 
Partners IV (A) L.P., CVC European Equity Partners IV (B) L.P., CVC European Equity Partners 
IV (C) L.P., CVC European Equity Partners IV (D) L.P., CVC European Equity Partners IV (E) 
L.P., CVC  European  Equity  Partners  Tandem Fund  (A)  L.P., CVC  European  Equity  Partners 
Tandem Fund (B) L.P., CVC European Equity Partners Tandem Fund (C) L.P., CVC European 
Equity IV (AB) Limited, CVC European Equity IV (CDE) Limited, CVC European Equity Tandem 
GP Limited,  CVC  Capital  Partners Advisory Company  (Luxembourg)  S.à.r.l, Univar  Inc.  and 
Univar USA Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.54 to the Registration Statement on 
Form S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on May 26, 2015.

Indemnification  Agreement,  dated  as  of  November  30,  2010,  by  and  among  CD&R  Univar 
Holdings, L.P., Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VIII, L.P., CD&R Friends & Family Fund VIII, 
L.P., CD&R Advisor Univar Co-Investor, L.P., CD&R Univar Co-Investor, L.P., CD&R Univar 
Co-Investor  II,  L.P., CD&R  Univar  NEP VIII  Co-Investor, LLC,  CD&R  Univar  NEP IX  Co-
Investor, LLC, Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC, Univar Inc. and Univar USA Inc., incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 10.55 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on 
May 26, 2015.

Form of Director Indemnification Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.56 to the 
Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on June 8, 2015.

Termination Agreement by and among Univar Inc., Univar USA Inc. and Clayton, Dubilier & 
Rice, LLC, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.47 to the Form 10-K of Univar Inc., filed on 
March 3, 2016.

148

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
10.48

10.49

10.50†

10.51†

10.52

10.53†

10.54†

10.55†

10.56†

10.57†

10.58†

10.59†

10.60†

10.61†

10.62†

10.63†

Termination Agreement by and among Univar, Inc., Univar USA, Inc., CVC European Equity IV 
(AB) Limited, CVC European Equity IV (CDE) Limited and CVC Europe Equity Tandem GP 
Limited, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to the Form 10-K of Univar Inc., filed on 
March 3, 2016.

Termination Agreement by and among Univar, Inc., Univar USA, Inc., and CVC Capital Partners 
Advisory Company (Luxembourg) S.à.r.l, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.49 to the Form 
10-K of Univar Inc., filed on March 3, 2016.

2014 Form of Employee Stock Option Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.62 to 
the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on May 26, 2015.

2014 Form of Employee Restricted Stock Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.63 
to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on May 26, 2015.

Stock Purchase Agreement dated June 1, 2015, among Univar Inc., Dahlia Investments Pte. Ltd., 
and Univar N.V., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.65 to the Registration Statement on Form 
S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on June 8, 2015.

Univar Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the 
Registration Statement on Form S-8 of Univar Inc., filed June 23, 2015.

Form  of  Employee  Stock  Option Agreement  for  awards  granted  between  June  23,  2015  and 
February 1, 2017, 2015 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 
to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 of Univar Inc., filed June 23, 2015.

Form of Employee Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for awards granted between June 23, 2015 
and February 1, 2017, 2015 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.6 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 of Univar Inc., filed June 23, 2015.

Form of Director Restricted Stock Agreement, 2015 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 of Univar Inc., filed June 
23, 2015.

Employment Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2010, by and between Univar Canada Ltd. and 
Michael Hildebrand, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.57 to the Form 10-K of Univar Inc., 
filed on March 3, 2016.

Employment  Agreement,  dated  May  3,  2016,  by  and  between  Univar  Inc.  and  Mr.  Newlin 
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Univar Inc., filed 
on May 3, 2016.

Employee Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2016, by and between Univar Inc. 
and Mr. Newlin, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of 
Univar Inc. filed on May 3, 2016.

Amendment to Employee Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, dated December 23, 2016, by and 
between Univar Inc. and Mr. Newlin, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current 
Report on Form 8-K of Univar Inc. filed on May 3, 2016.

Employee Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2016, by and between Univar 
Inc. and Mr. Newlin, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-
K of Univar Inc. filed on January 30, 2016.

Employee Stock Option Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2016, by and between Univar Inc. 
and Mr. Newlin, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of 
Univar Inc. filed on January 30, 2016.

Employment  Agreement,  dated  as  of  November 19,  2012,  by  and  between  Univar  Inc.  and 
Christopher Oversby, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.60 to the Registration Statement on 
Form S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on May 26, 2015.

149

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
10.64†

First Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of August 8, 2013, by and between Univar 
Inc.  and  Christopher  Oversby,  incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.61  to  the  Registration 
Statement on Form S-1 of Univar Inc., filed on May 26, 2015.

10.65†*

Release, dated as of January 16, 2017, by and between Univar Inc. and Christopher Oversby.

10.66†*

10.67†*

10.68†*

21.1*

23.1*

31.1*

31.2*

32.1**

32.2**

101.1

Offer  Letter  Offer  Letter,  dated April 24,  2016,  by  and  between  Univar  Inc.  and  Christopher 
Oversby.

Form  of  Employee  Stock  Option Agreement for  awards  granted  after  February  1,  2017,  2015 
Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan.

Form of Employee Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for awards granted after February 1, 2017, 
2015 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan.

  List of Subsidiaries

  Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 
2002

  Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 
2002

  Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

  XBRL Instance Document

†

*

Identifies each management compensation plan or arrangement.

Filed herewith.

**

Furnished herewith.

150

  
  
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly 
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Signatures

Univar Inc.

By: /s/ CARL J. LUKACH
Carl J. Lukach, Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

Dated February 28, 2017 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the 
following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.

By: /s/ STEPHEN D. NEWLIN
Stephen D. Newlin, President,
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
(Principal Executive Officer)

By: /s/ WILLIAM S. STAVROPOULOS
William S. Stavropoulos, Lead Director

By: /s/ CARL J. LUKACH
Carl J. Lukach, Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal 
Accounting Officer)
By: /s/ RICHARD P. FOX
Richard P. Fox, Director

By: /s/ MARK J. BYRNE
Mark J. Byrne, Director

By: /s/ STEPHEN W. SHAPIRO
Stephen W. Shapiro, Director

By: /s/ ROBERT L. WOOD

By: /s/ EDWARD J. MOONEY

Robert L. Wood, Director

By: /s/ DANIEL P. DOHENY
Daniel P. Doheny, Director

Edward J. Mooney, Director

By: /s/ CHRISTOPHER D. PAPPAS
Christopher D. Pappas, Director

By: /s/ DAVID H. WASSERMAN
David H. Wasserman, Director

By: /s/ JULIET TEO
  Juliet Teo, Director

151

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
2016 Annual Report
2016 Annual Report

Board of Directors

Stephen D. Newlin3 
Chairman, President and Chief 
Executive Officer, Univar Inc.

William S. Stavropoulos1N*    
Lead Director Univar Inc., and 
Chairman Emeritus, The Dow 
Chemical Company

Mark J. Byrne1   
Former President and  
Chief Executive Officer, BCS

Daniel P. Doheny2A 
Chairman of Reyes Holdings  
LLC's Great Lakes Coca-Cola  
Distribution Business

Leadership Team

Stephen D. Newlin  
Chairman, President and  
Chief Executive Officer

Eric W. Foster  
Senior Vice President and  
Chief Information Officer

Richard P. Fox3A*N 
Former President and  
Chief Operating Officer,  
CyberSafe 

Edward J. Mooney2C 
Former Chairman and Chief  
Executive Officer, Nalco  
Chemical Co.

Christopher D. Pappas3CN  
President and Chief Executive 
Officer, Trinseo

Stephen W. Shapiro3 
Partner, Clayton, Dubilier &  
Rice, LLC

David C. Jukes  
Executive Vice President  
and President, USA

Stephen N. Landsman  
Executive Vice President,  
General Counsel and Secretary

George J. Fuller  
Senior Vice President, Local  
Chemical Distribution, USA

Carl J. Lukach  
Executive Vice President,  
Chief Financial Officer

Michael J. Hildebrand  
President, Canada and Global  
Agriculture & Environmental  
Sciences

Jennifer A. McIntyre 
Senior Vice President,  
Supply Chain Operations, USA

Juliet Teo2 
Senior Managing Director, 
Investment Temasek Holdings 
(Private) Limited

David H. Wasserman2C*  
Partner, Clayton, Dubilier &  
Rice, LLC

Robert L. Wood1A 
Former Chairman, President  
and Chief Executive Officer,  
Chemtura Corp.

Nicholas Powell 
President, EMEA

Marco Quirino 
President, Latin America

Manian Ramesh, Ph.D.  
Executive Vice President, 
Business Development

Dianna G. Sparacino 
Vice President, Human Resources

Greg Vas Nunes 
Senior Vice President, Digital  
& Customer Experience, USA 

1Class I: Term expiring at the 2019 Annual Meeting; 2Class II: Term expiring at the 2017 Annual Meeting
3Class III: Term expiring at the 2018 Annual Meeting; AAudit Committee Member
CCompensation Committee Member; NNominating and Corporate Governance Committee Member
*Denotes committee chair

|  6  | 

|  6  | 

Independent Registered  
Public Accounting Firm
Ernst & Young LLP

Communication with Directors
Shareholders and other parties 
interested in communicating  
their concerns regarding the  
Company may do so by contacting
Mr. Stavropoulos, Lead Director, 
c/o Univar Inc., 3075 Highland 
Parkway, Suite 200, Downers Grove, 
IL 60515. As part of the Company’s 
Alertline practices, shareholders
and other parties may also bring 
concerns relating to accounting,
internal controls or auditing 
matters to the attention of 
Mr. Fox, an independent non- 
management Director, who is
Chairman of the Company’s  
Audit Committee.

In addition, interested parties 
may also direct correspondence  
to our board at: 

Univar Inc.
Attn: Corporate Secretary
3075 Highland Parkway 
Suite 200 
Downers Grove, IL 60515-5560

Investor Information

Annual Meeting
The annual shareholders’ meeting 
will be held at 3075 Highland 
Parkway, First Floor Conference
Room, Downers Grove, Ill., at 9:30 
a.m. CT, Thursday, May 4, 2017. 
Notice of the annual meeting and 
availability of proxy materials is 
mailed to shareholders in March, 
along with instructions for 
viewing proxy materials online. 
Shareholders may also request 
printed copies of the proxy 
statement and annual report by 
following the instructions included
in the proxy notice.

Common Stock
Univar common stock is listed 
on the New York Stock Exchange
(NYSE) under the ticker symbol: 
UNVR. As of December 31, 2016, 
Univar had 40 shareholders of 
record.

Fiscal 2016 closing stock prices 
per common share:
High: $28.60 12/28/16 
Low: $11.12 2/10/16 
Year-end: $28.37 12/31/16

Corporate Headquarters
Univar Inc.
3075 Highland Parkway
Suite 200 
Downers Grove, IL 60515-5560 
T: +1 331-777-6000 

Dividends
We have never declared or paid 
any cash dividend on our common 
stock. We intend to retain any 
future earnings and do not  
expect to pay dividends in the 
foreseeable future. In addition, our 
credit facilities contain restrictions
on our ability to pay dividends.

Investor Inquiries and  
Financial Information
Copies of Univar Inc.’s Form 10-K, 
10-Q and 8-K reports, amendments 
to those reports, as well as any 
beneficial ownership reports 
of officers and directors filed  
on Forms 3, 4 and 5 with the U.S. 
Securities and Exchange  
Commission, are available at  
investor.univar.com.

Requests for paper copies at no 
charge and other shareholder and
security analyst inquiries should 
be directed to:

Univar Inc. 
Attn: David Lim, Investor Relations
3075 Highland Parkway 
Suite 200 
Downers Grove, IL 60515-5560 
Tel: +1 844-632-1060 
Email: ir@univar.com

Transfer Agent and Registrar 
Questions regarding common 
shares and shareholder accounts 
should be directed to Univar’s 
transfer agent and registrar, Wells 
Fargo Shareowner Services. If your 
Univar stock is held in a bank or
brokerage account, please contact 
your bank or broker for assistance.

Mailing addresses:
Wells Fargo Shareowner Services  
P.O. Box 64874  
St. Paul, MN 55164-0874
or
Wells Fargo Shareowner Services 
1110 Centre Pointe Curve, Suite 101 
Mendota Heights, MN 55120-4100

Website:
www.shareowneronline.com

Phone number:
800-468-9716 
+1 651-450-4064 (outside the U.S.)

www.univar.com
© 2017 Univar Inc. All rights reserved. UNIVAR, the hexagon, and other identified trademarks are the property of 
Univar Inc. or affiliated companies. All other trademarks not owned by Univar Inc. or affiliated companies that 
appear in this material are the property of their respective owners.  PC-1284-1216